| Revision | 9dd4673e32d9fcaf36a556cf8878c53cf54352fa (tree) |
|---|---|
| Time | 2021-12-31 10:27:37 |
| Author | Bob Friesenhahn <bfriesen@Grap...> |
| Commiter | Bob Friesenhahn |
Something wrong with documentation generation. Restore partially ok.
utilities/gm.1 (diff)
www/GraphicsMagick.html (diff) www/animate.html (diff) www/batch.html (diff) www/benchmark.html (diff) www/compare.html (diff) www/composite.html (diff) www/conjure.html (diff) www/convert.html (diff) www/display.html (diff) www/gm.html (diff) www/identify.html (diff) www/import.html (diff) www/mogrify.html (diff) www/montage.html (diff) www/time.html (diff) www/version.html (diff)| @@ -1,19 +1,5118 @@ | ||
| 1 | 1 | .TH gm 1 "2021/12/30" "GraphicsMagick" |
| 2 | +.TP | |
| 3 | +.in 15 | |
| 4 | +.in 15 | |
| 5 | +.in 20 | |
| 6 | +.SH NAME | |
| 7 | +\' | |
| 8 | +gm - command-line utility to create, edit, compare, convert, or display images | |
| 9 | +\' | |
| 10 | +.SH SYNOPSIS | |
| 11 | +\' | |
| 12 | +\fBgm animate\fP \fB[\fP \fIoptions ...\fP \fB]\fP \fIfile\fP \fB[ [\fP | |
| 13 | +\fIoptions ...\fP \fB]\fP \fIfile ...\fP \fB]\fP | |
| 14 | +\' | |
| 15 | +\fBgm batch\fP \fB[\fP \fIoptions ...\fP \fB]\fP \fB[\fP \fIscript\fP \fB]\fP | |
| 16 | +\' | |
| 17 | +\fBgm benchmark\fP \fB[\fP \fIoptions ...\fP \fB]\fP subcommand | |
| 18 | +\' | |
| 19 | +\fBgm compare\fP \fB[\fP \fIoptions\fP \fB... ]\fP \fIreference-image\fP | |
| 20 | +\fB[\fP \fIoptions\fP \fB... ]\fP \fIcompare-image\fP | |
| 21 | +\fB[\fP \fIoptions\fP \fB... ]\fP | |
| 22 | +\' | |
| 23 | +\fBgm composite\fP \fB[\fP \fIoptions ...\fP \fB]\fP \fIchange-image base-image\fP | |
| 24 | +\fB[\fP \fImask-image\fP \fB]\fP \fIoutput-image\fP | |
| 25 | +\' | |
| 26 | +\fBgm conjure\fP \fB[\fP \fIoptions\fP \fB]\fP \fIscript.msl\fP | |
| 27 | +\fB[ [\fP \fIoptions\fP \fB]\fP \fIscript.msl\fP \fB]\fP | |
| 28 | +\' | |
| 29 | +\fBgm convert\fP \fB[ [\fP \fIoptions ...\fP \fB] [\fP \fIinput-file ...\fP | |
| 30 | +\fB] [\fP \fIoptions ...\fP \fB] ]\fP \fIoutput-file\fP | |
| 31 | +\' | |
| 32 | +\fBgm display\fP \fB[\fP \fIoptions ...\fP \fB]\fP \fIfile ...\fP | |
| 33 | +\fB[ [\fP\fIoptions ...\fP \fB]\fP\fIfile ...\fP \fB]\fP | |
| 34 | +\' | |
| 35 | +\fBgm identify\fP \fIfile\fP \fB[\fP \fIfile ...\fP \fB]\fP | |
| 36 | +\' | |
| 37 | +\fBgm import\fP \fB[\fP \fIoptions ...\fP \fB]\fP \fIfile\fP | |
| 38 | +\' | |
| 39 | +\fBgm mogrify\fP \fB[\fP \fIoptions ...\fP \fB]\fP \fIfile ...\fP | |
| 40 | +\' | |
| 41 | +\fBgm montage\fP \fB[\fP \fIoptions ...\fP \fB]\fP \fIfile\fP \fB[ [\fP | |
| 42 | +\fIoptions ...\fP \fB]\fP \fIfile ...\fP \fB]\fP \fIoutput-file\fP | |
| 43 | +\' | |
| 44 | +\fBgm time\fP subcommand | |
| 45 | +\' | |
| 46 | +\fBgm version\fP | |
| 47 | +.SH DESCRIPTION | |
| 48 | +\' | |
| 49 | +GraphicsMagick's \fBgm\fP provides a suite of utilities for creating, | |
| 50 | +comparing, converting, editing, and displaying images. All of the | |
| 51 | +utilities are provided as sub-commands of a single \fBgm\fP | |
| 52 | +executable. The \fBgm\fP executable returns the exit code 0 to | |
| 53 | +indicate success, or 1 to indicate failure: | |
| 54 | +\' | |
| 55 | +\fBanimate\fP | |
| 56 | +displays an animation (e.g. a GIF file) on any workstation display | |
| 57 | +running an \fIX\fP server. | |
| 58 | +\' | |
| 59 | +\fBbatch\fP | |
| 60 | +executes an arbitary number of the utility commands | |
| 61 | +(e.g. \fBconvert\fP) in the form of a simple linear batch script in | |
| 62 | +order to improve execution efficiency, and/or to allow use as a | |
| 63 | +subordinate co-process under the control of an arbitrary script or | |
| 64 | +program. | |
| 65 | +\' | |
| 66 | +\fBbenchmark\fP | |
| 67 | +executes one of the other utility commands (e.g. \fBconvert\fP) for a | |
| 68 | +specified number of iterations, or execution time, and reports | |
| 69 | +execution time and other profiling information such as CPU | |
| 70 | +utilization. \fBBenchmark\fP provides various operating modes | |
| 71 | +including executing the command with a varying number of threads, and | |
| 72 | +alternate reporting formats such as comma-separated value (CSV). | |
| 73 | +\' | |
| 74 | +\fBcompare\fP | |
| 75 | +compares two images and reports difference statistics according to | |
| 76 | +specified metrics and/or outputs an image with a visual representation | |
| 77 | +of the differences. It may also be used to test if images are similar | |
| 78 | +within a particular range and specified metric, returning a truth | |
| 79 | +value to the executing environment. | |
| 80 | +\' | |
| 81 | +\fBcomposite\fP | |
| 82 | +composites images (blends or merges images together) to create new images. | |
| 83 | +\' | |
| 84 | +\fBconjure\fP | |
| 85 | +interprets and executes scripts in | |
| 86 | +the Magick Scripting Language (MSL). | |
| 87 | +\' | |
| 88 | +\fBconvert\fP | |
| 89 | +converts an input file using one image format to an output file with | |
| 90 | +the same or differing image format while applying an arbitrary number | |
| 91 | +of image transformations. | |
| 92 | +\' | |
| 93 | +\fBdisplay\fP | |
| 94 | +is a machine architecture independent image processing and display | |
| 95 | +facility. It can display an image on any workstation display running | |
| 96 | +an \fIX\fP server. | |
| 97 | +\' | |
| 98 | +\fBidentify\fP | |
| 99 | +describes the format and characteristics of one or more image | |
| 100 | +files. It will also report if an image is incomplete or corrupt. | |
| 101 | +\' | |
| 102 | +\fBimport\fP | |
| 103 | +reads an image from any visible window on an \fIX\fP server and | |
| 104 | +outputs it as an image file. You can capture a single window, the | |
| 105 | +entire screen, or any rectangular portion of the screen. | |
| 106 | +\' | |
| 107 | +\fBmogrify\fP | |
| 108 | +transforms an image or a sequence of images. These transforms include | |
| 109 | +\fBimage scaling\fP, \fBimage rotation\fP, \fBcolor reduction\fP, | |
| 110 | +and others. The transmogrified image \fBoverwrites\fP the original | |
| 111 | +image. | |
| 112 | +\' | |
| 113 | +\fBmontage\fP | |
| 114 | +creates a composite by combining several separate images. The images | |
| 115 | +are tiled on the composite image with the name of the image optionally | |
| 116 | +appearing just below the individual tile. | |
| 117 | +\' | |
| 118 | +\fBtime\fP | |
| 119 | +executes a subcommand and reports the user, system, and total | |
| 120 | +execution time consumed. | |
| 121 | +\' | |
| 122 | +\fBversion\fP | |
| 123 | +reports the GraphicsMagick release version, maximum sample-depth, | |
| 124 | +copyright notice, supported features, and the options used while | |
| 125 | +building the software. | |
| 126 | +\' | |
| 127 | +The \fBGraphicsMagick\fP utilities recognize the following image formats: | |
| 128 | +\' | |
| 129 | +\' | |
| 130 | +\fBName\fP \fBMode\fP \fBDescription\fP | |
| 131 | + o 3FR r-- Hasselblad Photo RAW | |
| 132 | + o 8BIM rw- Photoshop resource format | |
| 133 | + o 8BIMTEXT rw- Photoshop resource text format | |
| 134 | + o 8BIMWTEXT rw- Photoshop resource wide text format | |
| 135 | + o APP1 rw- Raw application information | |
| 136 | + o APP1JPEG rw- Raw JPEG binary data | |
| 137 | + o ART r-- PF1: 1st Publisher | |
| 138 | + o ARW r-- Sony Alpha DSLR RAW | |
| 139 | + o AVS rw+ AVS X image | |
| 140 | + o BIE rw- Joint Bi-level Image experts Group | |
| 141 | + interchange format | |
| 142 | + o BMP rw+ Microsoft Windows bitmap image | |
| 143 | + o BMP2 -w- Microsoft Windows bitmap image v2 | |
| 144 | + o BMP3 -w- Microsoft Windows bitmap image v3 | |
| 145 | + o CACHE --- Magick Persistent Cache image format | |
| 146 | + o CALS rw- Continuous Acquisition and Life-cycle | |
| 147 | + Support Type 1 image | |
| 148 | + o CAPTION r-- Caption (requires separate size info) | |
| 149 | + o CIN rw- Kodak Cineon Format | |
| 150 | + o CMYK rw- Raw cyan, magenta, yellow, and black | |
| 151 | + samples (8 or 16 bits, depending on | |
| 152 | + the image depth) | |
| 153 | + o CMYKA rw- Raw cyan, magenta, yellow, black, and | |
| 154 | + matte samples (8 or 16 bits, depending | |
| 155 | + on the image depth) | |
| 156 | + o CR2 r-- Canon Photo RAW | |
| 157 | + o CRW r-- Canon Photo RAW | |
| 158 | + o CUR r-- Microsoft Cursor Icon | |
| 159 | + o CUT r-- DR Halo | |
| 160 | + o DCM r-- Digital Imaging and Communications in | |
| 161 | + Medicine image | |
| 162 | + o DCR r-- Kodak Photo RAW | |
| 163 | + o DCX rw+ ZSoft IBM PC multi-page Paintbrush | |
| 164 | + o DNG r-- Adobe Digital Negative | |
| 165 | + o DPS r-- Display PostScript Interpreter | |
| 166 | + o DPX rw- Digital Moving Picture Exchange | |
| 167 | + o EPDF rw- Encapsulated Portable Document Format | |
| 168 | + o EPI rw- Adobe Encapsulated PostScript | |
| 169 | + Interchange format | |
| 170 | + o EPS rw- Adobe Encapsulated PostScript | |
| 171 | + o EPS2 -w- Adobe Level II Encapsulated PostScript | |
| 172 | + o EPS3 -w- Adobe Level III Encapsulated PostScript | |
| 173 | + o EPSF rw- Adobe Encapsulated PostScript | |
| 174 | + o EPSI rw- Adobe Encapsulated PostScript | |
| 175 | + Interchange format | |
| 176 | + o EPT rw- Adobe Encapsulated PostScript with MS-DOS | |
| 177 | + TIFF preview | |
| 178 | + o EPT2 rw- Adobe Level II Encapsulated PostScript | |
| 179 | + with MS-DOS TIFF preview | |
| 180 | + o EPT3 rw- Adobe Level III Encapsulated PostScript | |
| 181 | + with MS-DOS TIFF preview | |
| 182 | + o EXIF rw- Exif digital camera binary data | |
| 183 | + o FAX rw+ Group 3 FAX (Not TIFF Group3 FAX!) | |
| 184 | + o FITS rw- Flexible Image Transport System | |
| 185 | + o FRACTAL r-- Plasma fractal image | |
| 186 | + o FPX rw- FlashPix Format | |
| 187 | + o GIF rw+ CompuServe graphics interchange format | |
| 188 | + o GIF87 rw- CompuServe graphics interchange format | |
| 189 | + (version 87a) | |
| 190 | + o GRADIENT r-- Gradual passing from one shade to | |
| 191 | + another | |
| 192 | + o GRAY rw+ Raw gray samples (8/16/32 bits, | |
| 193 | + depending on the image depth) | |
| 194 | + o HISTOGRAM -w- Histogram of the image | |
| 195 | + o HRZ r-- HRZ: Slow scan TV | |
| 196 | + o HTML -w- Hypertext Markup Language and a | |
| 197 | + client-side image map | |
| 198 | + o ICB rw+ Truevision Targa image | |
| 199 | + o ICC rw- ICC Color Profile | |
| 200 | + o ICM rw- ICC Color Profile | |
| 201 | + o ICO r-- Microsoft icon | |
| 202 | + o ICON r-- Microsoft icon | |
| 203 | + o IDENTITY r-- Hald CLUT identity image | |
| 204 | + o IMAGE r-- GraphicsMagick Embedded Image | |
| 205 | + o INFO -w+ Image descriptive information and | |
| 206 | + statistics | |
| 207 | + o IPTC rw- IPTC Newsphoto | |
| 208 | + o IPTCTEXT rw- IPTC Newsphoto text format | |
| 209 | + o IPTCWTEXT rw- IPTC Newsphoto wide text format | |
| 210 | + o JBG rw+ Joint Bi-level Image experts Group | |
| 211 | + interchange format | |
| 212 | + o JBIG rw+ Joint Bi-level Image experts Group | |
| 213 | + interchange format | |
| 214 | + o JNG rw- JPEG Network Graphics | |
| 215 | + o JP2 rw- JPEG-2000 JP2 File Format Syntax | |
| 216 | + o JPC rw- JPEG-2000 Code Stream Syntax | |
| 217 | + o JPEG rw- Joint Photographic Experts Group | |
| 218 | + JFIF format | |
| 219 | + o JPG rw- Joint Photographic Experts Group | |
| 220 | + JFIF format | |
| 221 | + o K25 r-- Kodak Photo RAW | |
| 222 | + o KDC r-- Kodak Photo RAW | |
| 223 | + o LABEL r-- Text image format | |
| 224 | + o M2V rw+ MPEG-2 Video Stream | |
| 225 | + o MAP rw- Colormap intensities and indices | |
| 226 | + o MAT r-- MATLAB image format | |
| 227 | + o MATTE -w+ MATTE format | |
| 228 | + o MIFF rw+ Magick Image File Format | |
| 229 | + o MNG rw+ Multiple-image Network Graphics | |
| 230 | + o MONO rw- Bi-level bitmap in least-significant- | |
| 231 | + -byte-first order | |
| 232 | + o MPC rw+ Magick Persistent Cache image format | |
| 233 | + o MPEG rw+ MPEG-1 Video Stream | |
| 234 | + o MPG rw+ MPEG-1 Video Stream | |
| 235 | + o MRW r-- Minolta Photo Raw | |
| 236 | + o MSL r-- Magick Scripting Language | |
| 237 | + o MTV rw+ MTV Raytracing image format | |
| 238 | + o MVG rw- Magick Vector Graphics | |
| 239 | + o NEF r-- Nikon Electronic Format | |
| 240 | + o NULL r-- Constant image of uniform color | |
| 241 | + o OTB rw- On-the-air bitmap | |
| 242 | + o P7 rw+ Xv thumbnail format | |
| 243 | + o PAL rw- 16bit/pixel interleaved YUV | |
| 244 | + o PALM rw- Palm Pixmap | |
| 245 | + o PBM rw+ Portable bitmap format (black and white) | |
| 246 | + o PCD rw- Photo CD | |
| 247 | + o PCDS rw- Photo CD | |
| 248 | + o PCL -w- Page Control Language | |
| 249 | + o PCT rw- Apple Macintosh QuickDraw/PICT | |
| 250 | + o PCX rw- ZSoft IBM PC Paintbrush | |
| 251 | + o PDB rw+ Palm Database ImageViewer Format | |
| 252 | + o PDF rw+ Portable Document Format | |
| 253 | + o PEF r-- Pentax Electronic File | |
| 254 | + o PFA r-- TrueType font | |
| 255 | + o PFB r-- TrueType font | |
| 256 | + o PGM rw+ Portable graymap format (gray scale) | |
| 257 | + o PGX r-- JPEG-2000 VM Format | |
| 258 | + o PICON rw- Personal Icon | |
| 259 | + o PICT rw- Apple Macintosh QuickDraw/PICT | |
| 260 | + o PIX r-- Alias/Wavefront RLE image format | |
| 261 | + o PLASMA r-- Plasma fractal image | |
| 262 | + o PNG rw- Portable Network Graphics | |
| 263 | + o PNG24 rw- Portable Network Graphics, 24 bit RGB | |
| 264 | + opaque only | |
| 265 | + o PNG32 rw- Portable Network Graphics, 32 bit RGBA | |
| 266 | + semitransparency OK | |
| 267 | + o PNG8 rw- Portable Network Graphics, 8-bit | |
| 268 | + indexed, binary transparency only | |
| 269 | + o PNM rw+ Portable anymap | |
| 270 | + o PPM rw+ Portable pixmap format (color) | |
| 271 | + o PREVIEW -w- Show a preview an image enhancement, | |
| 272 | + effect, or f/x | |
| 273 | + o PS rw+ Adobe PostScript | |
| 274 | + o PS2 -w+ Adobe Level II PostScript | |
| 275 | + o PS3 -w+ Adobe Level III PostScript | |
| 276 | + o PSD rw- Adobe Photoshop bitmap | |
| 277 | + o PTIF rw- Pyramid encoded TIFF | |
| 278 | + o PWP r-- Seattle Film Works | |
| 279 | + o RAF r-- Fuji Photo RAW | |
| 280 | + o RAS rw+ SUN Rasterfile | |
| 281 | + o RGB rw+ Raw red, green, and blue samples | |
| 282 | + o RGBA rw+ Raw red, green, blue, and matte samples | |
| 283 | + o RLA r-- Alias/Wavefront image | |
| 284 | + o RLE r-- Utah Run length encoded image | |
| 285 | + o SCT r-- Scitex HandShake | |
| 286 | + o SFW r-- Seattle Film Works | |
| 287 | + o SGI rw+ Irix RGB image | |
| 288 | + o SHTML -w- Hypertext Markup Language and a | |
| 289 | + client-side image map | |
| 290 | + o STEGANO r-- Steganographic image | |
| 291 | + o SUN rw+ SUN Rasterfile | |
| 292 | + o SVG rw+ Scalable Vector Gaphics | |
| 293 | + o TEXT rw+ Raw text | |
| 294 | + o TGA rw+ Truevision Targa image | |
| 295 | + o TIFF rw+ Tagged Image File Format | |
| 296 | + o TILE r-- Tile image with a texture | |
| 297 | + o TIM r-- PSX TIM | |
| 298 | + o TOPOL r-- TOPOL X Image | |
| 299 | + o TTF r-- TrueType font | |
| 300 | + o TXT rw+ Raw text | |
| 301 | + o UIL -w- X-Motif UIL table | |
| 302 | + o UYVY rw- 16bit/pixel interleaved YUV | |
| 303 | + o VDA rw+ Truevision Targa image | |
| 304 | + o VICAR rw- VICAR rasterfile format | |
| 305 | + o VID rw+ Visual Image Directory | |
| 306 | + o VIFF rw+ Khoros Visualization image | |
| 307 | + o VST rw+ Truevision Targa image | |
| 308 | + o WBMP rw- Wireless Bitmap (level 0) image | |
| 309 | + o WMF r-- Windows Metafile | |
| 310 | + o WPG r-- Word Perfect Graphics | |
| 311 | + o X rw- X Image | |
| 312 | + o X3F r-- Foveon X3 (Sigma/Polaroid) RAW | |
| 313 | + o XBM rw- X Windows system bitmap (black | |
| 314 | + and white) | |
| 315 | + o XC r-- Constant image uniform color | |
| 316 | + o XCF r-- GIMP image | |
| 317 | + o XMP rw- Adobe XML metadata | |
| 318 | + o XPM rw- X Windows system pixmap (color) | |
| 319 | + o XV rw+ Khoros Visualization image | |
| 320 | + o XWD rw- X Windows system window dump (color) | |
| 321 | + o YUV rw- CCIR 601 4:1:1 or 4:2:2 (8-bit only) | |
| 322 | + | |
| 323 | + Modes: | |
| 324 | + r Read | |
| 325 | + w Write | |
| 326 | + + Multi-image | |
| 327 | +\' | |
| 328 | +\' | |
| 329 | +\fISupport for some of these formats require additional programs or libraries. | |
| 330 | +See README | |
| 331 | +in the source package for where to find optional additional software\fP. | |
| 332 | +\' | |
| 333 | +Note, a format delineated with + means that if more than one | |
| 334 | +image is specified, frames are combined into a single multi-image | |
| 335 | +file. Use \fB+adjoin\fP if you want a single image produced for each | |
| 336 | +frame. | |
| 337 | +\' | |
| 338 | +Your installation might not support all of the formats in the list. | |
| 339 | +To get an accurate listing of the formats supported by your particular | |
| 340 | +configuration, run "gm convert -list format". | |
| 341 | +\' | |
| 342 | +Raw images are expected to have one byte per pixel unless \fBgm\fP is | |
| 343 | +compiled in 16-bit quantum mode or in 32-bit quantum mode. Here, the | |
| 344 | +raw data is expected to be stored two or four bytes per pixel, | |
| 345 | +respectively, in most-significant-byte-first order. For example, you | |
| 346 | +can tell if \fBgm\fP was compiled in 16-bit mode by typing "gm | |
| 347 | +version" without any options, and looking for "Q:16" in the first line | |
| 348 | +of output. | |
| 349 | +.SH FILES AND FORMATS | |
| 350 | +\' | |
| 351 | +By default, the image format is determined by its magic number, i.e., the | |
| 352 | +first few bytes of the file. To specify | |
| 353 | +a particular image format, precede the filename with an image format name | |
| 354 | +and a colon (\fIi.e.\fP\fBps:image\fP) or specify the image type as the | |
| 355 | +filename suffix (\fIi.e.\fP\fBimage.ps\fP). | |
| 356 | +The magic number takes precedence over the filename suffix | |
| 357 | +and the prefix takes precedence over the magic number and the suffix | |
| 358 | +in input files. | |
| 359 | +When a file is read, its magic number is stored in the "image->magick" | |
| 360 | +string. | |
| 361 | +In output files, the prefix takes precedence over the filename suffix, | |
| 362 | +and the filename suffix takes precedence over the | |
| 363 | +"image->magick" string. | |
| 364 | +\' | |
| 365 | +To read the "built-in" formats (GRANITE, H, LOGO, | |
| 366 | +NETSCAPE, PLASMA, and ROSE) use a prefix (including the colon) without a | |
| 367 | +filename or suffix. To read the XC format, follow the colon with a color | |
| 368 | +specification. To read the CAPTION format, follow the colon with a text | |
| 369 | +string or with a filename prefixed with the at symbol (\fB@\fP). | |
| 370 | +\' | |
| 371 | +\' | |
| 372 | +When you specify \fBX\fP as your image type, the filename has special | |
| 373 | +meaning. It specifies an X window by \fBid, name\fP, or | |
| 374 | +\fBroot\fP. If | |
| 375 | +no filename is specified, the window is selected by clicking the mouse | |
| 376 | +in the desired window. | |
| 377 | +\' | |
| 378 | +Specify \fIinput_file\fP as \fB-\fP for standard input, | |
| 379 | +\fIoutput_file\fP as \fB-\fP for standard output. | |
| 380 | +If \fIinput_file\fP has the extension \fB.Z\fP or \fB.gz\fP, the | |
| 381 | +file is uncompressed with \fBuncompress\fP or \fBgunzip\fP | |
| 382 | +respectively. | |
| 383 | +If \fIoutput_file\fP has the extension \fB.Z\fP or \fB.gz\fP, | |
| 384 | +the file is compressed using with \fIcompress\fP or \fIgzip\fP respectively. | |
| 385 | +\' | |
| 386 | +Use an optional index enclosed in brackets after an input file name to | |
| 387 | +specify a desired subimage of a multi-resolution image format like | |
| 388 | +Photo CD (e.g. "img0001.pcd[4]") or a range for MPEG images | |
| 389 | +(e.g. "video.mpg[50-75]"). A subimage specification can be | |
| 390 | +disjoint (e.g. "image.tiff[2,7,4]"). For raw images, specify | |
| 391 | +a subimage with a geometry (e.g. -size 640x512 | |
| 392 | +"image.rgb[320x256+50+50]"). Surround the image name with | |
| 393 | +quotation marks to prevent your shell from interpreting the square | |
| 394 | +brackets. Single images are written with the filename you | |
| 395 | +specify. However, multi-part images (e.g., a multi-page PostScript | |
| 396 | +document with \fB+adjoin\fP specified) may be written with the scene | |
| 397 | +number included as part of the filename. In order to include the scene | |
| 398 | +number in the filename, it is necessary to include a printf-style | |
| 399 | +%d format specification in the file name and use the +adjoin | |
| 400 | +option. For example, | |
| 401 | +\' | |
| 402 | + image%02d.miff | |
| 403 | +\' | |
| 404 | +\' | |
| 405 | +writes files \fIimage00.miff, image01.miff,\fP etc. Only a single | |
| 406 | +specification is allowed within an output filename. If more than one | |
| 407 | +specification is present, it will be ignored. It is best to embed the | |
| 408 | +scene number in the base part of the file name, not in the extension, | |
| 409 | +because the extension will not be a recognizeable image type. | |
| 410 | +\' | |
| 411 | +When running a commandline utility, you can | |
| 412 | +prepend an at sign @ to a filename to read a list of image | |
| 413 | +filenames from that file. This is convenient in the event you have too | |
| 414 | +many image filenames to fit on the command line. | |
| 415 | +.SH OPTIONS | |
| 416 | +\' | |
| 417 | +Options are processed in command line order. Any option you specify on | |
| 418 | +the command line remains in effect for the set of images that follows, | |
| 419 | +until the set is terminated by the appearance of any option or \fB-noop\fP. | |
| 420 | +Some options only affect the decoding of images and others only the encoding. | |
| 421 | +The latter can appear after the final group of input images. | |
| 422 | +\' | |
| 423 | +This is a combined list of the command-line options used by the | |
| 424 | +GraphicsMagick utilities (\fIanimate\fP, \fIcompare\fP, | |
| 425 | +\fIcomposite\fP, \fIconvert\fP, \fIdisplay\fP, \fIidentify\fP, | |
| 426 | +\fIimport\fP, \fImogrify\fP and \fImontage\fP). | |
| 427 | +\' | |
| 428 | +\' | |
| 429 | +In this document, angle brackets ("<>") enclose variables and curly | |
| 430 | +brackets ("{}") enclose optional parameters. For example, | |
| 431 | +"\fB-fuzz <distance>{%}\fP" means you can use the | |
| 432 | +option "-fuzz 10" | |
| 433 | +or "-fuzz 2%". | |
| 434 | +\' | |
| 435 | +.TP | |
| 436 | +.B "-adjoin" | |
| 437 | +\fRjoin images into a single multi-image file | |
| 438 | +\' | |
| 439 | +By default, all images of an image sequence are stored in the same | |
| 440 | +file. However, some formats (e.g. JPEG) do not support storing more | |
| 441 | +than one image per file and only the first frame in an image sequence | |
| 442 | +will be saved unless the result is saved to separate files. Use | |
| 443 | +\fB+adjoin\fP to force saving multiple frames to multiple numbered | |
| 444 | +files. If \fB+adjoin\fP is used, then the output filename must | |
| 445 | +include a printf style formatting specification for the numeric part | |
| 446 | +of the filename. For example, | |
| 447 | +\' | |
| 448 | + image%02d.miff | |
| 449 | +\' | |
| 450 | +.TP | |
| 451 | +.B "-affine \fI<matrix>"\fP | |
| 452 | +\fRdrawing transform matrix | |
| 453 | +\' | |
| 454 | +This option provides a transform matrix {sx,rx,ry,sy,tx,ty} for | |
| 455 | +use by subsequent \fB-draw\fP or \fB-transform\fP options. | |
| 456 | +.TP | |
| 457 | +.B "-antialias" | |
| 458 | +\fRremove pixel aliasing | |
| 459 | +\' | |
| 460 | +By default antialiasing algorithms are used when drawing objects (e.g. lines) | |
| 461 | +or rendering vector formats (e.g. WMF and Postscript). Use +antialias to | |
| 462 | +disable use of antialiasing algorithms. Reasons to disable antialiasing | |
| 463 | +include avoiding increasing colors in the image, or improving rendering speed. | |
| 464 | +.TP | |
| 465 | +.B "-append" | |
| 466 | +\fRappend a set of images | |
| 467 | +\' | |
| 468 | +This option creates a single image where the images in the original set | |
| 469 | +are stacked top-to-bottom. If they are not of the same width, | |
| 470 | +any narrow images will be expanded to fit using the background color. | |
| 471 | +Use \fB+append\fP to stack images left-to-right. The set of images | |
| 472 | +is terminated by the appearance of any option. | |
| 473 | +If the \fB-append\fP | |
| 474 | +option appears after all of the input images, all images are appended. | |
| 475 | +.TP | |
| 476 | +.B " \fI-asc-cdl <spec>"\fP | |
| 477 | +\fRapply ASC CDL color transform | |
| 478 | +\' | |
| 479 | +Applies ("bakes in") the ASC CDL, which is a format for the exchange | |
| 480 | +of basic primary color grading information between equipment and | |
| 481 | +software from different manufacturers. The format defines the math for | |
| 482 | +three functions: slope, offset and power. Each function uses a number | |
| 483 | +for the red, green, and blue color channels for a total of nine | |
| 484 | +numbers comprising a single color decision. The tenth number | |
| 485 | +(optional) is for chromiance (saturation) as specified by ASC CDL | |
| 486 | +1.2. | |
| 487 | +\' | |
| 488 | +The argument string is comma delimited and is in the following form | |
| 489 | +(but without invervening spaces or line breaks) | |
| 490 | +\' | |
| 491 | + redslope,redoffset,redpower: | |
| 492 | + greenslope,greenoffset,greenpower: | |
| 493 | + blueslope,blueoffset,bluepower: | |
| 494 | + saturation | |
| 495 | +\' | |
| 496 | +\' | |
| 497 | +with the unity (no change) specification being: | |
| 498 | +\' | |
| 499 | + "1.0,0.0,1.0:1.0,0.0,1.0:1.0,0.0,1.0:1.0" | |
| 500 | +\' | |
| 501 | +.TP | |
| 502 | +.B "-authenticate \fI<string>"\fP | |
| 503 | +\fRdecrypt image with this password | |
| 504 | +\' | |
| 505 | +Use this option to supply a password for decrypting an image or an | |
| 506 | +image sequence, if it is being read from a format such as PDF that supports | |
| 507 | +encryption. Encrypting images being written is not supported. | |
| 508 | +.TP | |
| 509 | +.B "-auto-orient" | |
| 510 | +\fRorient (rotate) image so it is upright | |
| 511 | +\' | |
| 512 | +Adjusts the image orienation so that it is suitable for viewing. Uses | |
| 513 | +the orientation tag obtained from the image file or as supplied by the | |
| 514 | +\fB-orient\fP option. | |
| 515 | +.TP | |
| 516 | +.B "-average" | |
| 517 | +\fRaverage a set of images | |
| 518 | +\' | |
| 519 | +The set of images | |
| 520 | +is terminated by the appearance of any option. | |
| 521 | +If the \fB-average\fP | |
| 522 | +option appears after all of the input images, all images are averaged. | |
| 523 | +.TP | |
| 524 | +.B "-backdrop" | |
| 525 | +\fRdisplay the image centered on a backdrop. | |
| 526 | +\' | |
| 527 | +This backdrop covers the entire workstation screen and is useful for hiding | |
| 528 | +other X window activity while viewing the image. The color of the backdrop | |
| 529 | +is specified as the foreground color (X11 default is black). | |
| 530 | +Refer to | |
| 531 | +"X Resources", below, | |
| 532 | +for details. | |
| 533 | +.TP | |
| 534 | +.B "-background \fI<color>"\fP | |
| 535 | +\fRthe background color | |
| 536 | +\' | |
| 537 | +The color is specified using the format described under the \fB-fill\fP | |
| 538 | +option. | |
| 539 | +.TP | |
| 540 | +.B "-black-threshold \fIred[,green][,blue][,opacity]"\fP | |
| 541 | +\fRpixels below the threshold become black | |
| 542 | +\' | |
| 543 | +Use \fB-black-threshold\fP to set pixels with values below the specified | |
| 544 | +threshold to minimum value (black). If only one value is supplied, or the | |
| 545 | +red, green, and blue values are identical, then intensity thresholding is | |
| 546 | +used. If the color threshold values are not identical then channel-based | |
| 547 | +thresholding is used, and color distortion will occur. Specify a negative | |
| 548 | +value (e.g. -1) if you want a channel to be ignored but you do want to | |
| 549 | +threshold a channel later in the list. If a percent (%) symbol is | |
| 550 | +appended, then the values are treated as a percentage of maximum | |
| 551 | +range. | |
| 552 | +.TP | |
| 553 | +.B "-blue-primary \fI<x>,<y>"\fP | |
| 554 | +\fRblue chromaticity primary point | |
| 555 | +.TP | |
| 556 | +.B "-blur \fI<radius>{x<sigma>}"\fP | |
| 557 | +\fRblur the image with a Gaussian operator | |
| 558 | +\' | |
| 559 | +Blur with the given radius and | |
| 560 | +standard deviation (sigma). | |
| 561 | +.TP | |
| 562 | +.B "-border \fI<width>x<height>"\fP | |
| 563 | +\fRsurround the image with a border of color | |
| 564 | +\' | |
| 565 | +See \fB-geometry\fP for details | |
| 566 | +about the geometry specification. | |
| 567 | +.TP | |
| 568 | +.B "-bordercolor \fI<color>"\fP | |
| 569 | +\fRthe border color | |
| 570 | +\' | |
| 571 | +The color is specified using the format described under the \fB-fill\fP | |
| 572 | +option. | |
| 573 | +.TP | |
| 574 | +.B "-borderwidth \fI<geometry>"\fP | |
| 575 | +\fRthe border width | |
| 576 | +.TP | |
| 577 | +.B "-box \fI<color>"\fP | |
| 578 | +\fRset the color of the annotation bounding box | |
| 579 | +\' | |
| 580 | +The color is specified using the format described under the \fB-fill\fP | |
| 581 | +option. | |
| 582 | +\' | |
| 583 | +See \fB-draw\fP for further | |
| 584 | +details. | |
| 585 | +.TP | |
| 586 | +.B "-channel \fI<type>"\fP | |
| 587 | +\fRthe type of channel | |
| 588 | +\' | |
| 589 | +Choose from: \fBRed\fP, \fBGreen\fP, \fBBlue\fP, \fBOpacity\fP, | |
| 590 | +\fBMatte\fP, \fBCyan\fP, \fBMagenta\fP, \fBYellow\fP, \fBBlack\fP, | |
| 591 | +or \fBGray\fP. | |
| 592 | +\' | |
| 593 | +Use this option to extract a particular \fIchannel\fP from the image. | |
| 594 | +\fBOpacity\fP, | |
| 595 | +for example, is useful for extracting the opacity values from an image. | |
| 596 | +.TP | |
| 597 | +.B "-charcoal \fI<factor>"\fP | |
| 598 | +\fRsimulate a charcoal drawing | |
| 599 | +.TP | |
| 600 | +.B "-chop \fI<width>x<height>{+-}<x>{+-}<y>{%}"\fP | |
| 601 | +\fRremove pixels from the interior of an image | |
| 602 | +\' | |
| 603 | +\fIWidth\fP and \fIheight\fP give the number of columns and rows to remove, | |
| 604 | +and \fIx\fP and \fIy\fP are offsets that give the location of the | |
| 605 | +leftmost column and topmost row to remove. | |
| 606 | +\' | |
| 607 | +The \fIx\fP offset normally specifies the leftmost column to remove. | |
| 608 | +If the \fB-gravity\fP option is present with \fINorthEast, East,\fP | |
| 609 | +or \fISouthEast\fP | |
| 610 | +gravity, it gives the distance leftward from the right edge | |
| 611 | +of the image to the rightmost column to remove. Similarly, the \fIy\fP offset | |
| 612 | +normally specifies the topmost row to remove, but if | |
| 613 | +the \fB-gravity\fP option is present with \fISouthWest, South,\fP | |
| 614 | +or \fISouthEast\fP | |
| 615 | +gravity, it specifies the distance upward from the bottom edge of the | |
| 616 | +image to the bottom row to remove. | |
| 617 | +\' | |
| 618 | +The \fB-chop\fP option removes entire rows and columns, | |
| 619 | +and moves the remaining corner blocks leftward and upward to close the gaps. | |
| 620 | +.TP | |
| 621 | +.B "-clip" | |
| 622 | +\fRapply the clipping path, if one is present | |
| 623 | +\' | |
| 624 | +If a clipping path is present, it will be applied to subsequent operations. | |
| 625 | +\' | |
| 626 | +For example, if you type the following command: | |
| 627 | +\' | |
| 628 | + gm convert -clip -negate cockatoo.tif negated.tif | |
| 629 | +\' | |
| 630 | +\' | |
| 631 | +only the pixels within the clipping path are negated. | |
| 632 | +\' | |
| 633 | +The \fB-clip\fP feature requires the XML library. If the XML library | |
| 634 | +is not present, the option is ignored. | |
| 635 | +.TP | |
| 636 | +.B "-coalesce" | |
| 637 | +\fRmerge a sequence of images | |
| 638 | +\' | |
| 639 | +Each image N in the sequence after Image 0 is replaced with the image | |
| 640 | +created by flattening images 0 through N. | |
| 641 | +\' | |
| 642 | +The set of images | |
| 643 | +is terminated by the appearance of any option. | |
| 644 | +If the \fB-coalesce\fP | |
| 645 | +option appears after all of the input images, all images are coalesced. | |
| 646 | +.TP | |
| 647 | +.B "-colorize \fI<value>"\fP | |
| 648 | +\fRcolorize the image with the pen color | |
| 649 | +\' | |
| 650 | +Specify the amount of colorization as a percentage. You can apply separate | |
| 651 | +colorization values to the red, green, and blue channels of the image with | |
| 652 | +a colorization value list delimited with slashes (e.g. 0/0/50). | |
| 653 | +\' | |
| 654 | +The \fB-colorize\fP option may be used in conjunction with \fB-modulate\fP | |
| 655 | +to produce a nice sepia toned image like: | |
| 656 | +\' | |
| 657 | + gm convert input.ppm -modulate 115,0,100 \\ | |
| 658 | + -colorize 7,21,50 output.ppm. | |
| 659 | +\' | |
| 660 | +.TP | |
| 661 | +.B "-colormap \fI<type>"\fP | |
| 662 | +\fRdefine the colormap type | |
| 663 | +\' | |
| 664 | +Choose between \fBshared\fP or \fBprivate\fP. | |
| 665 | +\' | |
| 666 | +This option only applies when the default X server visual is \fIPseudoColor\fP | |
| 667 | +or \fIGRAYScale\fP. Refer to \fB-visual\fP for more details. By default, | |
| 668 | +a shared colormap is allocated. The image shares colors with other X clients. | |
| 669 | +Some image colors could be approximated, therefore your image may look | |
| 670 | +very different than intended. Choose \fBPrivate\fP and the image colors | |
| 671 | +appear exactly as they are defined. However, other clients may | |
| 672 | +go \fItechnicolor\fP when the image colormap is installed. | |
| 673 | +.TP | |
| 674 | +.B "-colors \fI<value>"\fP | |
| 675 | +\fRpreferred number of colors in the image | |
| 676 | +\' | |
| 677 | +The actual number of colors in the image may be less than your request, | |
| 678 | +but never more. Note, this is a color reduction option. Images with less | |
| 679 | +unique colors than specified with this option will have any duplicate or | |
| 680 | +unused colors removed. The ordering of an existing color palette may be | |
| 681 | +altered. When converting an image from color to grayscale, convert the | |
| 682 | +image to the gray colorspace before reducing the number of colors since | |
| 683 | +doing so is most efficient. Refer to <a | |
| 684 | +href="quantize.html">quantize for more details. | |
| 685 | +\' | |
| 686 | +Note, options \fB-dither\fP, \fB-colorspace\fP, and \fB-treedepth\fP | |
| 687 | +affect the color reduction algorithm. | |
| 688 | +.TP | |
| 689 | +.B "-colorspace \fI<value>"\fP | |
| 690 | +\fRthe type of colorspace | |
| 691 | +\' | |
| 692 | +Choices are: | |
| 693 | +\fBCineonLog\fP, \fBCMYK\fP, \fBGRAY\fP, \fBHSL\fP, \fBHWB\fP, | |
| 694 | +\fBOHTA\fP, \fBRGB\fP, \fBRec601Luma\fP, \fBRec709Luma\fP, | |
| 695 | +\fBRec601YCbCr\fP, \fBRec709YCbCr\fP, \fBTransparent\fP, \fBXYZ\fP, | |
| 696 | +\fBYCbCr\fP, \fBYIQ\fP, \fBYPbPr\fP, or \fBYUV\fP. | |
| 697 | +\' | |
| 698 | +Color reduction, by default, takes place in the RGB color space. Empirical | |
| 699 | +evidence suggests that distances in color spaces such as YUV or YIQ correspond | |
| 700 | +to perceptual color differences more closely than do distances in RGB space. | |
| 701 | +These color spaces may give better results when color reducing an image. | |
| 702 | +Refer to quantize for more details. | |
| 703 | +Two gray colorspaces are supported. The \fBRec601Luma\fP space is | |
| 704 | +based on the recommendations for legacy NTSC television (ITU-R | |
| 705 | +BT.601-5). The \fBRec709Luma\fP space is based on the | |
| 706 | +recommendations for HDTV (Rec. ITU-R BT.709-5) and is suitable for use | |
| 707 | +with computer graphics, and for contemporary CRT displays. The | |
| 708 | +\fBGRAY\fP colorspace currently selects the \fBRec601Luma\fP | |
| 709 | +colorspace by default for backwards compatibly reasons. This default | |
| 710 | +may be re-considered in the future. | |
| 711 | +\' | |
| 712 | +Two YCbCr colorspaces are supported. The \fBRec601YCbCr\fP space is | |
| 713 | +based on the recommendations for legacy NTSC television (ITU-R BT.601-5). The | |
| 714 | +\fBRec709CbCr\fP space is based on the recommendations for HDTV (Rec. | |
| 715 | +ITU-R BT.709-5) and is suitable for suitable for use with computer | |
| 716 | +graphics, and for contemporary CRT displays. The \fBYCbCr\fP colorspace | |
| 717 | +specification is equivalent to\fBRec601YCbCr\fP. | |
| 718 | +\' | |
| 719 | +\' | |
| 720 | +The \fBTransparent\fP color space behaves uniquely in that it preserves | |
| 721 | +the matte channel of the image if it exists. | |
| 722 | +\' | |
| 723 | +The \fB-colors\fP or \fB-monochrome\fP option, or saving to a file | |
| 724 | +format which requires color reduction, is required for this option to | |
| 725 | +take effect. | |
| 726 | +.TP | |
| 727 | +.B "-comment \fI<string>"\fP | |
| 728 | +\fRannotate an image with a comment | |
| 729 | +\' | |
| 730 | +Use this option to assign a specific comment to the image, when writing | |
| 731 | +to an image format that supports comments. You can include the | |
| 732 | +image filename, type, width, height, or other image attribute by embedding | |
| 733 | +special format characters listed under the \fB-format\fP option. | |
| 734 | +The comment is not drawn on the image, but is embedded in the image | |
| 735 | +datastream via a "Comment" tag or similar mechanism. If you want the | |
| 736 | +comment to be visible on the image itself, use the \fB-draw\fP option | |
| 737 | +instead. | |
| 738 | +\' | |
| 739 | +For example, | |
| 740 | +\' | |
| 741 | + -comment "%m:%f %wx%h" | |
| 742 | +\' | |
| 743 | +\' | |
| 744 | +produces an image comment of \fBMIFF:bird.miff 512x480\fP for an image | |
| 745 | +titled \fBbird.miff\fP and whose width is 512 and height is 480. | |
| 746 | +\' | |
| 747 | +If the first character of \fIstring\fP is \fI@\fP, the image comment | |
| 748 | +is read from a file titled by the remaining characters in the string. | |
| 749 | +Please note that if the string comes from an untrusted source that it | |
| 750 | +should be sanitized before use since otherwise the content of an | |
| 751 | +arbitrary readable file could be incorporated in a comment in the | |
| 752 | +output file (a security risk). | |
| 753 | +\' | |
| 754 | +If the -comment option appears multiple times, only the last comment is | |
| 755 | +stored. | |
| 756 | +\' | |
| 757 | +In PNG images, the comment is stored in a \fBtEXt\fP or \fBzTXt\fP chunk | |
| 758 | +with the keyword "comment". | |
| 759 | +.TP | |
| 760 | +.B "-compose \fI<operator>"\fP | |
| 761 | +\fRthe type of image composition | |
| 762 | +\' | |
| 763 | +The description of composition uses abstract terminology in order to | |
| 764 | +allow the the description to be more clear, while avoiding constant | |
| 765 | +values which are specific to a particular build configuration. Each image | |
| 766 | +pixel is represented by red, green, and blue levels (which are equal for | |
| 767 | +a gray pixel). MaxRGB is the maximum integral value which may be stored | |
| 768 | +in the red, green, or blue channels of the image. Each image pixel may | |
| 769 | +also optionally (if the image matte channel is enabled) have an | |
| 770 | +associated level of opacity (ranging from opaque to transparent), which | |
| 771 | +may be used to determine the influence of the pixel color when | |
| 772 | +compositing the pixel with another image pixel. If the image matte | |
| 773 | +channel is disabled, then all pixels in the image are treated as opaque. | |
| 774 | +The color of an \fIopaque\fP pixel is fully visible while the color of a | |
| 775 | +\fItransparent\fP pixel color is entirely absent (pixel color is ignored). | |
| 776 | +\' | |
| 777 | +By definition, raster images have a rectangular shape. All image rows are | |
| 778 | +of equal length, and all image columns have the same number of rows. By | |
| 779 | +treating the opacity channel as a visual "mask" the rectangular image may | |
| 780 | +be given a "shape" by treating the opacity channel as a cookie-cutter for | |
| 781 | +the image. Pixels within the shape are opaque, while pixels outside the | |
| 782 | +shape are transparent. Pixels on the boundary of the shape may be between | |
| 783 | +opaque and transparent in order to provide antialiasing (visually smooth | |
| 784 | +edges). The description of the composition operators use this concept of | |
| 785 | +image "shape" in order to make the description of the operators easier to | |
| 786 | +understand. While it is convenient to describe the operators in terms of | |
| 787 | +"shapes" they are by no means limited to mask-style operations since they | |
| 788 | +are based on continuous floating-point mathematics rather than simple | |
| 789 | +boolean operations. | |
| 790 | +\' | |
| 791 | +By default, the \fIOver\fP composite operator is used. The following | |
| 792 | +composite operators are available: | |
| 793 | +\' | |
| 794 | + Over | |
| 795 | + In | |
| 796 | + Out | |
| 797 | + Atop | |
| 798 | + Xor | |
| 799 | + Plus | |
| 800 | + Minus | |
| 801 | + Add | |
| 802 | + Subtract | |
| 803 | + Difference | |
| 804 | + Divide | |
| 805 | + Multiply | |
| 806 | + Bumpmap | |
| 807 | + Copy | |
| 808 | + CopyRed | |
| 809 | + CopyGreen | |
| 810 | + CopyBlue | |
| 811 | + CopyOpacity | |
| 812 | + CopyCyan | |
| 813 | + CopyMagenta | |
| 814 | + CopyYellow | |
| 815 | + CopyBlack | |
| 816 | +\' | |
| 817 | +\' | |
| 818 | +The behavior of each operator is described below. | |
| 819 | +\' | |
| 820 | +.in 15 | |
| 821 | +\' | |
| 822 | +.in 15 | |
| 823 | +.B "Over" | |
| 824 | +.in 20 | |
| 825 | + \fR | |
| 826 | +.in 20 | |
| 827 | +The result will be the union of the two image shapes, with opaque areas | |
| 828 | +of \fIchange-image\fP obscuring \fIbase-image\fP in the region of | |
| 829 | +overlap. | |
| 830 | +\' | |
| 831 | +.in 15 | |
| 832 | +.in 15 | |
| 833 | +.B "In" | |
| 834 | +.in 20 | |
| 835 | + \fR | |
| 836 | +.in 20 | |
| 837 | +The result is simply \fIchange-image\fP cut by the shape of | |
| 838 | +\fIbase-image\fP. None of the image data of \fIbase-image\fP will be in | |
| 839 | +the result. | |
| 840 | +\' | |
| 841 | +.in 15 | |
| 842 | +.in 15 | |
| 843 | +.B "Out" | |
| 844 | +.in 20 | |
| 845 | + \fR | |
| 846 | +.in 20 | |
| 847 | +The resulting image is \fIchange-image\fP with the shape of | |
| 848 | +\fIbase-image\fP cut out. | |
| 849 | +\' | |
| 850 | +.in 15 | |
| 851 | +.in 15 | |
| 852 | +.B "Atop" | |
| 853 | +.in 20 | |
| 854 | + \fR | |
| 855 | +.in 20 | |
| 856 | +The result is the same shape as \fIbase-image\fP, with | |
| 857 | +\fIchange-image\fP obscuring \fIbase-image\fP where the image shapes | |
| 858 | +overlap. Note this differs from \fBover\fP because the portion of | |
| 859 | +\fIchange-image\fP outside \fIbase-image\fP's shape does not appear in | |
| 860 | +the result. | |
| 861 | +\' | |
| 862 | +.in 15 | |
| 863 | +.in 15 | |
| 864 | +.B "Xor" | |
| 865 | +.in 20 | |
| 866 | + \fR | |
| 867 | +.in 20 | |
| 868 | +The result is the image data from both \fIchange-image\fP and | |
| 869 | +\fIbase-image\fP that is outside the overlap region. The overlap region | |
| 870 | +will be blank. | |
| 871 | +\' | |
| 872 | +.in 15 | |
| 873 | +.in 15 | |
| 874 | +.B "Plus" | |
| 875 | +.in 20 | |
| 876 | + \fR | |
| 877 | +.in 20 | |
| 878 | +The result is just the sum of the image data. Output values are cropped | |
| 879 | +to MaxRGB (no overflow). This operation is independent of the matte | |
| 880 | +channels. | |
| 881 | +\' | |
| 882 | +.in 15 | |
| 883 | +.in 15 | |
| 884 | +.B "Minus" | |
| 885 | +.in 20 | |
| 886 | + \fR | |
| 887 | +.in 20 | |
| 888 | +The result of \fIchange-image\fP - \fIbase-image\fP, with underflow | |
| 889 | +cropped to zero. The matte channel is ignored (set to opaque, full | |
| 890 | +coverage). | |
| 891 | +\' | |
| 892 | +.in 15 | |
| 893 | +.in 15 | |
| 894 | +.B "Add" | |
| 895 | +.in 20 | |
| 896 | + \fR | |
| 897 | +.in 20 | |
| 898 | +The result of \fIchange-image\fP + \fIbase-image\fP, with overflow | |
| 899 | +wrapping around (\fImod\fP MaxRGB+1). | |
| 900 | +\' | |
| 901 | +.in 15 | |
| 902 | +.in 15 | |
| 903 | +.B "Subtract" | |
| 904 | +.in 20 | |
| 905 | + \fR | |
| 906 | +.in 20 | |
| 907 | +The result of \fIchange-image\fP - \fIbase-image\fP, with underflow | |
| 908 | +wrapping around (\fImod\fP MaxRGB+1). The \fBadd\fP and \fBsubtract\fP | |
| 909 | +operators can be used to perform reversible transformations. | |
| 910 | +\' | |
| 911 | +.in 15 | |
| 912 | +.in 15 | |
| 913 | +.B "Difference" | |
| 914 | +.in 20 | |
| 915 | + \fR | |
| 916 | +.in 20 | |
| 917 | +The result of abs(\fIchange-image\fP - \fIbase-image\fP). This is | |
| 918 | +useful for comparing two very similar images. | |
| 919 | +\' | |
| 920 | +.in 15 | |
| 921 | +.in 15 | |
| 922 | +.B "Divide" | |
| 923 | +.in 20 | |
| 924 | + \fR | |
| 925 | +.in 20 | |
| 926 | +The result of \fIchange-image\fP / \fIbase-image\fP. This is useful | |
| 927 | +for improving the readability of text on unevenly illuminated photos (by | |
| 928 | +using a gaussian blurred copy of change-image as base-image). | |
| 929 | +\' | |
| 930 | +.in 15 | |
| 931 | +.in 15 | |
| 932 | +.B "Multiply" | |
| 933 | +.in 20 | |
| 934 | + \fR | |
| 935 | +.in 20 | |
| 936 | +The result of \fIchange-image\fP * \fIbase-image\fP. This is useful for | |
| 937 | +the creation of drop-shadows. | |
| 938 | +\' | |
| 939 | +.in 15 | |
| 940 | +.in 15 | |
| 941 | +.B "Bumpmap" | |
| 942 | +.in 20 | |
| 943 | + \fR | |
| 944 | +.in 20 | |
| 945 | +The result \fIbase-image\fP shaded by \fIchange-image\fP. | |
| 946 | +\' | |
| 947 | +.in 15 | |
| 948 | +.in 15 | |
| 949 | +.B "Copy" | |
| 950 | +.in 20 | |
| 951 | + \fR | |
| 952 | +.in 20 | |
| 953 | +The resulting image is \fIbase-image\fP replaced with | |
| 954 | +\fIchange-image\fP. Here the matte information is ignored. | |
| 955 | +\' | |
| 956 | +.in 15 | |
| 957 | +.in 15 | |
| 958 | +.B "CopyRed" | |
| 959 | +.in 20 | |
| 960 | + \fR | |
| 961 | +.in 20 | |
| 962 | +The resulting image is the red channel in \fIbase-image\fP replaced with | |
| 963 | +the red channel in \fIchange-image\fP. The other channels are copied | |
| 964 | +untouched. | |
| 965 | +\' | |
| 966 | +.in 15 | |
| 967 | +.in 15 | |
| 968 | +.B "CopyGreen" | |
| 969 | +.in 20 | |
| 970 | + \fR | |
| 971 | +.in 20 | |
| 972 | +The resulting image is the green channel in \fIbase-image\fP replaced | |
| 973 | +with the green channel in \fIchange-image\fP. The other channels are | |
| 974 | +copied untouched. | |
| 975 | +\' | |
| 976 | +.in 15 | |
| 977 | +.in 15 | |
| 978 | +.B "CopyBlue" | |
| 979 | +.in 20 | |
| 980 | + \fR | |
| 981 | +.in 20 | |
| 982 | +The resulting image is the blue channel in \fIbase-image\fP replaced | |
| 983 | +with the blue channel in \fIchange-image\fP. The other channels are | |
| 984 | +copied untouched. | |
| 985 | +\' | |
| 986 | +.in 15 | |
| 987 | +.in 15 | |
| 988 | +.B "CopyOpacity" | |
| 989 | +.in 20 | |
| 990 | + \fR | |
| 991 | +.in 20 | |
| 992 | +The resulting image is the opacity channel in \fIbase-image\fP replaced | |
| 993 | +with the opacity channel in \fIchange-image\fP. The other channels are | |
| 994 | +copied untouched. | |
| 995 | +\' | |
| 996 | +.in 15 | |
| 997 | +.in 15 | |
| 998 | +.B "CopyCyan" | |
| 999 | +.in 20 | |
| 1000 | + \fR | |
| 1001 | +.in 20 | |
| 1002 | +The resulting image is the cyan channel in \fIbase-image\fP replaced | |
| 1003 | +with the cyan channel in \fIchange-image\fP. The other channels are | |
| 1004 | +copied untouched. Use of this operator requires that base-image be in | |
| 1005 | +CMYK(A) colorspace. | |
| 1006 | +\' | |
| 1007 | +.in 15 | |
| 1008 | +.in 15 | |
| 1009 | +.B "CopyMagenta" | |
| 1010 | +.in 20 | |
| 1011 | + \fR | |
| 1012 | +.in 20 | |
| 1013 | +The resulting image is the magenta channel in \fIbase-image\fP | |
| 1014 | +replaced with the magenta channel in \fIchange-image\fP. The other | |
| 1015 | +channels are copied untouched. Use of this operator requires that | |
| 1016 | +base-image be in CMYK(A) colorspace. | |
| 1017 | +\' | |
| 1018 | +.in 15 | |
| 1019 | +.in 15 | |
| 1020 | +.B "CopyYellow" | |
| 1021 | +.in 20 | |
| 1022 | + \fR | |
| 1023 | +.in 20 | |
| 1024 | +The resulting image is the yellow channel in \fIbase-image\fP | |
| 1025 | +replaced with the yellow channel in \fIchange-image\fP. The other | |
| 1026 | +channels are copied untouched. Use of this operator requires that | |
| 1027 | +base-image be in CMYK(A) colorspace. | |
| 1028 | +\' | |
| 1029 | +.in 15 | |
| 1030 | +.in 15 | |
| 1031 | +.B "CopyBlack" | |
| 1032 | +.in 20 | |
| 1033 | + \fR | |
| 1034 | +.in 20 | |
| 1035 | +The resulting image is the black channel in \fIbase-image\fP | |
| 1036 | +replaced with the black channel in \fIchange-image\fP. The other | |
| 1037 | +channels are copied untouched. Use of this operator requires that | |
| 1038 | +base-image be in CMYK(A) colorspace. If change-image is not in CMYK | |
| 1039 | +space, then the change-image pixel intensities are used. | |
| 1040 | +\' | |
| 1041 | +.in 15 | |
| 1042 | +\' | |
| 1043 | +\' | |
| 1044 | +.TP | |
| 1045 | +.B "-compress \fI<type>"\fP | |
| 1046 | +\fRthe type of image compression | |
| 1047 | +\' | |
| 1048 | +Choices are: \fINone\fP, \fIBZip\fP, \fIFax\fP, | |
| 1049 | +\fIGroup3\fP, \fIGroup4\fP, | |
| 1050 | +\fIJPEG\fP, \fILossless\fP, | |
| 1051 | +\fILZW\fP, \fIRLE\fP, \fIZip\fP, \fILZMA\fP, \fIJPEG2000\fP, | |
| 1052 | +\fIJPEG2000\fP, \fIJBIG\fP, \fIJBIG2\fP, \fIWebP\fP, or \fIZSTD\fP. | |
| 1053 | +\' | |
| 1054 | +\' | |
| 1055 | +Specify \fB+compress\fP to store the binary image in an uncompressed format. | |
| 1056 | +The default is the compression type of the specified image file. | |
| 1057 | +\' | |
| 1058 | +\fI"Lossless"\fP refers to lossless JPEG, which is only available if | |
| 1059 | +the JPEG library has been patched to support it. Use of lossless JPEG is | |
| 1060 | +generally not recommended. | |
| 1061 | +\' | |
| 1062 | +Use the \fB-quality\fP option to set the compression level to be used | |
| 1063 | +by the JPEG, JPEG-2000, PNG, MIFF, MPEG, and TIFF encoders. Use the | |
| 1064 | +\fB-sampling-factor\fP option to set the sampling factor to be used | |
| 1065 | +by the DPX, JPEG, MPEG, and YUV encoders for downsampling the chroma | |
| 1066 | +channels. | |
| 1067 | +.TP | |
| 1068 | +.B "-contrast" | |
| 1069 | +\fRenhance or reduce the image contrast | |
| 1070 | +\' | |
| 1071 | +This option enhances the intensity differences between the lighter and | |
| 1072 | +darker elements of the image. Use \fB-contrast\fP to enhance | |
| 1073 | +the image | |
| 1074 | +or \fB+contrast\fP to reduce the image contrast. | |
| 1075 | +\' | |
| 1076 | +\' | |
| 1077 | +For a more pronounced effect you can repeat the option: | |
| 1078 | +\' | |
| 1079 | + gm convert rose: -contrast -contrast rose_c2.png | |
| 1080 | +\' | |
| 1081 | +.TP | |
| 1082 | +.B "-convolve \fI<kernel>"\fP | |
| 1083 | +\fRconvolve image with the specified convolution kernel | |
| 1084 | +\' | |
| 1085 | +The kernel is specified as a comma-separated list of floating point | |
| 1086 | +values, ordered left-to right, starting with the top row. The order of | |
| 1087 | +the kernel is determined by the square root of the number of entries. | |
| 1088 | +Presently only square kernels are supported. | |
| 1089 | +.TP | |
| 1090 | +.B "-create-directories" | |
| 1091 | +\fRcreate output directory if required | |
| 1092 | +\' | |
| 1093 | +Use this option with \fB-output-directory\fP if the input paths contain | |
| 1094 | +subdirectories and it is desired to create similar subdirectories in the | |
| 1095 | +output directory. Without this option, \fBmogrify\fP will fail if the | |
| 1096 | +required output directory does not exist. | |
| 1097 | +.TP | |
| 1098 | +.B "-crop \fI<width>x<height>{+-}<x>{+-}<y>{%}"\fP | |
| 1099 | +\fRpreferred size and location of the cropped image | |
| 1100 | +\' | |
| 1101 | +See \fB-geometry\fP for details | |
| 1102 | +about the geometry specification. | |
| 1103 | +\' | |
| 1104 | +The width and height give the size of the image that remains after cropping, | |
| 1105 | +and \fIx\fP and \fIy\fP are offsets that give the location of the top left | |
| 1106 | +corner of the cropped | |
| 1107 | +image with respect to the original image. To specify the amount to be | |
| 1108 | +removed, use \fB-shave\fP instead. | |
| 1109 | +\' | |
| 1110 | +If the \fIx\fP and \fIy\fP offsets are present, a single image is | |
| 1111 | +generated, consisting of the pixels from the cropping region. | |
| 1112 | +The offsets specify the location of the upper left corner of | |
| 1113 | +the cropping region measured downward and rightward with respect to the | |
| 1114 | +upper left corner of the image. | |
| 1115 | +If the \fB-gravity\fP option is present with \fINorthEast, East,\fP | |
| 1116 | +or \fISouthEast\fP | |
| 1117 | +gravity, it gives the distance leftward from the right edge | |
| 1118 | +of the image to the right edge of the cropping region. Similarly, if | |
| 1119 | +the \fB-gravity\fP option is present with \fISouthWest, South,\fP | |
| 1120 | +or \fISouthEast\fP | |
| 1121 | +gravity, the distance is measured upward between the bottom | |
| 1122 | +edges. | |
| 1123 | +\' | |
| 1124 | +If the \fIx\fP and \fIy\fP offsets are omitted, a set of tiles of the | |
| 1125 | +specified geometry, covering the entire input image, is generated. The | |
| 1126 | +rightmost tiles and the bottom tiles are smaller if the | |
| 1127 | +specified geometry extends beyond the dimensions of the input image. | |
| 1128 | +.TP | |
| 1129 | +.B "-cycle \fI<amount>"\fP | |
| 1130 | +\fRdisplace image colormap by amount | |
| 1131 | +\' | |
| 1132 | +\fIAmount\fP defines the number of positions each colormap entry isshifted. | |
| 1133 | +\' | |
| 1134 | +.TP | |
| 1135 | +.B "-debug \fI<events>"\fP | |
| 1136 | +\fRenable debug printout | |
| 1137 | +\' | |
| 1138 | +The events parameter specifies which events are to be logged. It | |
| 1139 | +can be either None, All, or a comma-separated list | |
| 1140 | +consisting of one or more of the following domains: | |
| 1141 | +Annotate, | |
| 1142 | +Blob, | |
| 1143 | +Cache, | |
| 1144 | +Coder, | |
| 1145 | +Configure, | |
| 1146 | +Deprecate, | |
| 1147 | +Error, | |
| 1148 | +Exception, | |
| 1149 | +FatalError, | |
| 1150 | +Information, | |
| 1151 | +Locale, | |
| 1152 | +Option, | |
| 1153 | +Render, | |
| 1154 | +Resource, | |
| 1155 | +TemporaryFile, | |
| 1156 | +Transform, | |
| 1157 | +User. | |
| 1158 | +Warning, or | |
| 1159 | +X11, | |
| 1160 | +For example, to log cache and blob events, use | |
| 1161 | +\' | |
| 1162 | + gm convert -debug "Cache,Blob" rose: rose.png | |
| 1163 | +\' | |
| 1164 | +\' | |
| 1165 | +The "User" domain is normally empty, but developers can log "User" events | |
| 1166 | +in their private copy of GraphicsMagick. | |
| 1167 | +\' | |
| 1168 | +Use the \fB-log\fP option to specify the format for debugging output. | |
| 1169 | +\' | |
| 1170 | +Use \fB+debug\fP to turn off all logging. | |
| 1171 | +\' | |
| 1172 | +An alternative to using \fB-debug\fP is to use the \fBMAGICK_DEBUG\fP | |
| 1173 | +environment variable. The allowed values for the \fBMAGICK_DEBUG\fP | |
| 1174 | +environment variable are the same as for the \fB-debug\fP option. | |
| 1175 | +.TP | |
| 1176 | +.B "-deconstruct" | |
| 1177 | +\fRbreak down an image sequence into constituent parts | |
| 1178 | +\' | |
| 1179 | +This option compares each image with the next in a sequence and | |
| 1180 | +returns the maximum bounding region of any pixel differences it discovers. | |
| 1181 | +This method can undo a coalesced sequence returned by the | |
| 1182 | +\fB-coalesce\fP option, and is useful for removing redundant information | |
| 1183 | +from a GIF or MNG animation. | |
| 1184 | +\' | |
| 1185 | +The sequence of images | |
| 1186 | +is terminated by the appearance of any option. | |
| 1187 | +If the \fB-deconstruct\fP | |
| 1188 | +option appears after all of the input images, all images are deconstructed. | |
| 1189 | +.TP | |
| 1190 | +.B "-define \fI<key>{=<value>},..."\fP | |
| 1191 | +\fRadd coder/decoder specific options | |
| 1192 | +This option creates one or more definitions for coders and | |
| 1193 | +decoders to use while reading and writing image data. Definitions | |
| 1194 | +may be passed to coders and decoders to control options that are | |
| 1195 | +specific to certain image formats. If \fIvalue\fP is missing for a | |
| 1196 | +definition, an empty-valued definition of a flag will be created with | |
| 1197 | +that name. This is used to control on/off options. Use +define | |
| 1198 | +<key>,... to remove definitions previously created. Use | |
| 1199 | ++define "*" to remove all existing definitions. | |
| 1200 | +\' | |
| 1201 | +The following definitions may be created: | |
| 1202 | +\' | |
| 1203 | +.in 15 | |
| 1204 | +\' | |
| 1205 | +.in 15 | |
| 1206 | +.B "cineon:colorspace={rgb|cineonlog}" | |
| 1207 | +.in 20 | |
| 1208 | + \fR | |
| 1209 | +.in 20 | |
| 1210 | +Use the cineon:colorspace option when reading a Cineon file to | |
| 1211 | +specify the colorspace the Cineon file uses. This overrides the colorspace | |
| 1212 | +type implied by the DPX header (if any). | |
| 1213 | +\' | |
| 1214 | +.in 15 | |
| 1215 | +.in 15 | |
| 1216 | +.B "dpx:bits-per-sample=<value>" | |
| 1217 | +.in 20 | |
| 1218 | + \fR | |
| 1219 | +.in 20 | |
| 1220 | +If the dpx:bits-per-sample key is defined, GraphicsMagick will write | |
| 1221 | +DPX images with the specified bits per sample, overriding any existing | |
| 1222 | +depth value. If this option is not specified, then the value is based on | |
| 1223 | +the existing image depth value from the original image file. The DPX | |
| 1224 | +standard supports bits per sample values of 1, 8, 10, 12, and 16. Many | |
| 1225 | +DPX readers demand a sample size of 10 bits with type A padding (see | |
| 1226 | +below). | |
| 1227 | +\' | |
| 1228 | +.in 15 | |
| 1229 | +.in 15 | |
| 1230 | +.B "dpx:colorspace={rgb|cineonlog}" | |
| 1231 | +.in 20 | |
| 1232 | + \fR | |
| 1233 | +.in 20 | |
| 1234 | +Use the dpx:colorspace option when reading a DPX file to | |
| 1235 | +specify the colorspace the DPX file uses. This overrides the colorspace | |
| 1236 | +type implied by the DPX header (if any). | |
| 1237 | +\' | |
| 1238 | +.in 15 | |
| 1239 | +.in 15 | |
| 1240 | +.B "dpx:packing-method={packed|a|b|lsbpad|msbpad}" | |
| 1241 | +.in 20 | |
| 1242 | + \fR | |
| 1243 | +.in 20 | |
| 1244 | +DPX samples are output within 32-bit words. They may be tightly | |
| 1245 | +packed end-to-end within the words ("packed"), padded with null bits to | |
| 1246 | +the right of the sample ("a" or "lsbpad"), or padded with null bits to the | |
| 1247 | +left of the sample ("b" or "msbpad"). This option only has an effect for | |
| 1248 | +sample sizes of 10 or 12 bits. If samples are not packed, the DPX | |
| 1249 | +standard recommends type A padding. Many DPX readers demand a sample size | |
| 1250 | +of 10 bits with type A padding. | |
| 1251 | +\' | |
| 1252 | +.in 15 | |
| 1253 | +.in 15 | |
| 1254 | +.B "dpx:pixel-endian={lsb|msb}" | |
| 1255 | +.in 20 | |
| 1256 | + \fR | |
| 1257 | +.in 20 | |
| 1258 | +Allows the user to specify the endian order of the pixels when | |
| 1259 | +reading or writing the DPX files. Sometimes this is useful if the file is | |
| 1260 | +(or must be) written incorrectly so that the file header and the pixels | |
| 1261 | +use different endianness. | |
| 1262 | +\' | |
| 1263 | +.in 15 | |
| 1264 | +.in 15 | |
| 1265 | +.B "dpx:swap-samples={true|false}" | |
| 1266 | +.in 20 | |
| 1267 | + \fR | |
| 1268 | +.in 15 | |
| 1269 | +.B "dpx:swap-samples-read={true|false}" | |
| 1270 | +.in 20 | |
| 1271 | + \fR | |
| 1272 | +.in 15 | |
| 1273 | +.B "dpx:swap-samples-write={true|false}" | |
| 1274 | +.in 20 | |
| 1275 | + \fR | |
| 1276 | +.in 20 | |
| 1277 | +GraphicsMagick strives to adhere to the DPX standard but certain | |
| 1278 | +aspects of the standard can be quite confusing. As a result, some | |
| 1279 | +10-bit DPX files have Red and Blue interchanged, or Cb and Cr | |
| 1280 | +interchanged due to an different interpretation of the standard, or | |
| 1281 | +getting the wires crossed. The swap-samples option may be supplied | |
| 1282 | +when reading or writing in order to read or write using the necessary | |
| 1283 | +sample order. Use swap-samples-read when swapping should only occur | |
| 1284 | +in the reader, or swap-samples-write when swapping should only occur | |
| 1285 | +in the writer. | |
| 1286 | +\' | |
| 1287 | +.in 15 | |
| 1288 | +.in 15 | |
| 1289 | +.B "gradient:direction={South|North|West|East|NorthWest|NorthEast|SouthWest|SouthEast}" | |
| 1290 | +.in 20 | |
| 1291 | + \fR | |
| 1292 | +.in 20 | |
| 1293 | +By default, the gradient coder produces a gradient from top to | |
| 1294 | +bottom ("South"). Since GraphicsMagick 1.3.35, the gradient direction | |
| 1295 | +may be specified to produce gradient vectors according to a | |
| 1296 | +gravity-like specification. The arguments are \fBSouth\fP (Top to | |
| 1297 | +Bottom), \fBNorth\fP (Bottom to Top), \fBWest\fP (Right to Left), | |
| 1298 | +\fBEast\fP (Left to Right), \fBNorthWest\fP (Bottom-Right to | |
| 1299 | +Top-Left), \fBNorthEast\fP (Bottom-Left to Top-Right), | |
| 1300 | +\fBSouthWest\fP (Top-Right Bottom-Left), and \fBSouthEast\fP | |
| 1301 | +(Top-Left to Bottom-Right). | |
| 1302 | +\' | |
| 1303 | +.in 15 | |
| 1304 | +.in 15 | |
| 1305 | +.B "jp2:rate=<value>" | |
| 1306 | +.in 20 | |
| 1307 | + \fR | |
| 1308 | +.in 20 | |
| 1309 | +Specify the compression factor to use while writing JPEG-2000 | |
| 1310 | +files. The compression factor is the reciprocal of the compression | |
| 1311 | +ratio. The valid range is 0.0 to 1.0, with 1.0 indicating lossless | |
| 1312 | +compression. If defined, this value overrides the -quality | |
| 1313 | +setting. The default quality setting of 75 results in a rate value of | |
| 1314 | +0.06641. | |
| 1315 | +\' | |
| 1316 | +.in 15 | |
| 1317 | +.in 15 | |
| 1318 | +.B "jpeg:block-smoothing={true|false}" | |
| 1319 | +.in 20 | |
| 1320 | + \fR | |
| 1321 | +.in 20 | |
| 1322 | +Enables or disables block smoothing when reading a JPEG file | |
| 1323 | +(default enabled). | |
| 1324 | +\' | |
| 1325 | +.in 15 | |
| 1326 | +.in 15 | |
| 1327 | +.B "jpeg:dct-method=<value>" | |
| 1328 | +.in 20 | |
| 1329 | + \fR | |
| 1330 | +.in 20 | |
| 1331 | +Selects the IJG JPEG library DCT implementation to use. The | |
| 1332 | +encoding implementations vary in speed and encoding error. The | |
| 1333 | +available choices for \fBvalue\fP are \fBislow\fP, \fBifast\fP, | |
| 1334 | +\fBfloat\fP, \fBdefault\fP and \fBfastest\fP. Note that | |
| 1335 | +\fBfastest\fP might not necessarily be fastest on your CPU, depending | |
| 1336 | +on the choices made when the JPEG library was built and how your CPU | |
| 1337 | +behaves. | |
| 1338 | +\' | |
| 1339 | +.in 15 | |
| 1340 | +.in 15 | |
| 1341 | +.B "jpeg:fancy-upsampling={true|false}" | |
| 1342 | +.in 20 | |
| 1343 | + \fR | |
| 1344 | +.in 20 | |
| 1345 | +Enables or disables fancy upsampling when reading a JPEG file | |
| 1346 | +(default enabled). | |
| 1347 | +\' | |
| 1348 | +.in 15 | |
| 1349 | +.in 15 | |
| 1350 | +.B "jpeg:max-scan-number=<value>" | |
| 1351 | +.in 20 | |
| 1352 | + \fR | |
| 1353 | +.in 20 | |
| 1354 | +Specifies an integer value for the maximum number of progressive | |
| 1355 | +scans allowed in a JPEG file. The default maximum is 100 scans. This | |
| 1356 | +limit is imposed due to a weakness in the JPEG standard which allows | |
| 1357 | +small JPEG files to take many minutes or hours to be read. | |
| 1358 | +\' | |
| 1359 | +.in 15 | |
| 1360 | +.in 15 | |
| 1361 | +.B "jpeg:max-warnings=<value>" | |
| 1362 | +.in 20 | |
| 1363 | + \fR | |
| 1364 | +.in 20 | |
| 1365 | +Specifies an integer value for how many warnings are allowed for | |
| 1366 | +any given error type before being promoted to a hard error. JPEG | |
| 1367 | +files producing excessive warnings indicate a problem with the file. | |
| 1368 | +\' | |
| 1369 | +.in 15 | |
| 1370 | +.in 15 | |
| 1371 | +.B "jpeg:optimize-coding={true|false}" | |
| 1372 | +.in 20 | |
| 1373 | + \fR | |
| 1374 | +.in 20 | |
| 1375 | +Selects if huffman encoding should be used. Huffman encoding is enabled | |
| 1376 | +by default, but may be disabled for very large images since it encoding | |
| 1377 | +requires that the entire image be buffered in memory. Huffman encoding | |
| 1378 | +produces smaller JPEG files at the expense of added compression time and | |
| 1379 | +memory consumption. | |
| 1380 | +\' | |
| 1381 | +.in 15 | |
| 1382 | +.in 15 | |
| 1383 | +.B "jpeg:preserve-settings" | |
| 1384 | +.in 20 | |
| 1385 | + \fR | |
| 1386 | +.in 20 | |
| 1387 | +If the jpeg:preserve-settings flag is defined, the JPEG encoder will | |
| 1388 | +use the same "quality" and "sampling-factor" settings that were found | |
| 1389 | +in the input file, if the input was in JPEG format. These settings are | |
| 1390 | +also preserved if the input is a JPEG file and the output is a JNG | |
| 1391 | +file. If the colorspace of the output file differs from that of the | |
| 1392 | +input file, the quality setting is preserved but the sampling-factors | |
| 1393 | +are not. | |
| 1394 | +\' | |
| 1395 | +.in 15 | |
| 1396 | +.in 15 | |
| 1397 | +.B "pcl:fit-to-page" | |
| 1398 | +.in 20 | |
| 1399 | + \fR | |
| 1400 | +.in 20 | |
| 1401 | +If the pcl:fit-to-page flag is defined, then the printer is | |
| 1402 | +requested to scale the image to fit the page size (width and/or | |
| 1403 | +height). | |
| 1404 | +.in 15 | |
| 1405 | +.in 15 | |
| 1406 | +.B "png:chunk-malloc-max=<value>" | |
| 1407 | +.in 20 | |
| 1408 | + \fR | |
| 1409 | +.in 20 | |
| 1410 | +png:chunk-malloc-max specifies the maximum chunk size that libpng | |
| 1411 | +will be allowed to read. Libpng's default is normally 8,000,000 | |
| 1412 | +bytes. Very rarely, a valid PNG file may be encountered where the | |
| 1413 | +error is reported "chunk data is too large". In this case, the limit | |
| 1414 | +may be increased using this option. Take care when increasing this | |
| 1415 | +limit since an excessively large limit could allow untrusted files to | |
| 1416 | +use excessive memory. | |
| 1417 | +\' | |
| 1418 | +.in 15 | |
| 1419 | +.in 15 | |
| 1420 | +.B "mng:maximum-loops=<value>" | |
| 1421 | +.in 20 | |
| 1422 | + \fR | |
| 1423 | +.in 20 | |
| 1424 | +mng:maximum-loops specifies the maximum number of loops allowed to | |
| 1425 | +be specified by a MNG LOOP chunk. Without an imposed limit, a MNG file | |
| 1426 | +could request up to 2147483647 loops, which could run for a very long | |
| 1427 | +time. The current default limit is 512 loops. | |
| 1428 | +\' | |
| 1429 | +.in 15 | |
| 1430 | +.in 15 | |
| 1431 | +.B "pdf:use-cropbox={true|false}" | |
| 1432 | +.in 20 | |
| 1433 | + \fR | |
| 1434 | +.in 20 | |
| 1435 | +If the pdf:use-cropbox flag is set to \fBtrue\fP, then | |
| 1436 | +Ghostscript is requested to apply the PDF crop box. | |
| 1437 | +\' | |
| 1438 | +.in 15 | |
| 1439 | +.in 15 | |
| 1440 | +.B "pdf:stop-on-error={true|false}" | |
| 1441 | +.in 20 | |
| 1442 | + \fR | |
| 1443 | +.in 20 | |
| 1444 | +If the pdf:stop-on-error flag is set to \fBtrue\fP, then | |
| 1445 | +Ghostscript is requested to stop processing the PDF when the first | |
| 1446 | +error is encountered. Otherwise it will attempt to process all | |
| 1447 | +requested pages. | |
| 1448 | +\' | |
| 1449 | +.in 15 | |
| 1450 | +.in 15 | |
| 1451 | +.B "ps:imagemask" | |
| 1452 | +.in 20 | |
| 1453 | + \fR | |
| 1454 | +.in 20 | |
| 1455 | +If the ps:imagemask flag is defined, the PS3 and EPS3 coders will | |
| 1456 | +create Postscript files that render bilevel images with the Postscript | |
| 1457 | +imagemask operator instead of the image operator. | |
| 1458 | +\' | |
| 1459 | +.in 15 | |
| 1460 | +.in 15 | |
| 1461 | +.B "ptif:minimum-geometry=<geometry>" | |
| 1462 | +.in 20 | |
| 1463 | + \fR | |
| 1464 | +.in 20 | |
| 1465 | +If the ptif:minimum-geometry key is defined, GraphicsMagick will | |
| 1466 | +use it to determine the minimum frame size to output when writing a | |
| 1467 | +pyramid TIFF file (a TIFF file containing a succession of reduced | |
| 1468 | +versions of the first frame). The default minimum geometry is 32x32. | |
| 1469 | +\' | |
| 1470 | +.in 15 | |
| 1471 | +.in 15 | |
| 1472 | +.B "tiff:alpha={unspecified|associated|unassociated}" | |
| 1473 | +.in 20 | |
| 1474 | + \fR | |
| 1475 | +.in 20 | |
| 1476 | +Specify the TIFF alpha channel type when reading or writing TIFF files, | |
| 1477 | +overriding the normal value. The default alpha channel type for new files | |
| 1478 | +is unspecified alpha. Existing alpha settings are preserved when | |
| 1479 | +converting from one TIFF file to another. When a TIFF file uses | |
| 1480 | +associated alpha, the image pixels are pre-multiplied (i.e. altered) with | |
| 1481 | +the alpha channel. Files with "associated" alpha appear as if they were | |
| 1482 | +alpha composited on a black background when the matte channel is | |
| 1483 | +disabled. If the unassociated alpha type is selected, then the alpha | |
| 1484 | +channel is saved without altering the pixels. Photoshop recognizes | |
| 1485 | +associated alpha as transparency information, if the file is saved with | |
| 1486 | +unassociated alpha, the alpha information is loaded as an independent | |
| 1487 | +channel. Note that for many years, ImageMagick and GraphicsMagick marked | |
| 1488 | +TIFF files as using associated alpha, without properly pre-multiplying | |
| 1489 | +the pixels. | |
| 1490 | +\' | |
| 1491 | +.in 15 | |
| 1492 | +.in 15 | |
| 1493 | +.B "tiff:fill-order={msb2lsb|lsb2msb}" | |
| 1494 | +.in 20 | |
| 1495 | + \fR | |
| 1496 | +.in 20 | |
| 1497 | +If the tiff:fill-order key is defined, GraphicsMagick will use it to | |
| 1498 | +determine the bit fill order used while writing TIFF files. The normal default | |
| 1499 | +is "msb2lsb", which matches the native bit order of all modern CPUs. The | |
| 1500 | +only exception to this is when Group3 or Group4 FAX compression is | |
| 1501 | +requested since FAX machines send data in bit-reversed order and | |
| 1502 | +therefore RFC 2301 recommends using reverse order. | |
| 1503 | +\' | |
| 1504 | +.in 15 | |
| 1505 | +.in 15 | |
| 1506 | +.B "tiff:group-three-options=<value>" | |
| 1507 | +.in 20 | |
| 1508 | + \fR | |
| 1509 | +.in 20 | |
| 1510 | +If the tiff:group-three-options key is defined, GraphicsMagick | |
| 1511 | +will use it to set the group3 options tag when writing | |
| 1512 | +group3-compressed TIFF. Please see the TIFF specification for the | |
| 1513 | +usage of this tag. The default value is 4. | |
| 1514 | +\' | |
| 1515 | +.in 15 | |
| 1516 | +.in 15 | |
| 1517 | +.B "tiff:ignore-tags=<tags>" | |
| 1518 | +.in 20 | |
| 1519 | + \fR | |
| 1520 | +.in 20 | |
| 1521 | +If the tiff:ignore-tags key is defined, then it is used as a list | |
| 1522 | +of comma-delimited integer TIFF tag values to ignore while reading the | |
| 1523 | +TIFF file. This is useful in order to be able to read files which | |
| 1524 | +which otherwise fail to read due to problems with TIFF tags. Note | |
| 1525 | +that some TIFF tags are required in order to be able to read the image | |
| 1526 | +data at all. | |
| 1527 | +\' | |
| 1528 | +.in 15 | |
| 1529 | +.in 15 | |
| 1530 | +.B "tiff:report-warnings={false|true}" | |
| 1531 | +.in 20 | |
| 1532 | + \fR | |
| 1533 | +.in 20 | |
| 1534 | +If the tiff:report-warnings key is defined and set to \fBtrue\fP, | |
| 1535 | +then TIFF warnings are reported as a warning exception rather than as | |
| 1536 | +a coder log message. Such warnings are reported after the image has | |
| 1537 | +been read or written. Most TIFF warnings are benign but sometimes | |
| 1538 | +they may help deduce problems with the TIFF file, or help detect that | |
| 1539 | +the TIFF file requires a special application to read successfully due | |
| 1540 | +to the use of proprietary or specialized extensions. | |
| 1541 | +\' | |
| 1542 | +.in 15 | |
| 1543 | +.in 15 | |
| 1544 | +.B "tiff:sample-format={unsigned|ieeefp}" | |
| 1545 | +.in 20 | |
| 1546 | + \fR | |
| 1547 | +.in 20 | |
| 1548 | +If the tiff:sample-format key is defined, GraphicsMagick will use it to | |
| 1549 | +determine the sample format used while writing TIFF files. The default is | |
| 1550 | +"unsigned". Specify "ieeefp" in order to write floating-point TIFF | |
| 1551 | +files with float (32-bit) or double (64-bit) values. Use the | |
| 1552 | +tiff:bits-per-sample define to determine the type of floating-point value | |
| 1553 | +to use. | |
| 1554 | +\' | |
| 1555 | +.in 15 | |
| 1556 | +.in 15 | |
| 1557 | +.B "tiff:max-sample-value=<value>" | |
| 1558 | +.in 20 | |
| 1559 | + \fR | |
| 1560 | +.in 20 | |
| 1561 | +If the tiff:max-sample-value key is defined, GraphicsMagick will use the | |
| 1562 | +assigned value as the maximum floating point value while reading or | |
| 1563 | +writing IEEE floating point TIFFs. Otherwise the maximum value is 1.0 or | |
| 1564 | +the value obtained from the file's SMaxSampleValue tag (if present). The | |
| 1565 | +floating point data is currently not scanned in advance to determine a | |
| 1566 | +best maximum sample value so if the range is not 1.0, or the | |
| 1567 | +SMaxSampleValue tag is not present, it may be necessary to | |
| 1568 | +(intelligently) use this parameter to properly read a file. | |
| 1569 | +\' | |
| 1570 | +.in 15 | |
| 1571 | +.in 15 | |
| 1572 | +.B "tiff:min-sample-value=<value>" | |
| 1573 | +.in 20 | |
| 1574 | + \fR | |
| 1575 | +.in 20 | |
| 1576 | +If the tiff:min-sample-value key is defined, GraphicsMagick will use | |
| 1577 | +the assigned value as the minimum floating point value while reading or | |
| 1578 | +writing IEEE floating point TIFFs. Otherwise the minimum value is 0.0 or | |
| 1579 | +the value obtained from the file's SMinSampleValue tag (if present). | |
| 1580 | +\' | |
| 1581 | +.in 15 | |
| 1582 | +.in 15 | |
| 1583 | +.B "tiff:bits-per-sample=<value>" | |
| 1584 | +.in 20 | |
| 1585 | + \fR | |
| 1586 | +.in 20 | |
| 1587 | +If the tiff:bits-per-sample key is defined, GraphicsMagick will write | |
| 1588 | +images with the specified bits per sample, overriding any existing depth | |
| 1589 | +value. Value may be any in the range of 1 to 32, or 64 when the default | |
| 1590 | +'unsigned' format is written, or 16/32/24/64 if IEEEFP format is written. | |
| 1591 | +Please note that the baseline TIFF 6.0 specification only requires | |
| 1592 | +readers to handle certain powers of two, and the values to be handled | |
| 1593 | +depend on the nature of the image (e.g. colormapped, grayscale, RGB, CMYK). | |
| 1594 | +\' | |
| 1595 | +.in 15 | |
| 1596 | +.in 15 | |
| 1597 | +.B "tiff:samples-per-pixel=<value>" | |
| 1598 | +.in 20 | |
| 1599 | + \fR | |
| 1600 | +.in 20 | |
| 1601 | +If the tiff:samples-per-pixel key is defined to a value, the TIFF coder | |
| 1602 | +will write TIFF images with the defined samples per pixel, overriding any | |
| 1603 | +value stored in the image. This option should not normally be used. | |
| 1604 | +\' | |
| 1605 | +.in 15 | |
| 1606 | +.in 15 | |
| 1607 | +.B "tiff:rows-per-strip=<value>" | |
| 1608 | +.in 20 | |
| 1609 | + \fR | |
| 1610 | +.in 20 | |
| 1611 | +Allows the user to specify the number of rows per TIFF strip. | |
| 1612 | +Rounded up to a multiple of 16 when using JPEG compression. Ignored when | |
| 1613 | +using tiles. | |
| 1614 | +\' | |
| 1615 | +.in 15 | |
| 1616 | +.in 15 | |
| 1617 | +.B "tiff:strip-per-page=true" | |
| 1618 | +.in 20 | |
| 1619 | + \fR | |
| 1620 | +.in 20 | |
| 1621 | +Requests that the image is written in a single TIFF strip. This is | |
| 1622 | +normally the default when group3 or group4 compression is requested | |
| 1623 | +within reasonable limits. Requesting a single strip for large images may | |
| 1624 | +result in failure due to resource consumption in the writer or reader. | |
| 1625 | +\' | |
| 1626 | +.in 15 | |
| 1627 | +.in 15 | |
| 1628 | +.B "tiff:tile" | |
| 1629 | +.in 20 | |
| 1630 | + \fR | |
| 1631 | +.in 20 | |
| 1632 | +Enable writing tiled TIFF (rather than stripped) using the default tile | |
| 1633 | +size. Tiled TIFF organizes the image as an array of smaller images | |
| 1634 | +(tiles) in order to enable random access. | |
| 1635 | +\' | |
| 1636 | +.in 15 | |
| 1637 | +.in 15 | |
| 1638 | +.B "tiff:tile-geometry=<width>x<height>" | |
| 1639 | +.in 20 | |
| 1640 | + \fR | |
| 1641 | +.in 20 | |
| 1642 | +Specify the tile size to use while writing tiled TIFF. Width and | |
| 1643 | +height should be a multiple of 16. If the value is not a multiple of 16, | |
| 1644 | +then it will be rounded down. Enables tiled TIFF if it has not already | |
| 1645 | +been enabled. GraphicsMagick does not use tiled storage internally so | |
| 1646 | +tiles need to be converted back and forth from the internal | |
| 1647 | +scanline-oriented storage to tile-oriented storage. Testing with typical | |
| 1648 | +RGB images shows that useful square tile size values range from 128x128 | |
| 1649 | +to 1024x1024. Large images which require using a disk-based pixel cache | |
| 1650 | +benefit from large tile sizes while images which fit in memory work well | |
| 1651 | +with smaller tile sizes. | |
| 1652 | +\' | |
| 1653 | +.in 15 | |
| 1654 | +.in 15 | |
| 1655 | +.B "tiff:tile-width=<width>" | |
| 1656 | +.in 20 | |
| 1657 | + \fR | |
| 1658 | +.in 20 | |
| 1659 | +Specify the tile width to use while writing tiled TIFF. The tile height | |
| 1660 | +is then defaulted to an appropriate size. Width should be a multiple of | |
| 1661 | +16. If the value is not a multiple of 16, then it will be rounded down. | |
| 1662 | +Enables tiled TIFF if it has not already been enabled. | |
| 1663 | +\' | |
| 1664 | +.in 15 | |
| 1665 | +.in 15 | |
| 1666 | +.B "tiff:tile-height=<height>" | |
| 1667 | +.in 20 | |
| 1668 | + \fR | |
| 1669 | +.in 20 | |
| 1670 | +Specify the tile height to use while writing tiled TIFF. The tile width | |
| 1671 | +is then defaulted to an appropriate size. Height should be a multiple of | |
| 1672 | +16. If the value is not a multiple of 16, then it will be rounded down. | |
| 1673 | +Enables tiled TIFF if it has not already been enabled. | |
| 1674 | +\' | |
| 1675 | +.in 15 | |
| 1676 | +.in 15 | |
| 1677 | +.B "tiff:webp-lossless={TRUE|FALSE}" | |
| 1678 | +.in 20 | |
| 1679 | + \fR | |
| 1680 | +.in 20 | |
| 1681 | +Specify a value of \fBTRUE\fP to enable lossless mode while | |
| 1682 | +writing WebP-compressed TIFF files. The WebP \fBwebp:lossless\fP | |
| 1683 | +option may also be used. The quality factor set by the | |
| 1684 | +\fB-quality\fP option may be used to influence the level of effort | |
| 1685 | +expended while compressing. | |
| 1686 | +\' | |
| 1687 | +.in 15 | |
| 1688 | +.in 15 | |
| 1689 | +.B "tiff:zstd-compress-level=<value>" | |
| 1690 | +.in 20 | |
| 1691 | + \fR | |
| 1692 | +.in 20 | |
| 1693 | +Specify the compression level to use while writing Zstd-compressed | |
| 1694 | +TIFF files. The valid range is 1 to 22. If this define is not | |
| 1695 | +specified, then the 'quality' value is used such that the default | |
| 1696 | +quality setting of 75 is translated to a compress level of 9 such that | |
| 1697 | +'quality' has a useful range of 10-184 if used for this purpose. | |
| 1698 | +\' | |
| 1699 | +.in 15 | |
| 1700 | +.in 15 | |
| 1701 | +.B "webp:lossless={true|false}" | |
| 1702 | +.in 20 | |
| 1703 | + \fR | |
| 1704 | +.in 20 | |
| 1705 | +Enable lossless encoding. | |
| 1706 | +\' | |
| 1707 | +.in 15 | |
| 1708 | +.in 15 | |
| 1709 | +.B "webp:method={0-6}" | |
| 1710 | +.in 20 | |
| 1711 | + \fR | |
| 1712 | +.in 20 | |
| 1713 | +Quality/speed trade-off. | |
| 1714 | +\' | |
| 1715 | +.in 15 | |
| 1716 | +.in 15 | |
| 1717 | +.B "webp:image-hint={default,graph,photo,picture}" | |
| 1718 | +.in 20 | |
| 1719 | + \fR | |
| 1720 | +.in 20 | |
| 1721 | +Hint for image type. | |
| 1722 | +\' | |
| 1723 | +.in 15 | |
| 1724 | +.in 15 | |
| 1725 | +.B "webp:target-size=<integer>" | |
| 1726 | +.in 20 | |
| 1727 | + \fR | |
| 1728 | +.in 20 | |
| 1729 | +Target size in bytes. | |
| 1730 | +\' | |
| 1731 | +.in 15 | |
| 1732 | +.in 15 | |
| 1733 | +.B "webp:target-psnr=<float>" | |
| 1734 | +.in 20 | |
| 1735 | + \fR | |
| 1736 | +.in 20 | |
| 1737 | +Minimal distortion to try to achieve. | |
| 1738 | +\' | |
| 1739 | +.in 15 | |
| 1740 | +.in 15 | |
| 1741 | +.B "webp:segments={1-4}" | |
| 1742 | +.in 20 | |
| 1743 | + \fR | |
| 1744 | +.in 20 | |
| 1745 | +Maximum number of segments to use. | |
| 1746 | +\' | |
| 1747 | +.in 15 | |
| 1748 | +.in 15 | |
| 1749 | +.B "webp:sns-strength={0-100}" | |
| 1750 | +.in 20 | |
| 1751 | + \fR | |
| 1752 | +.in 20 | |
| 1753 | +Spatial Noise Shaping. | |
| 1754 | +\' | |
| 1755 | +.in 15 | |
| 1756 | +.in 15 | |
| 1757 | +.B "webp:filter-strength={0-100}" | |
| 1758 | +.in 20 | |
| 1759 | + \fR | |
| 1760 | +.in 20 | |
| 1761 | +Filter strength. | |
| 1762 | +\' | |
| 1763 | +.in 15 | |
| 1764 | +.in 15 | |
| 1765 | +.B "webp:filter-sharpness={0-7}" | |
| 1766 | +.in 20 | |
| 1767 | + \fR | |
| 1768 | +.in 20 | |
| 1769 | +Filter sharpness. | |
| 1770 | +\' | |
| 1771 | +.in 15 | |
| 1772 | +.in 15 | |
| 1773 | +.B "webp:filter-type={0,1}" | |
| 1774 | +.in 20 | |
| 1775 | + \fR | |
| 1776 | +.in 20 | |
| 1777 | +Filtering type. 0 = simple, 1 = strong (only used if | |
| 1778 | +filter-strength > 0 or autofilter is enabled). | |
| 1779 | +\' | |
| 1780 | +.in 15 | |
| 1781 | +.in 15 | |
| 1782 | +.B "webp:auto-filter={true|false}" | |
| 1783 | +.in 20 | |
| 1784 | + \fR | |
| 1785 | +.in 20 | |
| 1786 | +Auto adjust filter's strength. | |
| 1787 | +\' | |
| 1788 | +.in 15 | |
| 1789 | +.in 15 | |
| 1790 | +.B "webp:alpha-compression=<integer>" | |
| 1791 | +.in 20 | |
| 1792 | + \fR | |
| 1793 | +.in 20 | |
| 1794 | +Algorithm for encoding the alpha plane (0 = none, 1 = compressed | |
| 1795 | +with WebP lossless). Default is 1. | |
| 1796 | +\' | |
| 1797 | +.in 15 | |
| 1798 | +.in 15 | |
| 1799 | +.B "webp:alpha-filtering=<integer>" | |
| 1800 | +.in 20 | |
| 1801 | + \fR | |
| 1802 | +.in 20 | |
| 1803 | +Predictive filtering method for alpha plane. 0: none, 1: fast, 2: | |
| 1804 | +best. Default is 1. | |
| 1805 | +\' | |
| 1806 | +.in 15 | |
| 1807 | +.in 15 | |
| 1808 | +.B "webp:alpha-quality={0-100}" | |
| 1809 | +.in 20 | |
| 1810 | + \fR | |
| 1811 | +.in 20 | |
| 1812 | +Between 0 (smallest size) and 100 (lossless). Default is 100. | |
| 1813 | +\' | |
| 1814 | +.in 15 | |
| 1815 | +.in 15 | |
| 1816 | +.B "webp:pass=[1..10]" | |
| 1817 | +.in 20 | |
| 1818 | + \fR | |
| 1819 | +.in 20 | |
| 1820 | +Number of entropy-analysis passes. | |
| 1821 | +\' | |
| 1822 | +.in 15 | |
| 1823 | +.in 15 | |
| 1824 | +.B "webp:show-compressed={true|false}" | |
| 1825 | +.in 20 | |
| 1826 | + \fR | |
| 1827 | +.in 20 | |
| 1828 | +Export the compressed picture back. In-loop filtering is not | |
| 1829 | +applied. | |
| 1830 | +\' | |
| 1831 | +.in 15 | |
| 1832 | +.in 15 | |
| 1833 | +.B "webp:preprocessing=[0,1,2]" | |
| 1834 | +.in 20 | |
| 1835 | + \fR | |
| 1836 | +.in 20 | |
| 1837 | +0=none, 1=segment-smooth, 2=pseudo-random dithering | |
| 1838 | +\' | |
| 1839 | +.in 15 | |
| 1840 | +.in 15 | |
| 1841 | +.B "webp:partitions=[0-3]" | |
| 1842 | +.in 20 | |
| 1843 | + \fR | |
| 1844 | +.in 20 | |
| 1845 | +log2(number of token partitions) in [0..3]. Default is 0 for | |
| 1846 | +easier progressive decoding. | |
| 1847 | +\' | |
| 1848 | +.in 15 | |
| 1849 | +.in 15 | |
| 1850 | +.B "webp:partition-limit={0-100}" | |
| 1851 | +.in 20 | |
| 1852 | + \fR | |
| 1853 | +.in 20 | |
| 1854 | +Quality degradation allowed to fit the 512k limit on prediction | |
| 1855 | +modes coding (0: no degradation, 100: maximum possible | |
| 1856 | +degradation). | |
| 1857 | +\' | |
| 1858 | +.in 15 | |
| 1859 | +.in 15 | |
| 1860 | +.B "webp:emulate-jpeg-size={true|false}" | |
| 1861 | +.in 20 | |
| 1862 | + \fR | |
| 1863 | +.in 20 | |
| 1864 | +If true, compression parameters will be remapped to better match | |
| 1865 | +the expected output size from JPEG compression. Generally, the output | |
| 1866 | +size will be similar but the degradation will be lower. | |
| 1867 | +\' | |
| 1868 | +.in 15 | |
| 1869 | +.in 15 | |
| 1870 | +.B "webp:thread-level=<integer>" | |
| 1871 | +.in 20 | |
| 1872 | + \fR | |
| 1873 | +.in 20 | |
| 1874 | +If non-zero, try and use multi-threaded encoding. | |
| 1875 | +\' | |
| 1876 | +.in 15 | |
| 1877 | +.in 15 | |
| 1878 | +.B "webp:low-memory={true|false}" | |
| 1879 | +.in 20 | |
| 1880 | + \fR | |
| 1881 | +.in 20 | |
| 1882 | +If set, reduce memory usage (but increase CPU use) | |
| 1883 | +\' | |
| 1884 | +.in 15 | |
| 1885 | +.in 15 | |
| 1886 | +.B "webp:use-sharp-yuv={true|false}" | |
| 1887 | +.in 20 | |
| 1888 | + \fR | |
| 1889 | +.in 20 | |
| 1890 | +If set, if needed, use sharp (and slow) RGB->YUV conversion | |
| 1891 | +\' | |
| 1892 | +.in 15 | |
| 1893 | +\' | |
| 1894 | +\' | |
| 1895 | +\' | |
| 1896 | +For example, to create a postscript file that will render only the black | |
| 1897 | +pixels of a bilevel image, use: | |
| 1898 | +\' | |
| 1899 | + gm convert bilevel.tif -define ps:imagemask eps3:stencil.ps | |
| 1900 | +\' | |
| 1901 | +.TP | |
| 1902 | +.B "-delay \fI<1/100ths of a second>"\fP | |
| 1903 | +\fRdisplay the next image after pausing | |
| 1904 | +\' | |
| 1905 | +This option is useful for regulating the animation of image sequences | |
| 1906 | +\fIDelay/100\fP seconds must expire before the display | |
| 1907 | +of the next image. The default is no delay between each showing of the | |
| 1908 | +image sequence. The maximum delay is 65535. | |
| 1909 | +\' | |
| 1910 | +You can specify a delay range (e.g. \fI-delay 10-500\fP) which sets the | |
| 1911 | +minimum and maximum delay. | |
| 1912 | +.TP | |
| 1913 | +.B "-density \fI<width>x<height>"\fP | |
| 1914 | +\fRhorizontal and vertical resolution in pixels of the image | |
| 1915 | +This option specifies the image resolution to store while encoding a | |
| 1916 | +raster image or the canvas resolution while rendering (reading) vector | |
| 1917 | +formats such as Postscript, PDF, WMF, and SVG into a raster image. Image | |
| 1918 | +resolution provides the unit of measure to apply when rendering to an | |
| 1919 | +output device or raster image. The default unit of measure is in dots | |
| 1920 | +per inch (DPI). The \fB-units\fP option may be used to select dots per | |
| 1921 | +centimeter instead. | |
| 1922 | + The default resolution is 72 dots per inch, which is equivalent to | |
| 1923 | +one point per pixel (Macintosh and Postscript standard). Computer | |
| 1924 | +screens are normally 72 or 96 dots per inch while printers typically | |
| 1925 | +support 150, 300, 600, or 1200 dots per inch. To determine the | |
| 1926 | +resolution of your display, use a ruler to measure the width of your | |
| 1927 | +screen in inches, and divide by the number of horizontal pixels (1024 on | |
| 1928 | +a 1024x768 display). | |
| 1929 | +If the file format supports it, this option may be used to update | |
| 1930 | +the stored image resolution. Note that Photoshop stores and obtains | |
| 1931 | +image resolution from a proprietary embedded profile. If this profile is | |
| 1932 | +not stripped from the image, then Photoshop will continue to treat the | |
| 1933 | +image using its former resolution, ignoring the image resolution | |
| 1934 | +specified in the standard file header. | |
| 1935 | +The density option is an attribute and does not alter the underlying | |
| 1936 | +raster image. It may be used to adjust the rendered size for desktop | |
| 1937 | +publishing purposes by adjusting the scale applied to the pixels. To | |
| 1938 | +resize the image so that it is the same size at a different resolution, | |
| 1939 | +use the \fB-resample\fP option. | |
| 1940 | +.TP | |
| 1941 | +.B "-depth \fI<value>"\fP | |
| 1942 | +\fRdepth of the image | |
| 1943 | +\' | |
| 1944 | +This is the number of bits of color to preserve in the image. Any value | |
| 1945 | +between 1 and \fBQuantumDepth\fP (build option) may be specified, | |
| 1946 | +although 8 or 16 are the most common values. Use this option to specify | |
| 1947 | +the depth of raw images whose depth is unknown such as GRAY, RGB, or | |
| 1948 | +CMYK, or to change the depth of any image after it has been read. | |
| 1949 | +The depth option is applied to the pixels immediately so it may be | |
| 1950 | +used as a form of simple compression by discarding the least significant | |
| 1951 | +bits. Reducing the depth in advance may speed up color quantization, and | |
| 1952 | +help create smaller file sizes when using a compression algorithm like | |
| 1953 | +LZW or ZIP. | |
| 1954 | +.TP | |
| 1955 | +.B "-descend" | |
| 1956 | +\fRobtain image by descending window hierarchy | |
| 1957 | +.TP | |
| 1958 | +.B "-despeckle" | |
| 1959 | +\fRreduce the speckles within an image | |
| 1960 | +.TP | |
| 1961 | +.B "-displace \fI<horizontal scale>x<vertical scale>"\fP | |
| 1962 | +\fRshift image pixels as defined by a displacement map | |
| 1963 | +\' | |
| 1964 | +With this option, \fIcomposite image\fP is used as a displacement map. Black, | |
| 1965 | +within the displacement map, is a maximum positive displacement. White is a | |
| 1966 | +maximum negative displacement and middle gray is neutral. The displacement | |
| 1967 | +is scaled to determine the pixel shift. By default, the displacement applies | |
| 1968 | +in both the horizontal and vertical directions. However, if you specify | |
| 1969 | +\fImask\fP, \fIcomposite image\fP is the horizontal X displacement and | |
| 1970 | +\fImask\fP the vertical Y displacement. | |
| 1971 | +.TP | |
| 1972 | +.B "-display \fI<host:display[.screen]>"\fP | |
| 1973 | +\fRspecifies the X server to contact | |
| 1974 | +\' | |
| 1975 | +This option is used with convert for | |
| 1976 | +obtaining image or font from this X server. See \fIX(1)\fP. | |
| 1977 | +.TP | |
| 1978 | +.B "-dispose \fI<method>"\fP | |
| 1979 | +\fRGIF disposal method | |
| 1980 | +\' | |
| 1981 | +The Disposal Method indicates the way in which the graphic is to | |
| 1982 | +be treated after being displayed. | |
| 1983 | +\' | |
| 1984 | +Here are the valid methods: | |
| 1985 | +\' | |
| 1986 | + Undefined No disposal specified. | |
| 1987 | + None Do not dispose between frames. | |
| 1988 | + Background Overwrite the image area with | |
| 1989 | + the background color. | |
| 1990 | + Previous Overwrite the image area with | |
| 1991 | + what was there prior to rendering | |
| 1992 | + the image. | |
| 1993 | +\' | |
| 1994 | +.TP | |
| 1995 | +.B "-dissolve \fI<percent>"\fP | |
| 1996 | +\fRdissolve an image into another by the given percent | |
| 1997 | +\' | |
| 1998 | +The opacity of the composite image is multiplied by the given percent, | |
| 1999 | +then it is composited over the main image. | |
| 2000 | +.TP | |
| 2001 | +.B "-dither" | |
| 2002 | +\fRapply Floyd/Steinberg error diffusion to the image | |
| 2003 | +\' | |
| 2004 | +The basic strategy of dithering is to trade intensity resolution for spatial | |
| 2005 | +resolution by averaging the intensities of several neighboring pixels. | |
| 2006 | +Images which suffer from severe contouring when reducing colors can be | |
| 2007 | +improved with this option. | |
| 2008 | +\' | |
| 2009 | +The \fB-colors\fP or \fB-monochrome\fP option is required for this option | |
| 2010 | +to take effect. | |
| 2011 | +\' | |
| 2012 | +Use \fB+dither\fP to turn off dithering and to render PostScript | |
| 2013 | +without text or graphic aliasing. Disabling dithering often (but not | |
| 2014 | +always) leads to decreased processing time. | |
| 2015 | +.TP | |
| 2016 | +.B "-draw \fI<string>"\fP | |
| 2017 | +\fRannotate an image with one or more graphic primitives | |
| 2018 | +\' | |
| 2019 | +Use this option to annotate an image with one or more graphic primitives. | |
| 2020 | +The primitives include shapes, text, transformations, | |
| 2021 | +and pixel operations. The shape primitives are | |
| 2022 | +\' | |
| 2023 | + point x,y | |
| 2024 | + line x0,y0 x1,y1 | |
| 2025 | + rectangle x0,y0 x1,y1 | |
| 2026 | + roundRectangle x0,y0 x1,y1 wc,hc | |
| 2027 | + arc x0,y0 x1,y1 a0,a1 | |
| 2028 | + ellipse x0,y0 rx,ry a0,a1 | |
| 2029 | + circle x0,y0 x1,y1 | |
| 2030 | + polyline x0,y0 ... xn,yn | |
| 2031 | + polygon x0,y0 ... xn,yn | |
| 2032 | + Bezier x0,y0 ... xn,yn | |
| 2033 | + path path specification | |
| 2034 | + image operator x0,y0 w,h filename | |
| 2035 | +\' | |
| 2036 | +\' | |
| 2037 | +The text primitive is | |
| 2038 | +\' | |
| 2039 | + text x0,y0 string | |
| 2040 | +\' | |
| 2041 | +\' | |
| 2042 | +The text gravity primitive is | |
| 2043 | +\' | |
| 2044 | + gravity NorthWest, North, NorthEast, West, Center, | |
| 2045 | + East, SouthWest, South, or SouthEast | |
| 2046 | +\' | |
| 2047 | +\' | |
| 2048 | +The text gravity primitive only affects the placement of text and | |
| 2049 | +does not interact with the other primitives. It is equivalent to | |
| 2050 | +using the \fB-gravity\fP commandline option, except that it is | |
| 2051 | +limited in scope to the \fB-draw\fP option in which it appears. | |
| 2052 | +\' | |
| 2053 | +The transformation primitives are | |
| 2054 | +\' | |
| 2055 | + rotate degrees | |
| 2056 | + translate dx,dy | |
| 2057 | + scale sx,sy | |
| 2058 | + skewX degrees | |
| 2059 | + skewY degrees | |
| 2060 | +\' | |
| 2061 | +\' | |
| 2062 | +The pixel operation primitives are | |
| 2063 | +\' | |
| 2064 | + color x0,y0 method | |
| 2065 | + matte x0,y0 method | |
| 2066 | +\' | |
| 2067 | +\' | |
| 2068 | +The shape primitives are drawn in the color specified in the preceding | |
| 2069 | +\fB-stroke\fP option. Except for the \fBline\fP and \fBpoint\fP | |
| 2070 | +primitives, they are filled with the color specified in the preceding | |
| 2071 | +\fB-fill\fP option. For unfilled shapes, use -fill none. | |
| 2072 | +\' | |
| 2073 | +\fBPoint\fP requires a single coordinate. | |
| 2074 | +\' | |
| 2075 | +\fBLine\fP requires a start and end coordinate. | |
| 2076 | +\' | |
| 2077 | +\fBRectangle\fP | |
| 2078 | +expects an upper left and lower right coordinate. | |
| 2079 | +\' | |
| 2080 | +\fBRoundRectangle\fP has the upper left and lower right coordinates | |
| 2081 | +and the width and height of the corners. | |
| 2082 | +\' | |
| 2083 | +\fBCircle\fP has a center coordinate and a coordinate for | |
| 2084 | +the outer edge. | |
| 2085 | +\' | |
| 2086 | +Use \fBArc\fP to inscribe an elliptical arc within | |
| 2087 | +a rectangle. Arcs require a start and end point as well as the degree | |
| 2088 | +of rotation (e.g. 130,30 200,100 45,90). | |
| 2089 | +\' | |
| 2090 | +Use \fBEllipse\fP to draw a partial ellipse | |
| 2091 | +centered at the given point with the x-axis and y-axis radius | |
| 2092 | +and start and end of arc in degrees (e.g. 100,100 100,150 0,360). | |
| 2093 | +\' | |
| 2094 | +Finally, \fBpolyline\fP and \fBpolygon\fP require | |
| 2095 | +three or more coordinates to define its boundaries. | |
| 2096 | +Coordinates are integers separated by an optional comma. For example, | |
| 2097 | +to define a circle centered at 100,100 | |
| 2098 | +that extends to 150,150 use: | |
| 2099 | +\' | |
| 2100 | + -draw 'circle 100,100 150,150' | |
| 2101 | +\' | |
| 2102 | +\' | |
| 2103 | +\fBPaths\fP | |
| 2104 | +(See Paths) | |
| 2105 | +represent an outline of an object which is defined in terms of | |
| 2106 | +moveto (set a new current point), lineto (draw a straight line), | |
| 2107 | +curveto (draw a curve using a cubic Bezier), arc (elliptical or | |
| 2108 | +circular arc) and closepath (close the current shape by drawing a line | |
| 2109 | +to the last moveto) elements. Compound paths (i.e., a path with | |
| 2110 | +subpaths, each consisting of a single moveto followed by one or more | |
| 2111 | +line or curve operations) are possible to allow effects such as | |
| 2112 | +"donut holes" in objects. | |
| 2113 | +\' | |
| 2114 | +Use \fBimage\fP to composite an image with another image. Follow the | |
| 2115 | +image keyword with the composite operator, image location, image size, | |
| 2116 | +and filename: | |
| 2117 | +\' | |
| 2118 | + -draw 'image Over 100,100 225,225 image.jpg' | |
| 2119 | +\' | |
| 2120 | +\' | |
| 2121 | +You can use 0,0 for the image size, which means to use the actual | |
| 2122 | +dimensions found in the image header. Otherwise, it will | |
| 2123 | +be scaled to the given dimensions. | |
| 2124 | +See \fB-compose\fP for a description of the composite operators. | |
| 2125 | +\' | |
| 2126 | +Use \fBtext\fP to annotate an image with text. Follow the text | |
| 2127 | +coordinates with a string. If the string has embedded spaces, enclose it | |
| 2128 | +in single or double quotes. Optionally you can include the image | |
| 2129 | +filename, type, width, height, or other image attribute by embedding | |
| 2130 | +special format character. See \fB-comment\fP for details. | |
| 2131 | +\' | |
| 2132 | +For example, | |
| 2133 | +\' | |
| 2134 | +\' | |
| 2135 | + -draw 'text 100,100 "%m:%f %wx%h"' | |
| 2136 | +\' | |
| 2137 | +\' | |
| 2138 | +annotates the image with MIFF:bird.miff 512x480 for an image titled | |
| 2139 | +bird.miff | |
| 2140 | +and whose width is 512 and height is 480. | |
| 2141 | +\' | |
| 2142 | +If the first character of \fIstring\fP is \fI@\fP, the text is read | |
| 2143 | +from a file titled by the remaining characters in the string. Please | |
| 2144 | +note that if the string comes from an untrusted source that it should | |
| 2145 | +be sanitized before use (a security risk). | |
| 2146 | +\' | |
| 2147 | +\fBRotate\fP rotates subsequent shape primitives and text primitives about | |
| 2148 | +the origin of the main image. If the \fB-region\fP option precedes the | |
| 2149 | +\fB-draw\fP option, the origin for transformations is the upper left | |
| 2150 | +corner of the region. | |
| 2151 | +\' | |
| 2152 | +\fBTranslate\fP translates them. | |
| 2153 | +\' | |
| 2154 | +\fBScale\fP scales them. | |
| 2155 | +\' | |
| 2156 | +\fBSkewX\fP and \fBSkewY\fP skew them with respect to the origin of | |
| 2157 | +the main image or the region. | |
| 2158 | +\' | |
| 2159 | +The transformations modify the current affine matrix, which is initialized | |
| 2160 | +from the initial affine matrix defined by the \fB-affine\fP option. | |
| 2161 | +Transformations are cumulative within the \fB-draw\fP option. | |
| 2162 | +The initial affine matrix is not affected; that matrix is only changed by the | |
| 2163 | +appearance of another \fB-affine\fP option. If another \fB-draw\fP | |
| 2164 | +option appears, the current affine matrix is reinitialized from | |
| 2165 | +the initial affine matrix. | |
| 2166 | +\' | |
| 2167 | +Use \fBcolor\fP to change the color of a pixel to the fill color (see | |
| 2168 | +\fB-fill\fP). Follow the pixel coordinate | |
| 2169 | +with a method: | |
| 2170 | +\' | |
| 2171 | + point | |
| 2172 | + replace | |
| 2173 | + floodfill | |
| 2174 | + filltoborder | |
| 2175 | + reset | |
| 2176 | +\' | |
| 2177 | +\' | |
| 2178 | +Consider the target pixel as that specified by your coordinate. The | |
| 2179 | +\fBpoint\fP | |
| 2180 | +method recolors the target pixel. The \fBreplace\fP method recolors any | |
| 2181 | +pixel that matches the color of the target pixel. | |
| 2182 | +\fBFloodfill\fP recolors | |
| 2183 | +any pixel that matches the color of the target pixel and is a neighbor, | |
| 2184 | +whereas \fBfilltoborder\fP recolors any neighbor pixel that is not the | |
| 2185 | +border color. Finally, \fBreset\fP recolors all pixels. | |
| 2186 | +\' | |
| 2187 | +Use \fBmatte\fP to the change the pixel matte value to transparent. Follow | |
| 2188 | +the pixel coordinate with a method (see the \fBcolor\fP primitive for | |
| 2189 | +a description of methods). The \fBpoint\fP method changes the matte value | |
| 2190 | +of the target pixel. The \fBreplace\fP method changes the matte value | |
| 2191 | +of any pixel that matches the color of the target pixel. \fBFloodfill\fP | |
| 2192 | +changes the matte value of any pixel that matches the color of the target | |
| 2193 | +pixel and is a neighbor, whereas | |
| 2194 | +\fBfilltoborder\fP changes the matte | |
| 2195 | +value of any neighbor pixel that is not the border color (\fB-bordercolor\fP). | |
| 2196 | +Finally \fBreset\fP changes the matte value of all pixels. | |
| 2197 | +\' | |
| 2198 | +You can set the primitive color, font, and font bounding box | |
| 2199 | +color with | |
| 2200 | +\fB-fill\fP, \fB-font\fP, and \fB-box\fP respectively. Options | |
| 2201 | +are processed in command line order so be sure to use these | |
| 2202 | +options \fIbefore\fP the \fB-draw\fP option. | |
| 2203 | +.TP | |
| 2204 | +.B "-edge \fI<radius>"\fP | |
| 2205 | +\fRdetect edges within an image | |
| 2206 | +.TP | |
| 2207 | +.B "-emboss \fI<radius>"\fP | |
| 2208 | +\fRemboss an image | |
| 2209 | +.TP | |
| 2210 | +.B "-encoding \fI<type>"\fP | |
| 2211 | +\fRspecify the text encoding | |
| 2212 | +\' | |
| 2213 | +Choose from \fIAdobeCustom, AdobeExpert, AdobeStandard, AppleRoman, | |
| 2214 | +BIG5, GB2312, Latin 2, None, SJIScode, Symbol, Unicode, Wansung.\fP | |
| 2215 | +.TP | |
| 2216 | +.B "-endian \fI<type>"\fP | |
| 2217 | +\fRspecify endianness (MSB, LSB, or Native) of image | |
| 2218 | +\' | |
| 2219 | +\fIMSB\fP indicates big-endian (e.g. SPARC, Motorola 68K) while | |
| 2220 | +\fILSB\fP indicates little-endian (e.g. Intel 'x86, VAX) byte | |
| 2221 | +ordering. \fINative\fP indicates to use the normal ordering for the | |
| 2222 | +current CPU. This option currently only influences the CMYK, DPX, | |
| 2223 | +GRAY, RGB, and TIFF, formats. | |
| 2224 | +\' | |
| 2225 | +Use \fB+endian\fP to revert to unspecified endianness. | |
| 2226 | +.TP | |
| 2227 | +.B "-enhance" | |
| 2228 | +\fRapply a digital filter to enhance a noisy image | |
| 2229 | +.TP | |
| 2230 | +.B "-equalize" | |
| 2231 | +\fRperform histogram equalization to the image | |
| 2232 | +.TP | |
| 2233 | +.B "-extent \fI<width>x<height>{+-}<x>{+-}<y>"\fP | |
| 2234 | +\fRcomposite image on background color canvas image | |
| 2235 | +\' | |
| 2236 | +This option composites the image on a new background color | |
| 2237 | +(\fB-background\fP) canvas image of size <width>x<height>. The | |
| 2238 | +existing image content is composited at the position specified by | |
| 2239 | +geometry x and y offset and/or desired gravity (\fB-gravity\fP) using | |
| 2240 | +the current image compose (\fB-compose\fP) method. Image content | |
| 2241 | +which falls outside the bounds of the new image dimensions is | |
| 2242 | +discarded. | |
| 2243 | +\' | |
| 2244 | +For example, this command creates a thumbnail of an image, and centers | |
| 2245 | +it on a red color backdrop image, offsetting the canvas ten pixels to | |
| 2246 | +the left and five pixels up, with respect to the thumbnail: | |
| 2247 | +\' | |
| 2248 | + gm convert infile.jpg -thumbnail 120x80 -background red -gravity center \\ | |
| 2249 | + -extent 140x100-10-5 outfile.jpg | |
| 2250 | +\' | |
| 2251 | +\' | |
| 2252 | +This command reduces or expands a JPEG image to fit on an 800x600 | |
| 2253 | +display: | |
| 2254 | +\' | |
| 2255 | + gm convert -size 800x600 input.jpg \\ | |
| 2256 | + -resize 800x600 -background black \\ | |
| 2257 | + -compose Copy -gravity center \\ | |
| 2258 | + -extent 800x600 \\ | |
| 2259 | + -quality 92 output.jpg | |
| 2260 | +\' | |
| 2261 | +\' | |
| 2262 | +If the aspect ratio of the input image isn't exactly 4:3, then the | |
| 2263 | +image is centered on an 800x600 black canvas. | |
| 2264 | +.TP | |
| 2265 | +.B "-file \fI<filename>"\fP | |
| 2266 | +\fRwrite annotated difference image to file | |
| 2267 | +\' | |
| 2268 | +If \fB-file\fP is specified, then an annotated difference image is | |
| 2269 | +generated and written to the specified file. Pixels which differ between | |
| 2270 | +the \fBreference\fP and \fBcompare\fP images are modified from those in | |
| 2271 | +the \fBcompare\fP image so that the changed pixels become more obvious. | |
| 2272 | +Some images may require use of an alternative highlight style (see | |
| 2273 | +\fB-highlight-style\fP) or highlight color (see \fB-highlight-color\fP) | |
| 2274 | +before the changes are obvious. | |
| 2275 | +.TP | |
| 2276 | +.B "-fill \fI<color>"\fP | |
| 2277 | +\fRcolor to use when filling a graphic primitive | |
| 2278 | +\' | |
| 2279 | +Colors are represented in GraphicsMagick in the same form used by SVG. Use "gm convert -list color" to list named colors: | |
| 2280 | +\' | |
| 2281 | + name (named color) | |
| 2282 | + #RGB (hex numbers, 4 bits each) | |
| 2283 | + #RRGGBB (8 bits each) | |
| 2284 | + #RRRGGGBBB (12 bits each) | |
| 2285 | + #RRRRGGGGBBBB (16 bits each) | |
| 2286 | + #RGBA (4 bits each) | |
| 2287 | + #RRGGBBAA (8 bits each) | |
| 2288 | + #RRRGGGBBBAAA (12 bits each) | |
| 2289 | + #RRRRGGGGBBBBAAAA (16 bits each) | |
| 2290 | + rgb(r,g,b) (r,g,b are decimal numbers) | |
| 2291 | + rgba(r,g,b,a) (r,g,b,a are decimal numbers) | |
| 2292 | +\' | |
| 2293 | +\' | |
| 2294 | +Enclose the color specification in quotation marks to prevent the "#" | |
| 2295 | +or the parentheses from being interpreted by your shell. | |
| 2296 | +\' | |
| 2297 | +For example, | |
| 2298 | +\' | |
| 2299 | + gm convert -fill blue ... | |
| 2300 | + gm convert -fill "#ddddff" ... | |
| 2301 | + gm convert -fill "rgb(65000,65000,65535)" ... | |
| 2302 | +\' | |
| 2303 | +\' | |
| 2304 | +The shorter forms are scaled up, if necessary by replication. For example, | |
| 2305 | +#3af, #33aaff, and #3333aaaaffff are all equivalent. | |
| 2306 | +\' | |
| 2307 | +See \fB-draw\fP for further details. | |
| 2308 | +.TP | |
| 2309 | +.B "-filter \fI<type>"\fP | |
| 2310 | +\fRuse this type of filter when resizing an image | |
| 2311 | +\' | |
| 2312 | +Use this option to affect the resizing operation of an image (see | |
| 2313 | +\fB-geometry\fP). | |
| 2314 | +Choose from these filters (ordered by approximate increasing CPU | |
| 2315 | +time): | |
| 2316 | +\' | |
| 2317 | + Point | |
| 2318 | + Box | |
| 2319 | + Triangle | |
| 2320 | + Hermite | |
| 2321 | + Hanning | |
| 2322 | + Hamming | |
| 2323 | + Blackman | |
| 2324 | + Gaussian | |
| 2325 | + Quadratic | |
| 2326 | + Cubic | |
| 2327 | + Catrom | |
| 2328 | + Mitchell | |
| 2329 | + Lanczos | |
| 2330 | + Bessel | |
| 2331 | + Sinc | |
| 2332 | +\' | |
| 2333 | +\' | |
| 2334 | +The default filter is automatically selected to provide the best quality | |
| 2335 | +while consuming a reasonable amount of time. The \fBMitchell\fP filter | |
| 2336 | +is used if the image supports a palette, supports a matte channel, or is | |
| 2337 | +being enlarged, otherwise the \fBLanczos\fP filter is used. | |
| 2338 | +.TP | |
| 2339 | +.B "-flatten" | |
| 2340 | +\fRflatten a sequence of images | |
| 2341 | +\' | |
| 2342 | +In some file formats (e.g. Photoshop's PSD) complex images may be | |
| 2343 | +represented by "layers" (independent images) which must be composited | |
| 2344 | +in order to obtain the final rendition. The \fB-flatten\fP option | |
| 2345 | +accomplishes this composition. The sequence of images is replaced by | |
| 2346 | +a single image created by compositing each image in turn, while | |
| 2347 | +respecting composition operators and page offsets. While | |
| 2348 | +\fB-flatten\fP is immediately useful for eliminating layers, it is | |
| 2349 | +also useful as a general-purpose composition tool. | |
| 2350 | +\' | |
| 2351 | +The sequence of images is terminated by the appearance of any option. | |
| 2352 | +If the \fB-flatten\fP option appears after all of the input images, | |
| 2353 | +all images are flattened. Also see \fB-mosaic\fP which is similar to | |
| 2354 | +\fB-flatten\fP except that it adds a suitably-sized canvas base | |
| 2355 | +image. | |
| 2356 | +\' | |
| 2357 | +For example, this composites an image on top of a 640x400 transparent | |
| 2358 | +black canvas image: | |
| 2359 | +\' | |
| 2360 | + gm convert -size 640x300 xc:transparent \\ | |
| 2361 | + -compose over -page +0-100 \\ | |
| 2362 | + frame.png -flatten output.png | |
| 2363 | +\' | |
| 2364 | +\' | |
| 2365 | +and this flattens a Photoshop PSD file: | |
| 2366 | +\' | |
| 2367 | + gm convert input.psd -flatten output.png | |
| 2368 | +\' | |
| 2369 | +.TP | |
| 2370 | +.B "-flip" | |
| 2371 | +\fRcreate a "mirror image" | |
| 2372 | +\' | |
| 2373 | +reflect the scanlines in the vertical direction. | |
| 2374 | +.TP | |
| 2375 | +.B "-flop" | |
| 2376 | +\fRcreate a "mirror image" | |
| 2377 | +\' | |
| 2378 | +reflect the scanlines in the horizontal direction. | |
| 2379 | +.TP | |
| 2380 | +.B "-font \fI<name>"\fP | |
| 2381 | +\fRuse this font when annotating the image with text | |
| 2382 | +\' | |
| 2383 | +You can tag a font to specify whether it is a PostScript, TrueType, or X11 | |
| 2384 | +font. For example, Arial.ttf is a TrueType font, ps:helvetica | |
| 2385 | +is PostScript, and x:fixed is X11. | |
| 2386 | +.TP | |
| 2387 | +.B "-foreground \fI<color>"\fP | |
| 2388 | +\fRdefine the foreground color | |
| 2389 | +\' | |
| 2390 | +The color is specified using the format described under the \fB-fill\fP | |
| 2391 | +option. | |
| 2392 | +.TP | |
| 2393 | +.B "-format \fI<type>"\fP | |
| 2394 | +\fRthe image format type | |
| 2395 | +\' | |
| 2396 | +When used with the \fBmogrify\fP utility, | |
| 2397 | +this option will convert any image to the image format you specify. | |
| 2398 | +See \fIGraphicsMagick(1)\fP for a list of image format types supported by | |
| 2399 | +\fBGraphicsMagick\fP, or see the output of 'gm -list format'. | |
| 2400 | +\' | |
| 2401 | +By default the file is written to its original name. However, if the | |
| 2402 | +filename extension matches a supported format, the extension is replaced | |
| 2403 | +with the image format type specified with \fB-format\fP. For example, | |
| 2404 | +if you specify \fItiff\fP as the format type and the input image | |
| 2405 | +filename is \fIimage.gif\fP, the output image filename becomes | |
| 2406 | +\fIimage.tiff\fP. | |
| 2407 | +.TP | |
| 2408 | +.B "-format \fI<string>"\fP | |
| 2409 | +\fRoutput formatted image characteristics | |
| 2410 | +\' | |
| 2411 | +When used with the \fBidentify\fP utility, or the \fBconvert\fP | |
| 2412 | +utility with output written to the 'info:-' file specification, use | |
| 2413 | +this option to print information about the image in a format of your | |
| 2414 | +choosing. You can include the image filename, type, width, height, | |
| 2415 | +Exif data, or other image attributes by embedding special format | |
| 2416 | +characters: | |
| 2417 | +\' | |
| 2418 | + %b file size | |
| 2419 | + %c comment | |
| 2420 | + %d directory | |
| 2421 | + %e filename extension | |
| 2422 | + %f filename | |
| 2423 | + %g page dimensions and offsets | |
| 2424 | + %h height | |
| 2425 | + %i input filename | |
| 2426 | + %k number of unique colors | |
| 2427 | + %l label | |
| 2428 | + %m magick | |
| 2429 | + %n number of scenes | |
| 2430 | + %o output filename | |
| 2431 | + %p page number | |
| 2432 | + %q image bit depth | |
| 2433 | + %r image type description | |
| 2434 | + %s scene number | |
| 2435 | + %t top of filename | |
| 2436 | + %u unique temporary filename | |
| 2437 | + %w width | |
| 2438 | + %x horizontal resolution | |
| 2439 | + %y vertical resolution | |
| 2440 | + %A transparency supported | |
| 2441 | + %C compression type | |
| 2442 | + %D GIF disposal method | |
| 2443 | + %G Original width and height | |
| 2444 | + %H page height | |
| 2445 | + %M original filename specification | |
| 2446 | + %O page offset (x,y) | |
| 2447 | + %P page dimensions (width,height) | |
| 2448 | + %Q compression quality | |
| 2449 | + %T time delay (in centi-seconds) | |
| 2450 | + %U resolution units | |
| 2451 | + %W page width | |
| 2452 | + %X page horizontal offset (x) | |
| 2453 | + %Y page vertical offset (y) | |
| 2454 | + %@ trim bounding box | |
| 2455 | + %# signature | |
| 2456 | + \\n newline | |
| 2457 | + \\r carriage return | |
| 2458 | + %% % | |
| 2459 | +\' | |
| 2460 | +\' | |
| 2461 | +For example, | |
| 2462 | +\' | |
| 2463 | + -format "%m:%f %wx%h" | |
| 2464 | +\' | |
| 2465 | +\' | |
| 2466 | +displays \fBMIFF:bird.miff 512x480\fP for an image | |
| 2467 | +titled \fBbird.miff\fP and whose width is 512 and height is 480. | |
| 2468 | +\' | |
| 2469 | +If the first character of \fIstring\fP is \fB@\fP, the format is | |
| 2470 | +read from a file titled by the remaining characters in the string. | |
| 2471 | +Please note that if the string comes from an untrusted source that it | |
| 2472 | +should be sanitized before use since this may be used to incorporate | |
| 2473 | +any readable file on the system (a security risk). | |
| 2474 | +\' | |
| 2475 | +The values of image type (\fB%r\fP) which may be returned include: | |
| 2476 | +\' | |
| 2477 | + Bilevel | |
| 2478 | + Grayscale | |
| 2479 | + GrayscaleMatte | |
| 2480 | + Palette | |
| 2481 | + PaletteMatte | |
| 2482 | + TrueColor | |
| 2483 | + TrueColorMatte | |
| 2484 | + ColorSeparation | |
| 2485 | + ColorSeparationMatte | |
| 2486 | + Optimize | |
| 2487 | +\' | |
| 2488 | +\' | |
| 2489 | +You can also use the following special formatting syntax to print Exif | |
| 2490 | +information contained in the file: | |
| 2491 | +\' | |
| 2492 | + %[EXIF:<tag>] | |
| 2493 | +\' | |
| 2494 | +\' | |
| 2495 | +Where "<tag>" may be one of the following: | |
| 2496 | +\' | |
| 2497 | + * (print all Exif tags, in keyword=data format) | |
| 2498 | + ! (print all Exif tags, in tag_number format) | |
| 2499 | + #hhhh (print data for Exif tag #hhhh) | |
| 2500 | + ImageWidth | |
| 2501 | + ImageLength | |
| 2502 | + BitsPerSample | |
| 2503 | + Compression | |
| 2504 | + PhotometricInterpretation | |
| 2505 | + FillOrder | |
| 2506 | + DocumentName | |
| 2507 | + ImageDescription | |
| 2508 | + Make | |
| 2509 | + Model | |
| 2510 | + StripOffsets | |
| 2511 | + Orientation | |
| 2512 | + SamplesPerPixel | |
| 2513 | + RowsPerStrip | |
| 2514 | + StripByteCounts | |
| 2515 | + XResolution | |
| 2516 | + YResolution | |
| 2517 | + PlanarConfiguration | |
| 2518 | + ResolutionUnit | |
| 2519 | + TransferFunction | |
| 2520 | + Software | |
| 2521 | + DateTime | |
| 2522 | + Artist | |
| 2523 | + WhitePoint | |
| 2524 | + PrimaryChromaticities | |
| 2525 | + TransferRange | |
| 2526 | + JPEGProc | |
| 2527 | + JPEGInterchangeFormat | |
| 2528 | + JPEGInterchangeFormatLength | |
| 2529 | + YCbCrCoefficients | |
| 2530 | + YCbCrSubSampling | |
| 2531 | + YCbCrPositioning | |
| 2532 | + ReferenceBlackWhite | |
| 2533 | + CFARepeatPatternDim | |
| 2534 | + CFAPattern | |
| 2535 | + BatteryLevel | |
| 2536 | + Copyright | |
| 2537 | + ExposureTime | |
| 2538 | + FNumber | |
| 2539 | + IPTC/NAA | |
| 2540 | + ExifOffset | |
| 2541 | + InterColorProfile | |
| 2542 | + ExposureProgram | |
| 2543 | + SpectralSensitivity | |
| 2544 | + GPSInfo | |
| 2545 | + ISOSpeedRatings | |
| 2546 | + OECF | |
| 2547 | + ExifVersion | |
| 2548 | + DateTimeOriginal | |
| 2549 | + DateTimeDigitized | |
| 2550 | + ComponentsConfiguration | |
| 2551 | + CompressedBitsPerPixel | |
| 2552 | + ShutterSpeedValue | |
| 2553 | + ApertureValue | |
| 2554 | + BrightnessValue | |
| 2555 | + ExposureBiasValue | |
| 2556 | + MaxApertureValue | |
| 2557 | + SubjectDistance | |
| 2558 | + MeteringMode | |
| 2559 | + LightSource | |
| 2560 | + Flash | |
| 2561 | + FocalLength | |
| 2562 | + MakerNote | |
| 2563 | + UserComment | |
| 2564 | + SubSecTime | |
| 2565 | + SubSecTimeOriginal | |
| 2566 | + SubSecTimeDigitized | |
| 2567 | + FlashPixVersion | |
| 2568 | + ColorSpace | |
| 2569 | + ExifImageWidth | |
| 2570 | + ExifImageLength | |
| 2571 | + InteroperabilityOffset | |
| 2572 | + FlashEnergy | |
| 2573 | + SpatialFrequencyResponse | |
| 2574 | + FocalPlaneXResolution | |
| 2575 | + FocalPlaneYResolution | |
| 2576 | + FocalPlaneResolutionUnit | |
| 2577 | + SubjectLocation | |
| 2578 | + ExposureIndex | |
| 2579 | + SensingMethod | |
| 2580 | + FileSource | |
| 2581 | + SceneType | |
| 2582 | +\' | |
| 2583 | +\' | |
| 2584 | +JPEG specific information (from reading a JPEG file) may be obtained | |
| 2585 | +like this: | |
| 2586 | +\' | |
| 2587 | + %[JPEG-<tag>] | |
| 2588 | +\' | |
| 2589 | +\' | |
| 2590 | +Where "<tag>" may be one of the following: | |
| 2591 | +\' | |
| 2592 | + * (all JPEG-related tags, in | |
| 2593 | + keyword=data format) | |
| 2594 | + Quality IJG JPEG "quality" estimate | |
| 2595 | + Colorspace JPEG colorspace numeric ID | |
| 2596 | + Colorspace-Name JPEG colorspace name | |
| 2597 | + Sampling-factors JPEG sampling factors | |
| 2598 | +\' | |
| 2599 | +\' | |
| 2600 | +Please note that JPEG has no notion of "quality" and that the quality | |
| 2601 | +metric used by, and estimated by the software is based on the quality | |
| 2602 | +metric established by IJG JPEG 6b. Other encoders (e.g. that used by | |
| 2603 | +Adobe Photoshop) use different encoding metrics. | |
| 2604 | +\' | |
| 2605 | +Surround the format specification with quotation marks to prevent your shell | |
| 2606 | +from misinterpreting any spaces and square brackets. | |
| 2607 | +.TP | |
| 2608 | +.B "-frame \fI<width>x<height>+<outer bevel width>+<inner bevel width>"\fP | |
| 2609 | +\fRsurround the image with an ornamental border | |
| 2610 | +\' | |
| 2611 | +See \fB-geometry\fP for details about the geometry | |
| 2612 | +specification. The \fB-frame\fP option is not affected by the | |
| 2613 | +\fB-gravity\fP option. | |
| 2614 | +\' | |
| 2615 | +The color of the border is specified with the \fB-mattecolor\fP | |
| 2616 | +command line option. | |
| 2617 | +.TP | |
| 2618 | +.B "-frame" | |
| 2619 | +\fRinclude the X window frame in the imported image | |
| 2620 | +.TP | |
| 2621 | +.B "-fuzz \fI<distance>{%}"\fP | |
| 2622 | +\fRcolors within this Euclidean distance are considered equal | |
| 2623 | +\' | |
| 2624 | +A number of algorithms search for a target color. By default the color | |
| 2625 | +must be exact. Use this option to match colors that are close (in | |
| 2626 | +Euclidean distance) to the target color in RGB 3D space. For example, | |
| 2627 | +if you want to automatically trim the edges of an image with | |
| 2628 | +\fB-trim\fP but the image was scanned and the target background color | |
| 2629 | +may differ by a small amount. This option can account for these | |
| 2630 | +differences. | |
| 2631 | +\' | |
| 2632 | +The \fIdistance\fP can be in absolute intensity units or, by appending | |
| 2633 | +\fI"%"\fP, as a percentage of the maximum possible intensity (255, | |
| 2634 | +65535, or 4294967295). | |
| 2635 | +.TP | |
| 2636 | +.B "-gamma \fI<value>"\fP | |
| 2637 | +\fRlevel of gamma correction | |
| 2638 | +\' | |
| 2639 | +The same color image displayed on two different workstations may look | |
| 2640 | +different due to differences in the display monitor. Use gamma | |
| 2641 | +correction to adjust for this color difference. Reasonable values extend | |
| 2642 | +from \fB0.8\fP to \fB2.3\fP. Gamma less than 1.0 darkens the image and | |
| 2643 | +gamma greater than 1.0 lightens it. Large adjustments to image gamma may | |
| 2644 | +result in the loss of some image information if the pixel quantum size | |
| 2645 | +is only eight bits (quantum range 0 to 255). | |
| 2646 | +\' | |
| 2647 | +You can apply separate gamma values to the red, green, and blue channels | |
| 2648 | +of the image with a gamma value list delimited with slashes | |
| 2649 | +(e.g., \fB1.7\fP/\fB2.3\fP/\fB1.2\fP). | |
| 2650 | +\' | |
| 2651 | +Use \fB+gamma\fP \fIvalue\fP | |
| 2652 | +to set the image gamma level without actually adjusting | |
| 2653 | +the image pixels. This option is useful if the image is of a known gamma | |
| 2654 | +but not set as an image attribute (e.g. PNG images). | |
| 2655 | +.TP | |
| 2656 | +.B "-gaussian \fI<radius>{x<sigma>}"\fP | |
| 2657 | +\fRblur the image with a Gaussian operator | |
| 2658 | +\' | |
| 2659 | +Use the given radius and standard deviation (sigma). | |
| 2660 | +.TP | |
| 2661 | +.B "-geometry \fI<width>x<height>{+-}<x>{+-}<y>{%}{@}{!}{^}{<}{>}"\fP | |
| 2662 | +\fRSpecify dimension, offset, and resize options. | |
| 2663 | +\' | |
| 2664 | +The \fB-geometry\fP option is used for a number of different | |
| 2665 | +purposes, depending on the utility it is used with. | |
| 2666 | +\' | |
| 2667 | +For the X11 commands ('animate', 'display', and 'import'), it | |
| 2668 | +specifies the preferred size and location of the Image window. By | |
| 2669 | +default, the window size is the image size and the location is chosen | |
| 2670 | +by you (or your window manager) when it is mapped. | |
| 2671 | + For the 'import', 'convert', 'mogrify' utility commands it may be | |
| 2672 | +used to specify the desired size when resizing an image. In this | |
| 2673 | +case, symbols representing resize options may be appended to the | |
| 2674 | +geometry string to influence how the resize request is treated. | |
| 2675 | +\' | |
| 2676 | +See later notes corresponding to usage by particular commands. The | |
| 2677 | +following notes apply to when \fB-geometry\fP is used to express a | |
| 2678 | +resize request, taking into account the current properties of the | |
| 2679 | +image. | |
| 2680 | +\' | |
| 2681 | +By default, the width and height are maximum values. That is, the | |
| 2682 | +image is expanded or contracted to fit the width and height value | |
| 2683 | +while maintaining the aspect ratio of the image. | |
| 2684 | +\' | |
| 2685 | +Append a ^ to the geometry so that the image aspect ratio is | |
| 2686 | +maintained when the image is resized, but the resulting width or | |
| 2687 | +height are treated as minimum values rather than maximum values. | |
| 2688 | +\' | |
| 2689 | +Append a ! (exclamation point) to the geometry to force the image size to | |
| 2690 | +exactly the size you specify. For example, if you specify | |
| 2691 | +640x480! the image width is set to 640 pixels and height to | |
| 2692 | +480. | |
| 2693 | +\' | |
| 2694 | +If only the width is specified, without the trailing 'x', then height | |
| 2695 | +is set to width (e.g., -geometry 100 is the same as | |
| 2696 | +-geometry 100x100). If only the width is specified but with | |
| 2697 | +the trailing 'x', then width assumes the value and the height is | |
| 2698 | +chosen to maintain the aspect ratio of the image. Similarly, if only | |
| 2699 | +the height is specified prefixed by 'x' (e.g., -geometry | |
| 2700 | +x256), the width is chosen to maintain the aspect ratio. | |
| 2701 | +\' | |
| 2702 | +To specify a percentage width or height instead, append %. The image size | |
| 2703 | +is multiplied by the width and height percentages to obtain the final image | |
| 2704 | +dimensions. To increase the size of an image, use a value greater than | |
| 2705 | +100 (e.g. 125%). To decrease an image's size, use a percentage less than | |
| 2706 | +100. | |
| 2707 | +\' | |
| 2708 | +Use @ to specify the maximum area in pixels of an image. | |
| 2709 | +\' | |
| 2710 | +Use > to change the dimensions of the image \fIonly\fP if | |
| 2711 | +its width or height exceeds the geometry specification. < resizes | |
| 2712 | +the image \fIonly\fP if both of its dimensions are less than the geometry | |
| 2713 | +specification. For example, | |
| 2714 | +if you specify '640x480>' and the image size is 256x256, the image | |
| 2715 | +size does not change. However, if the image is 512x512 or 1024x1024, it is | |
| 2716 | +resized to 480x480. Enclose the geometry specification in quotation marks to | |
| 2717 | +prevent the < or > from being interpreted by your shell | |
| 2718 | +as a file redirection. | |
| 2719 | +\' | |
| 2720 | +When used with \fIanimate\fP and \fIdisplay\fP, offsets are handled in | |
| 2721 | +the same manner as in \fIX(1)\fP and the \fB-gravity\fP option is not used. | |
| 2722 | +If the \fIx\fP is negative, the offset is measured leftward | |
| 2723 | +from the right edge of the | |
| 2724 | +screen to the right edge of the image being displayed. | |
| 2725 | +Similarly, negative \fIy\fP is measured between the bottom edges. The | |
| 2726 | +offsets are not affected by "%"; they are always measured in pixels. | |
| 2727 | +\' | |
| 2728 | +When used as a \fIcomposite\fP option, \fB-geometry\fP | |
| 2729 | +gives the dimensions of the image and its location with respect | |
| 2730 | +to the composite image. If the \fB-gravity\fP option is present | |
| 2731 | +with \fINorthEast, East,\fP or \fISouthEast\fP gravity, the \fIx\fP | |
| 2732 | +represents the distance from the right edge of the image to the right edge of | |
| 2733 | +the composite image. Similarly, if the \fB-gravity\fP option is present | |
| 2734 | +with \fISouthWest, South,\fP or \fISouthEast\fP gravity, \fIy\fP | |
| 2735 | +is measured between the bottom edges. Accordingly, a positive offset will | |
| 2736 | +never point in the direction outside of the image. The | |
| 2737 | +offsets are not affected by "%"; they are always measured in pixels. | |
| 2738 | +To specify the dimensions of the composite image, use the \fB-resize\fP | |
| 2739 | +option. | |
| 2740 | +\' | |
| 2741 | +When used as a \fIconvert\fP, \fIimport\fP or \fImogrify\fP option, | |
| 2742 | +\fB-geometry\fP is synonymous with \fB-resize\fP and | |
| 2743 | +specifies the size of the output image. The offsets, if present, are ignored. | |
| 2744 | +\' | |
| 2745 | +When used as a \fImontage\fP option, \fB-geometry\fP specifies the image | |
| 2746 | +size and border size for each tile; default is 256x256+0+0. Negative | |
| 2747 | +offsets (border dimensions) are meaningless. The \fB-gravity\fP | |
| 2748 | +option affects the placement of the image within the tile; the default | |
| 2749 | +gravity for this purpose is \fICenter\fP. If the "%" sign appears in | |
| 2750 | +the geometry specification, the tile size is the specified percentage of | |
| 2751 | +the original dimensions of the first tile. | |
| 2752 | +To specify the dimensions of the montage, use the \fB-resize\fP | |
| 2753 | +option. | |
| 2754 | +.TP | |
| 2755 | +.B "-gravity \fI<type>"\fP | |
| 2756 | +\fRdirection primitive gravitates to when annotating the image. | |
| 2757 | +\' | |
| 2758 | +Choices are: NorthWest, North, | |
| 2759 | +NorthEast, West, Center, East, SouthWest, South, SouthEast. | |
| 2760 | +\' | |
| 2761 | +The direction you choose specifies where to position the text | |
| 2762 | +when annotating | |
| 2763 | +the image. For example \fICenter\fP gravity forces the text to be centered | |
| 2764 | +within the image. By default, the image gravity is \fINorthWest\fP. | |
| 2765 | +See \fB-draw\fP for more details about graphic primitives. Only the | |
| 2766 | +text primitive is affected by the \fB-gravity\fP option. | |
| 2767 | +\' | |
| 2768 | +The \fB-gravity\fP option is also used in concert with the \fB-geometry\fP | |
| 2769 | +option and other options that take \fB<geometry>\fP as a parameter, such | |
| 2770 | +as the \fB-crop\fP option. See \fB-geometry\fP for details of how the | |
| 2771 | +\fB-gravity\fP option interacts with the | |
| 2772 | +\fB<x>\fP and \fB<y>\fP parameters of a geometry | |
| 2773 | +specification. | |
| 2774 | +\' | |
| 2775 | +When used as an option to \fIcomposite\fP, \fB-gravity\fP | |
| 2776 | +gives the direction that the image gravitates within the composite. | |
| 2777 | +\' | |
| 2778 | +When used as an option to \fImontage\fP, \fB-gravity\fP gives the direction | |
| 2779 | +that an image gravitates within a tile. The default gravity is \fICenter\fP | |
| 2780 | +for this purpose. | |
| 2781 | +.TP | |
| 2782 | +.B "-green-primary \fI<x>,<y>"\fP | |
| 2783 | +\fRgreen chromaticity primary point | |
| 2784 | +.TP | |
| 2785 | +.B "-hald-clut \fI<clut>"\fP | |
| 2786 | +\fRapply a Hald CLUT to the image | |
| 2787 | +\' | |
| 2788 | +A Hald CLUT ("Color Look-Up Table") is a special square color image | |
| 2789 | +which contains a look-up table for red, green, and blue. The size of | |
| 2790 | +the Hald CLUT image is determined by its order. The width (and | |
| 2791 | +height) of a Hald CLUT is the cube of the order. For example, a Hald | |
| 2792 | +CLUT of order 8 is 512x512 pixels (262,144 colors) and of order 16 is | |
| 2793 | +4096x4096 (16,777,216 colors). A special CLUT is the identity CLUT | |
| 2794 | +which which causes no change to the input image. In order to use the | |
| 2795 | +Hald CLUT, one takes an identity CLUT and adjusts its colors in some | |
| 2796 | +way. The modified CLUT can then be used to transform any number of | |
| 2797 | +images in an identical way. | |
| 2798 | +\' | |
| 2799 | +GraphicsMagick contains a built-in identity CLUT generator via the | |
| 2800 | +\fBIDENTITY\fP coder. For example reading from the file name | |
| 2801 | +\fPIDENTITY:8\fP returns an identity CLUT of order 8. Typical Hald | |
| 2802 | +CLUT identity images have an order of between 8 and 16. The default | |
| 2803 | +order for the \fBIDENTITY\fP CLUT generator is 8. Interpolation is | |
| 2804 | +used so it is not usually necessary for CLUT images to be very large. | |
| 2805 | +The PNG file format is ideal for storing Hald CLUT images because it | |
| 2806 | +compresses them very well. | |
| 2807 | +.TP | |
| 2808 | +.B "-help" | |
| 2809 | +\fRprint usage instructions | |
| 2810 | +.TP | |
| 2811 | +.B "-highlight-color \fI<color>"\fP | |
| 2812 | +\fRpixel annotation color | |
| 2813 | +\' | |
| 2814 | +Specifies the color to use when annotating difference pixels. | |
| 2815 | +.TP | |
| 2816 | +.B "-highlight-style \fI<style>"\fP | |
| 2817 | +\fRpixel annotation style | |
| 2818 | +\' | |
| 2819 | +Specifies the pixel difference annotation style used to draw attention to | |
| 2820 | +changed pixels. May be one of \fBAssign\fP, \fBThreshold\fP, | |
| 2821 | +\fBTint\fP, or \fBXOR\fP; where \fBAssign\fP replaces the pixel with | |
| 2822 | +the highlight color (see \fB-highlight-color\fP), \fBThreshold\fP | |
| 2823 | +replaces the pixel with black or white based on the difference in | |
| 2824 | +intensity, \fBTint\fP alpha tints the pixel with the highlight color, | |
| 2825 | +and \fBXOR\fP does an XOR between the pixel and the highlight color. | |
| 2826 | +.TP | |
| 2827 | +.B "-iconGeometry \fI<geometry>"\fP | |
| 2828 | +\fRspecify the icon geometry | |
| 2829 | +\' | |
| 2830 | +Offsets, if present in the geometry specification, are handled in | |
| 2831 | +the same manner as the \fB-geometry\fP option, using X11 style to handle | |
| 2832 | +negative offsets. | |
| 2833 | +.TP | |
| 2834 | +.B "-iconic" | |
| 2835 | +\fRiconic animation | |
| 2836 | +.TP | |
| 2837 | +.B "-immutable" | |
| 2838 | +\fRmake image immutable | |
| 2839 | +.TP | |
| 2840 | +.B "-implode \fI<factor>"\fP | |
| 2841 | +\fRimplode image pixels about the center | |
| 2842 | +.TP | |
| 2843 | +.B "-intent \fI<type>"\fP | |
| 2844 | +\fRuse this type of rendering intent when managing the image color | |
| 2845 | +\' | |
| 2846 | +Use this option to affect the the color management operation of an image (see | |
| 2847 | +\fB-profile\fP). | |
| 2848 | +Choose from these intents: | |
| 2849 | +\fBAbsolute, Perceptual, Relative, Saturation\fP. | |
| 2850 | +\' | |
| 2851 | +The default intent is undefined. | |
| 2852 | +.TP | |
| 2853 | +.B "-interlace \fI<type>"\fP | |
| 2854 | +\fRthe type of interlacing scheme | |
| 2855 | +\' | |
| 2856 | +Choices are: \fBNone, Line, Plane,\fP | |
| 2857 | +or \fBPartition\fP. The default is \fBNone\fP. | |
| 2858 | +\' | |
| 2859 | +This option is used to specify the type of interlacing scheme for raw image | |
| 2860 | +formats such as \fBRGB\fP or \fBYUV\fP. | |
| 2861 | +\fBNone\fP means do not interlace | |
| 2862 | +(RGBRGBRGBRGBRGBRGB...), | |
| 2863 | +\' | |
| 2864 | +\fBLine\fP uses scanline interlacing | |
| 2865 | +(RRR...GGG...BBB...RRR...GGG...BBB...), | |
| 2866 | +and | |
| 2867 | +\fBPlane\fP uses plane interlacing (RRRRRR...GGGGGG...BBBBBB...). | |
| 2868 | +\' | |
| 2869 | +\fBPartition\fP | |
| 2870 | +is like plane except the different planes are saved to individual files | |
| 2871 | +(e.g. image.R, image.G, and image.B). | |
| 2872 | +\' | |
| 2873 | +Use \fBLine\fP to create an \fBinterlaced PNG\fP or \fB GIF\fP or | |
| 2874 | +\fBprogressive JPEG\fP image. | |
| 2875 | +.TP | |
| 2876 | +.B "-label \fI<name>"\fP | |
| 2877 | +\fRassign a label to an image | |
| 2878 | +\' | |
| 2879 | +Use this option to assign a specific label to the image, when writing | |
| 2880 | +to an image format that supports labels, such as TIFF, PNG, MIFF, or | |
| 2881 | +PostScript. You can include the the image filename, type, width, height, | |
| 2882 | +or other image attribute by embedding special format character. A label | |
| 2883 | +is not drawn on the image, but is embedded in the image datastream via | |
| 2884 | +a "Label" tag or similar mechanism. If you want the | |
| 2885 | +label to be visible on the image itself, use the \fB-draw\fP option. | |
| 2886 | +See \fB-comment\fP for details. | |
| 2887 | +\' | |
| 2888 | +For example, | |
| 2889 | +\' | |
| 2890 | + -label "%m:%f %wx%h" | |
| 2891 | +\' | |
| 2892 | +\' | |
| 2893 | +produces an image label of \fBMIFF:bird.miff 512x480\fP for an image titled | |
| 2894 | +\fBbird.miff\fP | |
| 2895 | +and whose width is 512 and height is 480. | |
| 2896 | +\' | |
| 2897 | +If the first character of \fIstring\fP is \fI@\fP, the image label | |
| 2898 | +is read from a file titled by the remaining characters in the string. | |
| 2899 | +Please note that if the string comes from an untrusted source that it | |
| 2900 | +should be sanitized before use since otherwise the content of an | |
| 2901 | +arbitrary readable file might be incorporated into the image | |
| 2902 | +label (a security risk). | |
| 2903 | +\' | |
| 2904 | +If the -label option appears multiple times, only the last label is | |
| 2905 | +stored. | |
| 2906 | +\' | |
| 2907 | +In PNG images, the label is stored in a \fBtEXt\fP or \fBzTXt\fP chunk | |
| 2908 | +with the keyword "label". | |
| 2909 | +\' | |
| 2910 | +When converting to \fIPostScript\fP, use this option to specify a header | |
| 2911 | +string to print above the image. Specify the label font with | |
| 2912 | +\fB-font\fP. | |
| 2913 | +\' | |
| 2914 | +When creating a montage, by default the label associated with an image | |
| 2915 | +is displayed with the corresponding tile in the montage. Use the | |
| 2916 | +\fB+label\fP option to suppress this behavior. | |
| 2917 | +\' | |
| 2918 | +\' | |
| 2919 | +.TP | |
| 2920 | +.B "-lat \fI<width>x<height>{+-}<offset>{%}"\fP | |
| 2921 | +\fRperform local adaptive thresholding | |
| 2922 | +\' | |
| 2923 | +Perform local adaptive thresholding using the specified width, height, | |
| 2924 | +and offset. The offset is a distance in sample space from the mean, | |
| 2925 | +as an absolute integer ranging from 0 to the maximum sample value or | |
| 2926 | +as a percentage. If the percent option is supplied, then the offset | |
| 2927 | +is computed as a percentage of the quantum range. It is strongly | |
| 2928 | +recommended to use the percent option so that results are not | |
| 2929 | +sensitive to pixel quantum depth. | |
| 2930 | +\' | |
| 2931 | +For example, | |
| 2932 | +\' | |
| 2933 | + -colorspace gray -lat "10x10-5%" | |
| 2934 | +\' | |
| 2935 | +\' | |
| 2936 | +will help clarify a scanned grayscale or color document, producing a | |
| 2937 | +bi-level equivalent. | |
| 2938 | +.TP | |
| 2939 | +.B "-level \fI<black_point>{,<gamma>}{,<white_point>}{%}"\fP | |
| 2940 | +\fRadjust the level of image contrast | |
| 2941 | +\' | |
| 2942 | +Give one, two or three values delimited with commas: black-point, gamma, | |
| 2943 | +white-point (e.g. 10,1.0,250 or 2%,0.5,98%). The black and white | |
| 2944 | +points range from 0 to MaxRGB or from 0 to 100%; if the white point is | |
| 2945 | +omitted it is set to MaxRGB-black_point. If a "%" sign is present | |
| 2946 | +anywhere in the string, the black and white points are percentages of | |
| 2947 | +MaxRGB. Gamma is an exponent that ranges from 0.1 to 10.; if it is | |
| 2948 | +omitted, the default of 1.0 (no gamma correction) is assumed. This | |
| 2949 | +interface works similar to Photoshop's "Image->Adjustments->Levels..." | |
| 2950 | +"Input Levels" interface. | |
| 2951 | +.TP | |
| 2952 | +.B "-limit \fI<type> <value>"\fP | |
| 2953 | +\fRDisk, File, Map, Memory, Pixels, Width, Height or Threads resource limit | |
| 2954 | +\' | |
| 2955 | +By default, resource limits are estimated based on the available | |
| 2956 | +resources of the system. The resource limits are \fBDisk\fP, maximum | |
| 2957 | +total disk space consumed; \fBFile\fP, maximum number of file | |
| 2958 | +descriptors allowed to be open at once; \fBMap\fP, maximum total | |
| 2959 | +number of file bytes which may be memory mapped; \fBMemory\fP, | |
| 2960 | +maximum total number of bytes of heap memory used for image storage; | |
| 2961 | +\fBPixels\fP, maximum absolute image size (per image); \fBWidth\fP, | |
| 2962 | +maximum image pixels width; \fBHeight\fP, maximum image pixels | |
| 2963 | +height; and \fBThreads\fP, the maximum number of worker threads to | |
| 2964 | +use per OpenMP thread team. | |
| 2965 | +\' | |
| 2966 | +These resource limits are used to decide if (for a given image) the | |
| 2967 | +decoded image ("pixel cache") should be stored in heap memory (RAM), | |
| 2968 | +in a memory-mapped disk file, or in a disk file accessed via | |
| 2969 | +read/write I/O. The number of total pixels in one image, and/or the | |
| 2970 | +width/height, may also be limited in order to force the reading, or | |
| 2971 | +creation of images larger than the limit (in pixels) to intentionally | |
| 2972 | +fail. The disk limit establishes an overall limit since using the disk | |
| 2973 | +is the means of last resort. When the disk limit has been reached, no | |
| 2974 | +more images may be read. | |
| 2975 | +\' | |
| 2976 | +The value argument is an absolute value, but may have standard binary | |
| 2977 | +suffix characters applied ('K', 'M', 'G', 'T', 'P', 'E') to apply a | |
| 2978 | +scaling to the value (based on a multiplier of 1024). Any additional | |
| 2979 | +characters are ignored. For example, '-limit Pixels 10MP' limits | |
| 2980 | +the maximum image size to 10 megapixels and '-limit memory 32MB | |
| 2981 | +-limit map 64MB' limits memory and memory mapped files to 32 | |
| 2982 | +megabytes and 64 megabytes respectively. | |
| 2983 | +\' | |
| 2984 | +Resource limits may also be set using environment variables. The | |
| 2985 | +environment variables \fBMAGICK_LIMIT_DISK\fP, | |
| 2986 | +\fBMAGICK_LIMIT_FILES\fP, \fBMAGICK_LIMIT_MAP\fP, | |
| 2987 | +\fBMAGICK_LIMIT_MEMORY\fP, \fBMAGICK_LIMIT_PIXELS\fP, | |
| 2988 | +\fBMAGICK_LIMIT_WIDTH\fP, \fBMAGICK_LIMIT_HEIGHT\fP,and | |
| 2989 | +\fBOMP_NUM_THREADS\fP may be used to set the limits for disk space, | |
| 2990 | +open files, memory mapped size, heap memory, per-image pixels, image | |
| 2991 | +width, image height, and threads respectively. | |
| 2992 | +\' | |
| 2993 | +Use the option -list resource list the current limits. | |
| 2994 | +.TP | |
| 2995 | +.B "-linewidth" | |
| 2996 | +\fRthe line width for subsequent draw operations | |
| 2997 | +.TP | |
| 2998 | +.B "-list \fI<type>"\fP | |
| 2999 | +\fRthe type of list | |
| 3000 | +\' | |
| 3001 | +Choices are: \fBColor\fP, \fBDelegate\fP, \fBFormat\fP, \fBMagic\fP, | |
| 3002 | +\fBModule\fP, \fBResource\fP, or \fBType\fP. The \fBModule\fP option | |
| 3003 | +is only available if GraphicsMagick was built to support loadable modules. | |
| 3004 | +\' | |
| 3005 | +This option lists information about the GraphicsMagick configuration. | |
| 3006 | +.TP | |
| 3007 | +.B "-log \fI<string>"\fP | |
| 3008 | +\fRSpecify format for debug log | |
| 3009 | +\' | |
| 3010 | +This option specifies the format for the log printed when the \fB-debug\fP | |
| 3011 | +option is active. | |
| 3012 | +\' | |
| 3013 | +You can display the following components by embedding | |
| 3014 | +special format characters: | |
| 3015 | +\' | |
| 3016 | + %d domain | |
| 3017 | + %e event | |
| 3018 | + %f function | |
| 3019 | + %l line | |
| 3020 | + %m module | |
| 3021 | + %p process ID | |
| 3022 | + %r real CPU time | |
| 3023 | + %t wall clock time | |
| 3024 | + %u user CPU time | |
| 3025 | + %% percent sign | |
| 3026 | + \\n newline | |
| 3027 | + \\r carriage return | |
| 3028 | +\' | |
| 3029 | +\' | |
| 3030 | +For example: | |
| 3031 | +\' | |
| 3032 | + gm convert -debug coders -log "%u %m:%l %e" in.gif out.png | |
| 3033 | +\' | |
| 3034 | +\' | |
| 3035 | +The default behavior is to print all of the components. | |
| 3036 | +.TP | |
| 3037 | +.B "-loop \fI<iterations>"\fP | |
| 3038 | +\fRadd Netscape loop extension to your GIF animation | |
| 3039 | +\' | |
| 3040 | +A value other than zero forces the animation to repeat itself up to | |
| 3041 | +\fIiterations\fP | |
| 3042 | +times. | |
| 3043 | +.TP | |
| 3044 | +.B "-magnify" | |
| 3045 | +\fRmagnify the image | |
| 3046 | +\' | |
| 3047 | +The image size is doubled using linear interpolation. | |
| 3048 | +.TP | |
| 3049 | +.B "-magnify \fI<factor>"\fP | |
| 3050 | +\fRmagnify the image | |
| 3051 | +\' | |
| 3052 | +The displayed image is magnified by \fBfactor\fP. | |
| 3053 | +.TP | |
| 3054 | +.B "-map \fI<filename>"\fP | |
| 3055 | +\fRchoose a particular set of colors from this image | |
| 3056 | +\' | |
| 3057 | +[\fIconvert\fP or \fImogrify\fP] | |
| 3058 | +\' | |
| 3059 | +By default, color reduction chooses an optimal set of colors that best | |
| 3060 | +represent the original image. Alternatively, you can choose a particular | |
| 3061 | +set of colors from an image file with this option. | |
| 3062 | +\' | |
| 3063 | +Use | |
| 3064 | +\fB+map\fP to reduce | |
| 3065 | +all images in the image sequence that follows to a single optimal set of colors | |
| 3066 | +that best represent all the images. The sequence of images | |
| 3067 | +is terminated by the appearance of any option. | |
| 3068 | +If the \fB+map\fP | |
| 3069 | +option appears after all of the input images, all images are mapped. | |
| 3070 | +.TP | |
| 3071 | +.B "-map \fI<type>"\fP | |
| 3072 | +\fRdisplay image using this type. | |
| 3073 | +\' | |
| 3074 | +[\fIanimate\fP or \fIdisplay\fP] | |
| 3075 | +\' | |
| 3076 | +Choose from these \fIStandard Colormap\fP types: | |
| 3077 | +\' | |
| 3078 | + best | |
| 3079 | + default | |
| 3080 | + gray | |
| 3081 | + red | |
| 3082 | + green | |
| 3083 | + blue | |
| 3084 | +\' | |
| 3085 | +\' | |
| 3086 | +The \fIX server\fP must support the \fIStandard Colormap\fP you choose, | |
| 3087 | +otherwise an error occurs. Use \fBlist\fP as the type and \fBdisplay\fP | |
| 3088 | +searches the list of colormap types in \fBtop-to-bottom\fP order until | |
| 3089 | +one is located. See \fIxstdcmap(1)\fP for one way of creating Standard | |
| 3090 | +Colormaps. | |
| 3091 | +.TP | |
| 3092 | +.B "-mask \fI<filename>"\fP | |
| 3093 | +\fRSpecify a clipping mask | |
| 3094 | +\' | |
| 3095 | +The image read from the file is used as a clipping mask. It must have | |
| 3096 | +the same dimensions as the image being masked. | |
| 3097 | +\' | |
| 3098 | +If the mask image contains an opacity channel, the opacity of each | |
| 3099 | +pixel is used to define the mask. Otherwise, the intensity (gray | |
| 3100 | +level) of each pixel is used. Unmasked (black) pixels are modified | |
| 3101 | +while masked pixels (not black) are protected from alteration. | |
| 3102 | +\' | |
| 3103 | +Use \fB+mask\fP to remove the clipping mask. | |
| 3104 | +\' | |
| 3105 | +It is not necessary to use \fB-clip\fP to activate the mask; \fB-clip\fP | |
| 3106 | +is implied by \fB-mask\fP. | |
| 3107 | +.TP | |
| 3108 | +.B "-matte" | |
| 3109 | +\fRstore matte channel if the image has one | |
| 3110 | +\' | |
| 3111 | +If the image does not have a matte channel, create an opaque one. | |
| 3112 | +\' | |
| 3113 | +Use \fB+matte\fP to ignore the matte channel (treats it as opaque) and to avoid writing a | |
| 3114 | +matte channel in the output file. | |
| 3115 | +\' | |
| 3116 | +For the compare command, \fB-matte\fP will add an opaque matte | |
| 3117 | +channel to images if they do not already have a matte channel, and | |
| 3118 | +matte will be enabled for both images. Likewise, if \fB+matte\fP is | |
| 3119 | +used, the matte channel is disabled for both images. This makes it | |
| 3120 | +easier to compare images regardless of if they already have a matte | |
| 3121 | +channel. | |
| 3122 | +.TP | |
| 3123 | +.B "-mattecolor \fI<color>"\fP | |
| 3124 | +\fRspecify the color to be used with the \fB-frame\fP option | |
| 3125 | +\' | |
| 3126 | +The color is specified using the format described under the \fB-fill\fP | |
| 3127 | +option. | |
| 3128 | +.TP | |
| 3129 | +.B "-maximum-error \fI<limit>"\fP | |
| 3130 | +\fRspecifies the maximum amount of total image error | |
| 3131 | +\' | |
| 3132 | +Specifies the maximum amount of total image error (based on comparison | |
| 3133 | +using a specified metric) before an error ("image difference exceeds | |
| 3134 | +limit") is reported. The error is reported via a non-zero command | |
| 3135 | +execution return status. | |
| 3136 | +.TP | |
| 3137 | +.B "-median \fI<radius>"\fP | |
| 3138 | +\fRapply a median filter to the image | |
| 3139 | +.TP | |
| 3140 | +.B "-metric \fI<metric>"\fP | |
| 3141 | +\fRcomparison metric (MAE, MSE, PAE, PSNR, RMSE) | |
| 3142 | +.TP | |
| 3143 | +.B "-minify \fI<factor>"\fP | |
| 3144 | +\fRminify the image | |
| 3145 | +\' | |
| 3146 | +The image size is halved using linear interpolation. | |
| 3147 | +.TP | |
| 3148 | +.B "-mode \fI<value>"\fP | |
| 3149 | +\fRmode of operation | |
| 3150 | +\' | |
| 3151 | +The available montage modes are \fBframe\fP to place the images in a | |
| 3152 | +rectangular grid while adding a decorative frame with dropshadow, | |
| 3153 | +\fBunframe\fP to place undecorated images in a rectangular grid, and | |
| 3154 | +\fBconcatenate\fP to pack the images closely together without any | |
| 3155 | +well-defined grid or decoration. | |
| 3156 | +.TP | |
| 3157 | +.B "-modulate \fIbrightness[,saturation[,hue]]"\fP | |
| 3158 | +\fRvary the brightness, saturation, and hue of an image | |
| 3159 | +\' | |
| 3160 | +Specify the percent change in brightness, color saturation, and | |
| 3161 | +hue separated by commas. Default argument values are 100 percent, | |
| 3162 | +resulting in no change. For example, to increase the color brightness | |
| 3163 | +by 20% and decrease the color saturation by 10% and leave the hue | |
| 3164 | +unchanged, use: \fB-modulate 120,90\fP. | |
| 3165 | +\' | |
| 3166 | +Hue is the percentage of absolute rotation from the current | |
| 3167 | +position. For example 50 results in a counter-clockwise rotation of 90 | |
| 3168 | +degrees, 150 results in a clockwise rotation of 90 degrees, with 0 and | |
| 3169 | +200 both resulting in a rotation of 180 degrees. | |
| 3170 | +.TP | |
| 3171 | +.B "-monitor" | |
| 3172 | +\fRshow progress indication | |
| 3173 | +\' | |
| 3174 | +A simple command-line progress indication is shown while the command is | |
| 3175 | +running. The process indication shows the operation currently being | |
| 3176 | +performed and the percent completed. Commands using X11 may replace the | |
| 3177 | +command line progress indication with a graphical one once an image has | |
| 3178 | +been displayed. | |
| 3179 | +.TP | |
| 3180 | +.B "-monochrome" | |
| 3181 | +\fRtransform the image to black and white | |
| 3182 | +.TP | |
| 3183 | +.B "-morph \fI<frames>"\fP | |
| 3184 | +\fRmorphs an image sequence | |
| 3185 | +\' | |
| 3186 | +Both the image pixels and size are linearly interpolated to give the appearance | |
| 3187 | +of a meta-morphosis from one image to the next. | |
| 3188 | +\' | |
| 3189 | +The sequence of images | |
| 3190 | +is terminated by the appearance of any option. | |
| 3191 | +If the \fB-morph\fP | |
| 3192 | +option appears after all of the input images, all images are morphed. | |
| 3193 | +.TP | |
| 3194 | +.B "-mosaic" | |
| 3195 | +\fRcreate a mosaic from an image or an image sequence | |
| 3196 | +\' | |
| 3197 | +The \fB-mosaic\fP option provides a flexible way to composite one or | |
| 3198 | +more images onto a solid-color canvas image. It works similar to | |
| 3199 | +\fB-flatten\fP except that a base canvas image is automatically | |
| 3200 | +created with a suitable size given the image size, page dimensions, | |
| 3201 | +and page offsets of images to be composited. The color of the base | |
| 3202 | +canvas image may be set via the \fB-background\fP option. The | |
| 3203 | +default canvas color is 'white', but 'black' or 'transparent' may be | |
| 3204 | +more suitable depending on the composition algorithm requested. | |
| 3205 | +\' | |
| 3206 | +The \fB-compose\fP option may be used to specify the composition | |
| 3207 | +algorithm to use when compositing the subsequent image on the base | |
| 3208 | +canvas. | |
| 3209 | +\' | |
| 3210 | +The \fB-page\fP option can be used to establish the dimensions of the | |
| 3211 | +mosaic and to position the subsequent image within the mosaic. If the | |
| 3212 | +\fB-page\fP argument does not specify width and height, then the | |
| 3213 | +canvas dimensions are evaluated based on the image sizes and | |
| 3214 | +offsets. | |
| 3215 | +\' | |
| 3216 | +The sequence of images is terminated by the appearance of any option. | |
| 3217 | +If the \fB-mosaic\fP option appears after all of the input images, | |
| 3218 | +all images are included in the mosaic. | |
| 3219 | +\' | |
| 3220 | +The following is an example of composing an image based on red, green, | |
| 3221 | +and blue layers extracted from a sequence of images and pasted on the | |
| 3222 | +canvas image at specified offsets: | |
| 3223 | +\' | |
| 3224 | + gm convert -background black \\ | |
| 3225 | + -compose CopyRed -page +0-100 red.png \\ | |
| 3226 | + -compose CopyGreen -page +0+40 green.png \\ | |
| 3227 | + -compose CopyBlue -page +0+180 blue.png \\ | |
| 3228 | + -mosaic output.png | |
| 3229 | +\' | |
| 3230 | +.TP | |
| 3231 | +.B "-motion-blur \fI<radius>{x<sigma>}{+angle}"\fP | |
| 3232 | +\fRSimulate motion blur | |
| 3233 | +\' | |
| 3234 | +Simulate motion blur by convolving the image with a Gaussian operator of | |
| 3235 | +the given radius and standard deviation (sigma). For reasonable results, | |
| 3236 | +radius should be larger than sigma. If radius is zero, then a suitable | |
| 3237 | +radius is automatically selected based on sigma. The angle specifies the | |
| 3238 | +angle that the object is coming from (side which is blurred). | |
| 3239 | +.TP | |
| 3240 | +.B "-name" | |
| 3241 | +\fRname an image | |
| 3242 | +.TP | |
| 3243 | +.B "-negate" | |
| 3244 | +\fRreplace every pixel with its complementary color | |
| 3245 | +\' | |
| 3246 | +The red, green, and blue intensities of an image are negated. | |
| 3247 | +White becomes black, | |
| 3248 | +yellow becomes blue, etc. | |
| 3249 | +Use \fB+negate\fP | |
| 3250 | +to only negate the grayscale pixels of the image. | |
| 3251 | +.TP | |
| 3252 | +.B "-noise \fI<radius|type>"\fP | |
| 3253 | +\fRadd or reduce noise in an image | |
| 3254 | +\' | |
| 3255 | +The principal function of noise peak elimination filter is to smooth the | |
| 3256 | +objects within an image without losing edge information and without creating | |
| 3257 | +undesired structures. The central idea of the algorithm is to replace a | |
| 3258 | +pixel with its next neighbor in value within a pixel window, if this pixel | |
| 3259 | +has been found to be noise. A pixel is defined as noise if and only if | |
| 3260 | +this pixel is a maximum or minimum within the pixel window. | |
| 3261 | +\' | |
| 3262 | +Use \fBradius\fP to specify the width of the neighborhood. | |
| 3263 | +\' | |
| 3264 | +Use \fB+noise\fP followed by a noise type to add noise to an image. | |
| 3265 | +The noise added modulates the existing image pixels. Choose from these | |
| 3266 | +noise types: | |
| 3267 | +\' | |
| 3268 | + Uniform | |
| 3269 | + Gaussian | |
| 3270 | + Multiplicative | |
| 3271 | + Impulse | |
| 3272 | + Laplacian | |
| 3273 | + Poisson | |
| 3274 | + Random (uniform distribution) | |
| 3275 | +\' | |
| 3276 | +.TP | |
| 3277 | +.B "-noop" | |
| 3278 | +\fRNOOP (no option) | |
| 3279 | +\' | |
| 3280 | +The \fB-noop\fP option can be used to terminate a group of images | |
| 3281 | +and reset all options to their default values, when no other option is | |
| 3282 | +desired. | |
| 3283 | +.TP | |
| 3284 | +.B "-normalize" | |
| 3285 | +\fRtransform image to span the full range of color values | |
| 3286 | +\' | |
| 3287 | +This is a contrast enhancement technique based on the image histogram. | |
| 3288 | +\' | |
| 3289 | +When computing the contrast enhancement values, the histogram edges | |
| 3290 | +are truncated so that the majority of the image pixels are considered | |
| 3291 | +in the constrast enhancement, and outliers (e.g. random noise or | |
| 3292 | +minute details) are ignored. The default is that 0.1 percent of the | |
| 3293 | +histogram entries are ignored. The percentage of the histogram to | |
| 3294 | +ignore may be specified by using the \fB-set\fP option with the | |
| 3295 | +\fBhistogram-threshold\fP parameter similar to \fB-set | |
| 3296 | +histogram-threshold 0.01\fP to specify 0.01 percent. Use 0 percent | |
| 3297 | +to use the entire histogram, with possibly diminished contrast | |
| 3298 | +enhancement. | |
| 3299 | +.TP | |
| 3300 | +.B "-opaque \fI<color>"\fP | |
| 3301 | +\fRchange this color to the pen color within the image | |
| 3302 | +\' | |
| 3303 | +The color is specified using the format described under the | |
| 3304 | +\fB-fill\fP option. The color is replaced if it is identical to the | |
| 3305 | +target color, or close enough to the target color in a 3D space as | |
| 3306 | +defined by the Euclidean distance specified by \fB-fuzz\fP. | |
| 3307 | +\' | |
| 3308 | +See \fB-fill\fP and \fB-fuzz\fP for more details. | |
| 3309 | +.TP | |
| 3310 | +.B "-operator \fIchannel operator rvalue[%]"\fP | |
| 3311 | +\fRapply a mathematical, bitwise, or value operator to an image channel | |
| 3312 | +\' | |
| 3313 | +Apply a low-level mathematical, bitwise, or value operator to a selected | |
| 3314 | +image channel or all image channels. Operations which result in negative | |
| 3315 | +results are reset to zero, and operations which overflow the available | |
| 3316 | +range are reset to the maximum possible value. | |
| 3317 | +\' | |
| 3318 | +Select a channel from: \fBRed\fP, \fBGreen\fP, \fBBlue\fP, | |
| 3319 | +\fBOpacity\fP, \fBMatte\fP, \fBCyan\fP, \fBMagenta\fP, \fBYellow\fP, | |
| 3320 | +\fBBlack\fP, \fBAll\fP, or \fBGray\fP. \fBAll\fP only modifies the | |
| 3321 | +color channels and does not modify the \fBOpacity\fP channel. Except for | |
| 3322 | +the threshold operators, \fBAll\fP operates on each channel | |
| 3323 | +independently so that operations are on a per-channel basis. | |
| 3324 | +\' | |
| 3325 | +\fBGray\fP treats the color channels as a grayscale intensity and | |
| 3326 | +performs the requested operation on the equivalent pixel intensity so the | |
| 3327 | +result is a gray image. | |
| 3328 | +Select an operator from \fBAdd\fP, \fBAnd\fP, \fBAssign\fP, | |
| 3329 | +\fBDepth\fP, \fBDivide\fP, \fBGamma\fP, \fBNegate\fP, | |
| 3330 | +\fBLShift\fP, \fBLog\fP, \fBMax\fP, \fBMin\fP, \fBMultiply\fP, | |
| 3331 | +\fBOr\fP, \fBPow\fP, \fBRShift\fP, \fBSubtract\fP, | |
| 3332 | +\fBThreshold\fP, \fBThreshold-White\fP, | |
| 3333 | +\fBThreshold-White-Negate\fP, \fBThreshold-Black\fP, | |
| 3334 | +\fBThreshold-Black-Negate\fP, \fBXor\fP, \fBNoise-Gaussian\fP, | |
| 3335 | +\fBNoise-Impulse\fP, \fBNoise-Laplacian\fP, | |
| 3336 | +\fBNoise-Multiplicative\fP, \fBNoise-Poisson\fP, | |
| 3337 | +\fBNoise-Random\fP, and \fBNoise-Uniform\fP. | |
| 3338 | +\' | |
| 3339 | +Rvalue may be any floating point or integer value. Normally rvalue will | |
| 3340 | +be in the range of 0 to MaxRGB, where MaxRGB is the largest quantum value | |
| 3341 | +supported by the GraphicsMagick build (255, 65535, or 4294967295) but | |
| 3342 | +values outside this range are useful for some arithmetic operations. | |
| 3343 | +Arguments to logical or bit-wise operations are rounded to a positive | |
| 3344 | +integral value prior to use. If a percent (\fB%\fP) symbol is appended | |
| 3345 | +to the argument, then the argument has a range of 0 to 100 percent. | |
| 3346 | +\' | |
| 3347 | +The following is a description of the operators: | |
| 3348 | +\' | |
| 3349 | +.in 15 | |
| 3350 | +\' | |
| 3351 | +.in 15 | |
| 3352 | +.B "Add" | |
| 3353 | +.in 20 | |
| 3354 | + \fR | |
| 3355 | +.in 20 | |
| 3356 | +Result is rvalue added to channel value. | |
| 3357 | +\' | |
| 3358 | +.in 15 | |
| 3359 | +.in 15 | |
| 3360 | +.B "And" | |
| 3361 | +.in 20 | |
| 3362 | + \fR | |
| 3363 | +.in 20 | |
| 3364 | +Result is the logical AND of rvalue with channel value. | |
| 3365 | +\' | |
| 3366 | +.in 15 | |
| 3367 | +.in 15 | |
| 3368 | +.B "Assign" | |
| 3369 | +.in 20 | |
| 3370 | + \fR | |
| 3371 | +.in 20 | |
| 3372 | +Result is rvalue. | |
| 3373 | +\' | |
| 3374 | +.in 15 | |
| 3375 | +.in 15 | |
| 3376 | +.B "Depth" | |
| 3377 | +.in 20 | |
| 3378 | + \fR | |
| 3379 | +.in 20 | |
| 3380 | +Result is channel value adjusted so that it may be (approximately) | |
| 3381 | +stored in the specified number of bits without additional loss. | |
| 3382 | +\' | |
| 3383 | +.in 15 | |
| 3384 | +.in 15 | |
| 3385 | +.B "Divide" | |
| 3386 | +.in 20 | |
| 3387 | + \fR | |
| 3388 | +.in 20 | |
| 3389 | +Result is channel value divided by rvalue. | |
| 3390 | +\' | |
| 3391 | +.in 15 | |
| 3392 | +.in 15 | |
| 3393 | +.B "Gamma" | |
| 3394 | +.in 20 | |
| 3395 | + \fR | |
| 3396 | +.in 20 | |
| 3397 | +Result is channel value gamma adjusted by rvalue. | |
| 3398 | +\' | |
| 3399 | +.in 15 | |
| 3400 | +.in 15 | |
| 3401 | +.B "LShift" | |
| 3402 | +.in 20 | |
| 3403 | + \fR | |
| 3404 | +.in 20 | |
| 3405 | +Result is channel value bitwise left shifted by rvalue bits. | |
| 3406 | +\' | |
| 3407 | +.in 15 | |
| 3408 | +.in 15 | |
| 3409 | +.B "Log" | |
| 3410 | +.in 20 | |
| 3411 | + \fR | |
| 3412 | +.in 20 | |
| 3413 | +Result is computed as log(value*rvalue+1)/log(rvalue+1). | |
| 3414 | +\' | |
| 3415 | +.in 15 | |
| 3416 | +.in 15 | |
| 3417 | +.B "Max" | |
| 3418 | +.in 20 | |
| 3419 | + \fR | |
| 3420 | +.in 20 | |
| 3421 | +Result is assigned to rvalue if rvalue is greater than value. | |
| 3422 | +\' | |
| 3423 | +.in 15 | |
| 3424 | +.in 15 | |
| 3425 | +.B "Min" | |
| 3426 | +.in 20 | |
| 3427 | + \fR | |
| 3428 | +.in 20 | |
| 3429 | +Result is assigned to rvalue if rvalue is less than value. | |
| 3430 | +\' | |
| 3431 | +.in 15 | |
| 3432 | +.in 15 | |
| 3433 | +.B "Multiply" | |
| 3434 | +.in 20 | |
| 3435 | + \fR | |
| 3436 | +.in 20 | |
| 3437 | +Result is channel value multiplied by rvalue. | |
| 3438 | +\' | |
| 3439 | +.in 15 | |
| 3440 | +.in 15 | |
| 3441 | +.B "Negate" | |
| 3442 | +.in 20 | |
| 3443 | + \fR | |
| 3444 | +.in 20 | |
| 3445 | +Result is inverse of channel value (like a film negative). An rvalue | |
| 3446 | +must be supplied but is currently not used. Inverting the image twice | |
| 3447 | +results in the original image. | |
| 3448 | +\' | |
| 3449 | +.in 15 | |
| 3450 | +.in 15 | |
| 3451 | +.B "Or" | |
| 3452 | +.in 20 | |
| 3453 | + \fR | |
| 3454 | +.in 20 | |
| 3455 | +Result is the logical OR of rvalue with channel value. | |
| 3456 | +\' | |
| 3457 | +.in 15 | |
| 3458 | +.in 15 | |
| 3459 | +.B "Pow" | |
| 3460 | +.in 20 | |
| 3461 | + \fR | |
| 3462 | +.in 20 | |
| 3463 | +Result is computed as pow(value,rvalue). Similar to Gamma except that | |
| 3464 | +rvalue is not inverted. | |
| 3465 | +\' | |
| 3466 | +.in 15 | |
| 3467 | +.in 15 | |
| 3468 | +.B "RShift" | |
| 3469 | +.in 20 | |
| 3470 | + \fR | |
| 3471 | +.in 20 | |
| 3472 | +Result is channel value bitwise right shifted by rvalue bits. | |
| 3473 | +\' | |
| 3474 | +.in 15 | |
| 3475 | +.in 15 | |
| 3476 | +.B "Subtract" | |
| 3477 | +.in 20 | |
| 3478 | + \fR | |
| 3479 | +.in 20 | |
| 3480 | +Result is channel value minus rvalue. | |
| 3481 | +\' | |
| 3482 | +.in 15 | |
| 3483 | +.in 15 | |
| 3484 | +.B "Threshold" | |
| 3485 | +.in 20 | |
| 3486 | + \fR | |
| 3487 | +.in 20 | |
| 3488 | +Result is maximum (white) if channel value is greater than rvalue, | |
| 3489 | +or minimum (black) if it is less than or equal to rvalue. If \fBall\fP | |
| 3490 | +channels are specified, then thresholding is done based on computed pixel | |
| 3491 | +intensity. | |
| 3492 | +\' | |
| 3493 | +.in 15 | |
| 3494 | +.in 15 | |
| 3495 | +.B "Threshold-white" | |
| 3496 | +.in 20 | |
| 3497 | + \fR | |
| 3498 | +.in 20 | |
| 3499 | +Result is maximum (white) if channel value is greater than rvalue and | |
| 3500 | +is unchanged if it is less than or equal to rvalue. This can be used to | |
| 3501 | +remove apparent noise from the bright parts of an image. If \fBall\fP | |
| 3502 | +channels are specified, then thresholding is done based on computed pixel | |
| 3503 | +intensity. | |
| 3504 | +\' | |
| 3505 | +.in 15 | |
| 3506 | +.in 15 | |
| 3507 | +.B "Threshold-White-Negate" | |
| 3508 | +.in 20 | |
| 3509 | + \fR | |
| 3510 | +.in 20 | |
| 3511 | +Result is set to black if channel value is greater than | |
| 3512 | +rvalue and is unchanged if it is less than or equal to rvalue. If | |
| 3513 | +\fBall\fP channels are specified, then thresholding is done based on | |
| 3514 | +computed pixel intensity. | |
| 3515 | +\' | |
| 3516 | +.in 15 | |
| 3517 | +.in 15 | |
| 3518 | +.B "Threshold-black" | |
| 3519 | +.in 20 | |
| 3520 | + \fR | |
| 3521 | +.in 20 | |
| 3522 | +Result is minimum (black) if channel value is less than than rvalue | |
| 3523 | +and is unchanged if it is greater than or equal to rvalue. This can be | |
| 3524 | +used to remove apparent noise from the dark parts of an image. If | |
| 3525 | +\fBall\fP channels are specified, then thresholding is done based on | |
| 3526 | +computed pixel intensity. | |
| 3527 | +\' | |
| 3528 | +.in 15 | |
| 3529 | +.in 15 | |
| 3530 | +.B "Threshold-Black-Negate" | |
| 3531 | +.in 20 | |
| 3532 | + \fR | |
| 3533 | +.in 20 | |
| 3534 | +Result is set to white if channel value is less than than | |
| 3535 | +rvalue and is unchanged if it is greater than or equal to rvalue. If | |
| 3536 | +\fBall\fP channels are specified, then thresholding is done based on | |
| 3537 | +computed pixel intensity. | |
| 3538 | +\' | |
| 3539 | +.in 15 | |
| 3540 | +.in 15 | |
| 3541 | +.B "Xor" | |
| 3542 | +.in 20 | |
| 3543 | + \fR | |
| 3544 | +.in 20 | |
| 3545 | +Result is the logical XOR of rvalue with channel value. An | |
| 3546 | +interesting property of XOR is that performing the same operation twice | |
| 3547 | +results in the original value. | |
| 3548 | +\' | |
| 3549 | +.in 15 | |
| 3550 | +.in 15 | |
| 3551 | +.B "Noise-Gaussian" | |
| 3552 | +.in 20 | |
| 3553 | + \fR | |
| 3554 | +.in 20 | |
| 3555 | +Result is the current channel value modulated with gaussian noise | |
| 3556 | +according to the intensity specified by rvalue. | |
| 3557 | +\' | |
| 3558 | +.in 15 | |
| 3559 | +.in 15 | |
| 3560 | +.B "Noise-Impulse" | |
| 3561 | +.in 20 | |
| 3562 | + \fR | |
| 3563 | +.in 20 | |
| 3564 | +Result is the current channel value modulated with impulse noise | |
| 3565 | +according to the intensity specified by rvalue. | |
| 3566 | +\' | |
| 3567 | +.in 15 | |
| 3568 | +.in 15 | |
| 3569 | +.B "Noise-Laplacian" | |
| 3570 | +.in 20 | |
| 3571 | + \fR | |
| 3572 | +.in 20 | |
| 3573 | +Result is the current channel value modulated with laplacian noise | |
| 3574 | +according to the intensity specified by rvalue. | |
| 3575 | +\' | |
| 3576 | +.in 15 | |
| 3577 | +.in 15 | |
| 3578 | +.B "Noise-Multiplicative" | |
| 3579 | +.in 20 | |
| 3580 | + \fR | |
| 3581 | +.in 20 | |
| 3582 | +Result is the current channel value modulated with multiplicative | |
| 3583 | +gaussian noise according to the intensity specified by rvalue. | |
| 3584 | +\' | |
| 3585 | +.in 15 | |
| 3586 | +.in 15 | |
| 3587 | +.B "Noise-Poisson" | |
| 3588 | +.in 20 | |
| 3589 | + \fR | |
| 3590 | +.in 20 | |
| 3591 | +Result is the current channel value modulated with poisson noise | |
| 3592 | +according to the intensity specified by rvalue. | |
| 3593 | +\' | |
| 3594 | +.in 15 | |
| 3595 | +.in 15 | |
| 3596 | +.B "Noise-Random" | |
| 3597 | +.in 20 | |
| 3598 | + \fR | |
| 3599 | +.in 20 | |
| 3600 | +Result is the current channel value modulated with random (uniform | |
| 3601 | +distribution) noise according to the intensity specified by rvalue. | |
| 3602 | +The initial noise intensity (rvalue=1.0) is the range of one pixel | |
| 3603 | +quantum span. | |
| 3604 | +\' | |
| 3605 | +.in 15 | |
| 3606 | +.in 15 | |
| 3607 | +.B "Noise-Uniform" | |
| 3608 | +.in 20 | |
| 3609 | + \fR | |
| 3610 | +.in 20 | |
| 3611 | +Result is the channel value with uniform noise applied according to | |
| 3612 | +the intensity specified by rvalue. | |
| 3613 | +\' | |
| 3614 | +.in 15 | |
| 3615 | +\' | |
| 3616 | +\' | |
| 3617 | +\' | |
| 3618 | +As an example, the \fBAssign\fP operator assigns a fixed value to a | |
| 3619 | +channel. For example, this command sets the red channel to the mid-range | |
| 3620 | +value: | |
| 3621 | +\' | |
| 3622 | + gm convert in.bmp -operator red assign "50%" out.bmp | |
| 3623 | +\' | |
| 3624 | +\' | |
| 3625 | +The following applies 50% thresholding to the image and returns a gray | |
| 3626 | +image: | |
| 3627 | +\' | |
| 3628 | + gm convert in.bmp -operator gray threshold "50%" out.bmp | |
| 3629 | +\' | |
| 3630 | +.TP | |
| 3631 | +.B "-ordered-dither \fI<channeltype> <NxN>"\fP | |
| 3632 | +\fRordered dither the image | |
| 3633 | +\' | |
| 3634 | +The channel or channels specified in the \fBchanneltype\fP argument are | |
| 3635 | +reduced to binary, using an ordered dither method. The choices for | |
| 3636 | +\fBchanneltype\fP are \fBAll\fP, \fBIntensity\fP, \fBRed\fP, | |
| 3637 | +\fBGreen\fP, \fBBlue\fP, \fBCyan\fP, \fBMagenta\fP, \fBYellow\fP, | |
| 3638 | +\fBBlack\fP, and \fBOpacity\fP | |
| 3639 | +\' | |
| 3640 | +When \fBchanneltype\fP is "All", the color samples are dithered into | |
| 3641 | +a gray level and then that gray level is stored in the three color | |
| 3642 | +channels. Separately, the opacity channel is dithered into a bilevel | |
| 3643 | +opacity value which is stored in the opacity channel. | |
| 3644 | +\' | |
| 3645 | +When \fBchanneltype\fP is "Intensity", only the color samples are | |
| 3646 | +dithered. When \fBchanneltype\fP is "opacity" or "matte", only the | |
| 3647 | +opacity channel is dithered. When a color channel is specified, only that | |
| 3648 | +channel is dithered. | |
| 3649 | +\' | |
| 3650 | +The choices for N are 2 through 7. The image is divided into | |
| 3651 | +NxN pixel tiles. In each tile, some or all pixels are turned to | |
| 3652 | +white depending on their intensity. For each N, (N**2)+1 levels | |
| 3653 | +of gray can be represented. For N == 2, 3, or 4, the pixels | |
| 3654 | +are turned to white in an order that maximizes dispersion (i.e., | |
| 3655 | +reduces granularity), while | |
| 3656 | +for N == 5, 6, and 7, they are turned to white in an order that | |
| 3657 | +creates a roughly circular black blob in the middle of each tile. | |
| 3658 | +An attractive "half-tone" looking image can be obtained by first | |
| 3659 | +rotating the image 45 degrees, performing a 5x5 ordered-dither | |
| 3660 | +operation, then rotating it back to the original orientation and | |
| 3661 | +cropping to the original image dimensions. If the original image | |
| 3662 | +is gamma-encoded, it is adviseable to convert it to linear intensity | |
| 3663 | +first, e.g., with the "-gamma 0.45455" option. | |
| 3664 | +.TP | |
| 3665 | +.B "-output-directory \fI<directory>"\fP | |
| 3666 | +\fRoutput files to directory | |
| 3667 | +\' | |
| 3668 | +Use -output-directory to specify a directory under which to write the | |
| 3669 | +output files. Normally mogrify overwrites the input files, but with | |
| 3670 | +this option the output files may be written to a different directory | |
| 3671 | +tree so that the input files are preserved. The algorithm used | |
| 3672 | +preserves all of the input path specification in the output path so | |
| 3673 | +that the user-specified input path (including any sub-directory part) | |
| 3674 | +is appended to the output path. If the input file lacks an extension, | |
| 3675 | +then a suitable extension is automatically added to the output file. | |
| 3676 | +The user is responsible for creating the output directory specified as | |
| 3677 | +an argument, but subdirectories will be created as needed if the | |
| 3678 | +\fB-create-directories\fP option is supplied. This option may be | |
| 3679 | +used to apply transformations on files from one directory and write | |
| 3680 | +the transformed files to a different directory. In conjunction with | |
| 3681 | +\fB-create-directories\fP, this option is designed to support | |
| 3682 | +transforming whole directory trees of files provided that the relative | |
| 3683 | +path of the input file is included as part the list of filenames. | |
| 3684 | +.TP | |
| 3685 | +.B "-orient \fI<orientation>"\fP | |
| 3686 | +\fRSet the image orientation attribute | |
| 3687 | +\' | |
| 3688 | +Sets the image orientation attribute. The image orientation attribute | |
| 3689 | +is compatible with the TIFF orientation tag (and the EXIF orientation | |
| 3690 | +tag). Accepted values are \fBundefined\fP, \fBTopLeft\fP, | |
| 3691 | +\fBTopRight\fP, \fBBottomRight\fP, \fBBottomLeft\fP, | |
| 3692 | +\fBLeftTop\fP, \fBRightTop\fP, \fBRightBottom\fP, | |
| 3693 | +\fBLeftBottom\fP, and hyphenated versions thereof | |
| 3694 | +(e.g. \fBleft-bottom\fP). Please note that GraphicsMagick does not | |
| 3695 | +include an EXIF editor so if an EXIF profile is written to the output | |
| 3696 | +image, the value in the EXIF profile might not match the image. It is | |
| 3697 | +possible for an image file to indicate its orientation in several | |
| 3698 | +different ways simultaneously. | |
| 3699 | +.TP | |
| 3700 | +.B "-page \fI<width>x<height>{+-}<x>{+-}<y>{%}{!}{<}{>}"\fP | |
| 3701 | +\fRsize and location of an image canvas | |
| 3702 | +\' | |
| 3703 | +Use this option to specify the dimensions of the | |
| 3704 | +\fIPostScript\fP page | |
| 3705 | +in dots per inch or a TEXT page in pixels. The choices for a PostScript | |
| 3706 | +page are: | |
| 3707 | +\' | |
| 3708 | + 11x17 792 1224 | |
| 3709 | + Ledger 1224 792 | |
| 3710 | + Legal 612 1008 | |
| 3711 | + Letter 612 792 | |
| 3712 | + LetterSmall 612 792 | |
| 3713 | + ArchE 2592 3456 | |
| 3714 | + ArchD 1728 2592 | |
| 3715 | + ArchC 1296 1728 | |
| 3716 | + ArchB 864 1296 | |
| 3717 | + ArchA 648 864 | |
| 3718 | + A0 2380 3368 | |
| 3719 | + A1 1684 2380 | |
| 3720 | + A2 1190 1684 | |
| 3721 | + A3 842 1190 | |
| 3722 | + A4 595 842 | |
| 3723 | + A4Small 595 842 | |
| 3724 | + A5 421 595 | |
| 3725 | + A6 297 421 | |
| 3726 | + A7 210 297 | |
| 3727 | + A8 148 210 | |
| 3728 | + A9 105 148 | |
| 3729 | + A10 74 105 | |
| 3730 | + B0 2836 4008 | |
| 3731 | + B1 2004 2836 | |
| 3732 | + B2 1418 2004 | |
| 3733 | + B3 1002 1418 | |
| 3734 | + B4 709 1002 | |
| 3735 | + B5 501 709 | |
| 3736 | + C0 2600 3677 | |
| 3737 | + C1 1837 2600 | |
| 3738 | + C2 1298 1837 | |
| 3739 | + C3 918 1298 | |
| 3740 | + C4 649 918 | |
| 3741 | + C5 459 649 | |
| 3742 | + C6 323 459 | |
| 3743 | + Flsa 612 936 | |
| 3744 | + Flse 612 936 | |
| 3745 | + HalfLetter 396 612 | |
| 3746 | +\' | |
| 3747 | +\' | |
| 3748 | +For convenience you can specify the page size by media (e.g. A4, Ledger, | |
| 3749 | +etc.). Otherwise, \fB-page\fP behaves much like | |
| 3750 | +\fB-geometry\fP (e.g. -page letter+43+43>). | |
| 3751 | +\' | |
| 3752 | +This option is also used to place subimages when writing to a multi-image | |
| 3753 | +format that supports offsets, such as GIF89 and MNG. When used for this | |
| 3754 | +purpose the offsets are always measured from the | |
| 3755 | +top left corner of the canvas and are not affected by the \fB-gravity\fP | |
| 3756 | +option. | |
| 3757 | +To position a GIF or MNG image, use \fB-page\fP\fI{+-}<x>{+-}<y>\fP | |
| 3758 | +(e.g. -page +100+200). When writing to a MNG file, a \fB-page\fP | |
| 3759 | +option appearing ahead of the first image in the sequence with nonzero | |
| 3760 | +width and height defines the width and height values that are written in | |
| 3761 | +the \fBMHDR\fP chunk. Otherwise, the MNG width and height are computed | |
| 3762 | +from the bounding box that contains all images in the sequence. When | |
| 3763 | +writing a GIF89 file, only the bounding box method is used to determine its | |
| 3764 | +dimensions. | |
| 3765 | +\' | |
| 3766 | +For a PostScript page, the image is sized as in \fB-geometry\fP and positioned | |
| 3767 | +relative to the lower left hand corner of the page by | |
| 3768 | +{+-}<\fBx\fP\fIoffset\fP>{+-}<\fBy\fP | |
| 3769 | +\fIoffset>\fP. Use | |
| 3770 | +-page 612x792>, for example, to center the | |
| 3771 | +image within the page. If the image size exceeds the PostScript page, it | |
| 3772 | +is reduced to fit the page. | |
| 3773 | +The default gravity for the \fB-page\fP | |
| 3774 | +option is \fINorthWest\fP, i.e., positive \fBx\fP and | |
| 3775 | +\fBy\fP \fIoffset\fP are measured rightward and downward from the top | |
| 3776 | +left corner of the page, unless the \fB-gravity\fP option is present with | |
| 3777 | +a value other than \fINorthWest\fP. | |
| 3778 | +\' | |
| 3779 | +The default page dimensions for a TEXT image is 612x792. | |
| 3780 | +\' | |
| 3781 | +This option is used in concert with \fB-density\fP. | |
| 3782 | +\' | |
| 3783 | +Use \fB+page\fP to remove the page settings for an image. | |
| 3784 | +.TP | |
| 3785 | +.B "-paint \fI<radius>"\fP | |
| 3786 | +\fRsimulate an oil painting | |
| 3787 | +\' | |
| 3788 | +Each pixel is replaced by the most frequent color in a circular neighborhood | |
| 3789 | +whose width is specified with \fIradius\fP. | |
| 3790 | +.TP | |
| 3791 | +.B "-pause \fI<seconds>"\fP | |
| 3792 | +\fRpause between animation loops [animate] | |
| 3793 | +\' | |
| 3794 | +Pause for the specified number of seconds before repeating the | |
| 3795 | +animation. | |
| 3796 | +.TP | |
| 3797 | +.B "-pause \fI<seconds>"\fP | |
| 3798 | +\fRpause between snapshots [import] | |
| 3799 | +\' | |
| 3800 | +Pause for the specified number of seconds before taking the next | |
| 3801 | +snapshot. | |
| 3802 | +.TP | |
| 3803 | +.B "-pen \fI<color>"\fP | |
| 3804 | +\fR(This option has been replaced by the -fill option) | |
| 3805 | +.TP | |
| 3806 | +.B "-ping" | |
| 3807 | +\fRefficiently determine image characteristics | |
| 3808 | +\' | |
| 3809 | +Use this option to disable reading the image pixels so that image | |
| 3810 | +characteristics such as the image dimensions may be obtained very | |
| 3811 | +quickly. For identify, use +ping to force reading the image pixels so | |
| 3812 | +that the pixel read rate may be included in the displayed information. | |
| 3813 | +.TP | |
| 3814 | +.B "-pointsize \fI<value>"\fP | |
| 3815 | +\fRpointsize of the PostScript, X11, or TrueType font | |
| 3816 | +.TP | |
| 3817 | +.B "-preview \fI<type>"\fP | |
| 3818 | +\fRimage preview type | |
| 3819 | +\' | |
| 3820 | +Use this option to affect the preview operation of an image (e.g. | |
| 3821 | +convert file.png -preview Gamma Preview:gamma.png). Choose | |
| 3822 | +from these previews: | |
| 3823 | +\' | |
| 3824 | + Rotate | |
| 3825 | + Shear | |
| 3826 | + Roll | |
| 3827 | + Hue | |
| 3828 | + Saturation | |
| 3829 | + Brightness | |
| 3830 | + Gamma | |
| 3831 | + Spiff | |
| 3832 | + Dull | |
| 3833 | + Grayscale | |
| 3834 | + Quantize | |
| 3835 | + Despeckle | |
| 3836 | + ReduceNoise | |
| 3837 | + AddNoise | |
| 3838 | + Sharpen | |
| 3839 | + Blur | |
| 3840 | + Threshold | |
| 3841 | + EdgeDetect | |
| 3842 | + Spread | |
| 3843 | + Shade | |
| 3844 | + Raise | |
| 3845 | + Segment | |
| 3846 | + Solarize | |
| 3847 | + Swirl | |
| 3848 | + Implode | |
| 3849 | + Wave | |
| 3850 | + OilPaint | |
| 3851 | + CharcoalDrawing | |
| 3852 | + JPEG | |
| 3853 | +\' | |
| 3854 | +\' | |
| 3855 | +The default preview is \fBJPEG\fP. | |
| 3856 | +.TP | |
| 3857 | +.B "-process \fI<command>"\fP | |
| 3858 | +\fRprocess a sequence of images using a process module | |
| 3859 | +\' | |
| 3860 | +The command argument has the form \fBmodule=arg1,arg2,arg3,...,argN\fP | |
| 3861 | +where \fBmodule\fP is the name of the module to invoke (e.g. "Analyze") | |
| 3862 | +and arg1,arg2,arg3,...,argN are an arbitrary number of arguments to | |
| 3863 | +pass to the process module. | |
| 3864 | +The sequence of images | |
| 3865 | +is terminated by the appearance of any option. | |
| 3866 | +\' | |
| 3867 | +If the \fB-process\fP | |
| 3868 | +option appears after all of the input images, all images are processed. | |
| 3869 | +\' | |
| 3870 | +For example: | |
| 3871 | +\' | |
| 3872 | + gm convert logo: -process Analyze= \\ | |
| 3873 | + -format "%[BrightnessMean],%[BrightnessStddev]" info:- | |
| 3874 | + 51952,23294 | |
| 3875 | +\' | |
| 3876 | +.TP | |
| 3877 | +.B "-profile \fI<filename>"\fP | |
| 3878 | +\fRadd ICM, IPTC, or generic profile to image | |
| 3879 | +\' | |
| 3880 | +-profile filename adds an ICM (ICC color management), IPTC | |
| 3881 | +(newswire information), or a generic (including Exif) profile to the image | |
| 3882 | +. | |
| 3883 | +\' | |
| 3884 | +Use +profile icm, +profile iptc, or | |
| 3885 | ++profile profile_name to remove the respective profile. | |
| 3886 | +Multiple profiles may be listed, separated by commas. Profiles may be | |
| 3887 | +excluded from subsequent listed matches by preceding their name with | |
| 3888 | +an exclamation point. For example, +profile '!icm,*' strips | |
| 3889 | +all profiles except for the ICM profile. Use identify | |
| 3890 | +-verbose to find out what profiles are in the image file. Use | |
| 3891 | ++profile "*" to remove all profiles. | |
| 3892 | +Writing the image to a format that does not support profiles will | |
| 3893 | +of course also cause all profiles to be removed. The JPEG and PNG | |
| 3894 | +formats will store any profiles that have been read and not removed. | |
| 3895 | +In JPEG they are stored in APP1 markers, and in PNG they are stored | |
| 3896 | +as hex-coded binary in compressed zTXt chunks, except for the iCC | |
| 3897 | +chunk which is stored in the iCCP chunk. | |
| 3898 | +\' | |
| 3899 | +To extract a profile, the \fB-profile\fP option is not used. Instead, | |
| 3900 | +simply write the file to an image | |
| 3901 | +format such as \fIAPP1, 8BIM, ICM,\fP or \fIIPTC\fP. | |
| 3902 | +\' | |
| 3903 | +For example, to extract the Exif data (which is stored in JPEG files | |
| 3904 | +in the \fIAPP1\fP profile), use | |
| 3905 | +\' | |
| 3906 | +\' | |
| 3907 | + gm convert cockatoo.jpg exifdata.app1 | |
| 3908 | +\' | |
| 3909 | +Note that GraphicsMagick does not attempt to update any profile to | |
| 3910 | +reflect changes made to the image, e.g., rotation from portrait to landscape | |
| 3911 | +orientation, so it is possible that the preserved profile may contain | |
| 3912 | +invalid data. | |
| 3913 | +.TP | |
| 3914 | +.B "-preserve-timestamp" | |
| 3915 | +\fRpreserve the original timestamps of the file | |
| 3916 | +\' | |
| 3917 | +Use this option to preserve the original modification and access | |
| 3918 | +timestamps of the file, even if it has been modified. | |
| 3919 | +.TP | |
| 3920 | +.B "+progress" | |
| 3921 | +\fRdisable progress monitor and busy cursor | |
| 3922 | +\' | |
| 3923 | +By default, when an image is displayed, a progress monitor bar is shown | |
| 3924 | +in the top left corner of an existing image display window, and the | |
| 3925 | +current cursor is replaced with an hourglass cursor. Use \fB+progress\fP | |
| 3926 | +to disable the progress monitor and busy cursor during display operations. | |
| 3927 | +While the progress monitor is disabled for all operations, the busy | |
| 3928 | +cursor continues to be enabled for non-display operations such as image | |
| 3929 | +processing. This option is useful for non-interactive display operations, | |
| 3930 | +or when a "clean" look is desired. | |
| 3931 | +.TP | |
| 3932 | +.B "-quality \fI<value>"\fP | |
| 3933 | +\fRJPEG/MIFF/PNG/TIFF compression level | |
| 3934 | + For the JPEG and MPEG image formats, quality is 0 (lowest image | |
| 3935 | +quality and highest compression) to 100 (best quality but least | |
| 3936 | +effective compression). The default quality is 75. Use the | |
| 3937 | +\fB-sampling-factor\fP option to specify the factors for chroma | |
| 3938 | +downsampling. To use the same quality value as that found by the JPEG | |
| 3939 | +decoder, use the -define jpeg:preserve-settings flag. | |
| 3940 | +\' | |
| 3941 | +For the MIFF image format, and the TIFF format while using ZIP | |
| 3942 | +compression, quality/10 is the zlib compression level, which is 0 (worst | |
| 3943 | +but fastest compression) to 9 (best but slowest). It has no effect on the | |
| 3944 | +image appearance, since the compression is always lossless. | |
| 3945 | +\' | |
| 3946 | +For the JPEG-2000 image format, quality is mapped using a non-linear | |
| 3947 | +equation to the compression ratio required by the Jasper library. This | |
| 3948 | +non-linear equation is intended to loosely approximate the quality | |
| 3949 | +provided by the JPEG v1 format. The default quality value 75 results in | |
| 3950 | +a request for 16:1 compression. The quality value 100 results in | |
| 3951 | +a request for non-lossy compression. | |
| 3952 | +\' | |
| 3953 | +For the MNG and PNG image formats, the quality value sets the zlib compression | |
| 3954 | +level (quality / 10) and filter-type (quality % 10). Compression levels | |
| 3955 | +range from 0 (fastest compression) to 100 (best but slowest). For compression | |
| 3956 | +level 0, the Huffman-only strategy is used, which is fastest but not | |
| 3957 | +necessarily the worst compression. | |
| 3958 | +\' | |
| 3959 | +If | |
| 3960 | +filter-type is 4 or less, the specified filter-type is used for all scanlines: | |
| 3961 | +\' | |
| 3962 | + 0: none | |
| 3963 | + 1: sub | |
| 3964 | + 2: up | |
| 3965 | + 3: average | |
| 3966 | + 4: Paeth | |
| 3967 | +\' | |
| 3968 | +\' | |
| 3969 | +If filter-type is 5, adaptive filtering is used when quality is greater | |
| 3970 | +than 50 and the image does not have a color map, otherwise no filtering | |
| 3971 | +is used. | |
| 3972 | +\' | |
| 3973 | +If filter-type is 6, adaptive filtering | |
| 3974 | +with \fIminimum-sum-of-absolute-values\fP | |
| 3975 | +is used. | |
| 3976 | +\' | |
| 3977 | +Only if the output is MNG, if filter-type is 7, the LOCO color transformation | |
| 3978 | +and adaptive filtering with \fIminimum-sum-of-absolute-values\fP | |
| 3979 | +are used. | |
| 3980 | +\' | |
| 3981 | +The default is quality is 75, which means nearly the best compression with | |
| 3982 | +adaptive filtering. The quality setting has no effect on the appearance | |
| 3983 | +of PNG and MNG images, since the compression is always lossless. | |
| 3984 | +\' | |
| 3985 | +For further information, see the PNG | |
| 3986 | +specification. | |
| 3987 | +\' | |
| 3988 | +When writing a JNG image with transparency, two quality values are required, | |
| 3989 | +one for the main image and one for the grayscale image that conveys the | |
| 3990 | +opacity channel. These are written as a single integer equal to the main | |
| 3991 | +image quality plus 1000 times the opacity quality. For example, if you | |
| 3992 | +want to use quality 75 for the main image and quality 90 to compress | |
| 3993 | +the opacity data, use -quality 90075. | |
| 3994 | +\' | |
| 3995 | +For the PNM family of formats (PNM, PGM, and PPM) specify a quality | |
| 3996 | +factor of zero in order to obtain the ASCII variant of the format. Note | |
| 3997 | +that -compress \fInone\fP used to be used to trigger ASCII output but | |
| 3998 | +provided the opposite result of what was expected as compared with other | |
| 3999 | +formats. | |
| 4000 | +\' | |
| 4001 | +For the TIFF format, the JPEG, WebP, Zip, and Zstd compression | |
| 4002 | +algorithms are influenced by the quality value. JPEG and WebP provide | |
| 4003 | +lossy compression so higher quality produces a larger file with less | |
| 4004 | +degradation. The Zip and Zstd compression algorithms (and WebP in | |
| 4005 | +lossless mode) are lossless and for these algorithms a higher | |
| 4006 | +'quality' means to work harder to produce a smaller file, but with no | |
| 4007 | +difference in image quality. | |
| 4008 | +.TP | |
| 4009 | +.B "-raise \fI<width>x<height>"\fP | |
| 4010 | +\fRlighten or darken image edges | |
| 4011 | +\' | |
| 4012 | +This will create a 3-D effect. See \fB-geometry\fP for details | |
| 4013 | +details about the geometry specification. Offsets are not used. | |
| 4014 | +\' | |
| 4015 | +Use \fB-raise\fP to create a raised effect, otherwise use \fB+raise\fP. | |
| 4016 | +.TP | |
| 4017 | +.B "-random-threshold \fI<channeltype> <LOWxHIGH>"\fP | |
| 4018 | +\fRrandom threshold the image | |
| 4019 | +\' | |
| 4020 | +The channel or channels specified in the <channeltype> argument are | |
| 4021 | +reduced to binary, using an random-threshold method. The choices for | |
| 4022 | +\fBchanneltype\fP are \fBAll\fP, \fBIntensity\fP, \fBRed\fP, | |
| 4023 | +\fBGreen\fP, \fBBlue\fP, \fBCyan\fP, \fBMagenta\fP, \fBYellow\fP, | |
| 4024 | +\fBBlack\fP, and \fBOpacity\fP | |
| 4025 | +\' | |
| 4026 | +When \fBchanneltype\fP is "All", the color samples are thresholded into | |
| 4027 | +a graylevel and then that gray level is stored in the three color | |
| 4028 | +channels. Separately, the opacity channel is thresholded into a bilevel | |
| 4029 | +opacity value which is stored in the opacity channel. For each pixel, a | |
| 4030 | +new random number is used to establish the threshold to be used. The | |
| 4031 | +threshold never exceeds the specified maximum (HIGH) and is never less | |
| 4032 | +than the specified minimum (LOW). | |
| 4033 | +\' | |
| 4034 | +When \fBchanneltype\fP is "intensity", only the color samples are | |
| 4035 | +thresholded. When \fBchanneltype\fP is "opacity" or "matte", only the | |
| 4036 | +opacity channel is thresholded. The other named channels only threshold | |
| 4037 | +the associated channel. | |
| 4038 | +.TP | |
| 4039 | +.B "-recolor \fI<matrix>"\fP | |
| 4040 | +\fRapply a color translation matrix to image channels | |
| 4041 | +\' | |
| 4042 | +A user supplied color translation matrix (expressed as a text string) | |
| 4043 | +is used to translate/blend the image channels based on weightings in a | |
| 4044 | +supplied matrix which may be of order 3 (color channels only), 4 | |
| 4045 | +(color channels plus opacity), or 5 (color channels plus opacity and | |
| 4046 | +offset). Values in the columns of the matrix (red, green, blue, | |
| 4047 | +opacity) are used as multipliers with the existing channel values and | |
| 4048 | +added together according to the rows of the matrix. Matrix values are | |
| 4049 | +floating point and may be negative. The offset column (column 5) is | |
| 4050 | +purely additive and is scaled such that 0.0 to 1.0 represents the | |
| 4051 | +maximum quantum range (but values are not limited to this range). The | |
| 4052 | +math for the color translation matrix is similar to that used by Adobe | |
| 4053 | +Flash except that the offset is scaled to 1.0 (divide Flash offset by | |
| 4054 | +255 for use with GraphicsMagick) so that the results are independent | |
| 4055 | +of quantum depth. | |
| 4056 | +\' | |
| 4057 | +An \fBidentity\fP matrix exists for each matrix order which | |
| 4058 | +results in no change to the image. The translation matrix should be | |
| 4059 | +based on an alteration of the identity matrix. | |
| 4060 | +\' | |
| 4061 | +Identity matrix of order 3 | |
| 4062 | +\' | |
| 4063 | + 1 0 0 | |
| 4064 | + 0 1 0 | |
| 4065 | + 0 0 1 | |
| 4066 | +\' | |
| 4067 | +\' | |
| 4068 | +which may be formatted into a convenient matrix argument similar to | |
| 4069 | +(comma is treated as white space): | |
| 4070 | +\' | |
| 4071 | + -recolor "1 0 0, 0 1 0, 0 0 1" | |
| 4072 | +\' | |
| 4073 | +\' | |
| 4074 | +Identity matrix of order 4 | |
| 4075 | +\' | |
| 4076 | + 1 0 0 0 | |
| 4077 | + 0 1 0 0 | |
| 4078 | + 0 0 1 0 | |
| 4079 | + 0 0 0 1 | |
| 4080 | +\' | |
| 4081 | +\' | |
| 4082 | +Identity matrix of order 5. The last row is required to exist | |
| 4083 | +for the purpose of parsing, but is otherwise not used. | |
| 4084 | +\' | |
| 4085 | + 1 0 0 0 0 | |
| 4086 | + 0 1 0 0 0 | |
| 4087 | + 0 0 1 0 0 | |
| 4088 | + 0 0 0 1 0 | |
| 4089 | + 0 0 0 0 1 | |
| 4090 | +\' | |
| 4091 | +\' | |
| 4092 | +As an example, an image wrongly in BGR channel order may be converted | |
| 4093 | +to RGB using this matrix (blue->red, red->blue): | |
| 4094 | +\' | |
| 4095 | + 0 0 1 | |
| 4096 | + 0 1 0 | |
| 4097 | + 1 0 0 | |
| 4098 | +\' | |
| 4099 | +\' | |
| 4100 | +and an RGB image using standard Rec.709 primaries may be converted | |
| 4101 | +to grayscale using this matrix of standard weighting factors: | |
| 4102 | +\' | |
| 4103 | + 0.2126 0.7152 0.0722 | |
| 4104 | + 0.2126 0.7152 0.0722 | |
| 4105 | + 0.2126 0.7152 0.0722 | |
| 4106 | +\' | |
| 4107 | +\' | |
| 4108 | +and contrast may be reduced by scaling down by 80% and adding a 10% | |
| 4109 | +offset: | |
| 4110 | +\' | |
| 4111 | + 0.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1 | |
| 4112 | + 0.0 0.8 0.0 0.0 0.1 | |
| 4113 | + 0.0 0.0 0.8 0.0 0.1 | |
| 4114 | + 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.8 0.1 | |
| 4115 | + 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.0 | |
| 4116 | +\' | |
| 4117 | +.TP | |
| 4118 | +.B "-red-primary \fI<x>,<y>"\fP | |
| 4119 | +\fRred chromaticity primary point | |
| 4120 | +.TP | |
| 4121 | +.B "-region \fI<width>x<height>{+-}<x>{+-}<y>"\fP | |
| 4122 | +\fRapply options to a portion of the image | |
| 4123 | +\' | |
| 4124 | +The \fIx\fP and \fIy\fP offsets are treated in the same manner as in \fB-crop\fP. | |
| 4125 | +.TP | |
| 4126 | +.B "-remote" | |
| 4127 | +\fRperform a X11 remote operation | |
| 4128 | +\' | |
| 4129 | +The \fB-remote\fP command sends a command to a "gm display" or "gm | |
| 4130 | +animate" which is already running. The only command recognized at this | |
| 4131 | +time is the name of an image file to load. This capability is very | |
| 4132 | +useful to load new images without needing to restart GraphicsMagick | |
| 4133 | +(e.g. for a slide-show or to use GraphicsMagick as the display engine | |
| 4134 | +for a different GUI). Also see the \fB+progress\fP option for a way | |
| 4135 | +to disable progress indication for a clean look while loading new images. | |
| 4136 | +.TP | |
| 4137 | +.B "-render" | |
| 4138 | +\fRrender vector operations | |
| 4139 | +\' | |
| 4140 | +Use \fB+render\fP to turn off rendering vector operations. This is | |
| 4141 | +useful when saving the result to vector formats such as MVG or SVG. | |
| 4142 | +.TP | |
| 4143 | +.B "-repage \fI <width>x<height>+xoff+yoff[!]"\fP | |
| 4144 | +\fRAdjust image page offsets | |
| 4145 | +\' | |
| 4146 | +Adjust the current image page canvas and position based on a relative | |
| 4147 | +page specification. This option may be used to change the location of | |
| 4148 | +a subframe (e.g. part of an animation) prior to composition. If the | |
| 4149 | +geometry specification is absolute (includes a '!'), then the offset | |
| 4150 | +adjustment is absolute and there is no adjustment to page width and | |
| 4151 | +height, otherwise the page width and height values are also adjusted | |
| 4152 | +based on the current image dimensions. Use \fB+repage\fP to set the | |
| 4153 | +image page offsets to default. | |
| 4154 | +.TP | |
| 4155 | +.B "-resample \fI<horizontal>x<vertical>"\fP | |
| 4156 | +\fRResample image to specified horizontal and vertical resolution | |
| 4157 | +\' | |
| 4158 | +Resize the image so that its rendered size remains the same as the | |
| 4159 | +original at the specified target resolution. Either the current image | |
| 4160 | +resolution units or the previously set with \fB-units\fP are used to | |
| 4161 | +interpret the argument. For example, if a 300 DPI image renders at 3 | |
| 4162 | +inches by 2 inches on a 300 DPI device, when the image has been | |
| 4163 | +resampled to 72 DPI, it will render at 3 inches by 2 inches on a 72 | |
| 4164 | +DPI device. Note that only a small number of image formats | |
| 4165 | +(e.g. JPEG, PNG, and TIFF) are capable of storing the image | |
| 4166 | +resolution. For formats which do not support an image resolution, the | |
| 4167 | +original resolution of the image must be specified via \fB-density\fP | |
| 4168 | +on the command line prior to specifying the resample resolution. | |
| 4169 | +\' | |
| 4170 | +Note that Photoshop stores and obtains image resolution from a | |
| 4171 | +proprietary embedded profile. If this profile exists in the image, | |
| 4172 | +then Photoshop will continue to treat the image using its former | |
| 4173 | +resolution, ignoring the image resolution specified in the standard | |
| 4174 | +file header. | |
| 4175 | +\' | |
| 4176 | +Some image formats (e.g. PNG) require use of metric or english units | |
| 4177 | +so even if the original image used a particular unit system, if it is | |
| 4178 | +saved to a different format prior to resampling, then it may be | |
| 4179 | +necessary to specify the desired resolution units using \fB-units\fP | |
| 4180 | +since the original units may have been lost. In other words, do not | |
| 4181 | +assume that the resolution units are restored if the image has been | |
| 4182 | +saved to a file. | |
| 4183 | +.TP | |
| 4184 | +.B "-resize \fI<width>x<height>{%}{@}{!}{<}{>}"\fP | |
| 4185 | +\fRresize an image | |
| 4186 | +\' | |
| 4187 | +This is an alias for the \fB-geometry\fP option and it behaves in the | |
| 4188 | +same manner. If the \fB-filter\fP option precedes the \fB-resize\fP | |
| 4189 | +option, the specified filter is used. | |
| 4190 | +\' | |
| 4191 | +There are some exceptions: | |
| 4192 | +\' | |
| 4193 | +When used as a \fIcomposite\fP option, \fB-resize\fP conveys the | |
| 4194 | +preferred size of the output image, while \fB-geometry\fP conveys the | |
| 4195 | +size and placement of the \fIcomposite image\fP within the main | |
| 4196 | +image. | |
| 4197 | +\' | |
| 4198 | +When used as a \fImontage\fP option, \fB-resize\fP conveys the preferred | |
| 4199 | +size of the montage, while \fB-geometry\fP conveys | |
| 4200 | +information about the tiles. | |
| 4201 | +.TP | |
| 4202 | +.B "-roll \fI{+-}<x>{+-}<y>"\fP | |
| 4203 | +\fRroll an image vertically or horizontally | |
| 4204 | +\' | |
| 4205 | +See \fB-geometry\fP for details the geometry specification. The | |
| 4206 | +\fIx\fP and \fIy\fP offsets are not affected by the \fB-gravity\fP | |
| 4207 | +option. | |
| 4208 | +\' | |
| 4209 | +A negative \fIx\fP offset rolls the image left-to-right. A negative | |
| 4210 | +\fIy\fP offset rolls the image top-to-bottom. | |
| 4211 | +.TP | |
| 4212 | +.B "-rotate \fI<degrees>{<}{>}"\fP | |
| 4213 | +\fRrotate the image | |
| 4214 | +\' | |
| 4215 | +Positive angles rotate the image in a clockwise direction while | |
| 4216 | +negative angles rotate counter-clockwise. | |
| 4217 | +\' | |
| 4218 | +Use > to rotate the image only if its width exceeds the | |
| 4219 | +height. < rotates the image \fIonly\fP if its width is less | |
| 4220 | +than the height. For example, if you specify -rotate "-90>" | |
| 4221 | +and the image size is 480x640, the image is not rotated. However, if | |
| 4222 | +the image is 640x480, it is rotated by -90 degrees. If you use | |
| 4223 | +> or <, enclose it in quotation marks to prevent it | |
| 4224 | +from being misinterpreted as a file redirection. | |
| 4225 | +\' | |
| 4226 | +Empty triangles left over from rotating the image are filled with the | |
| 4227 | +color defined as \fBbackground\fP (class \fBbackgroundColor\fP). | |
| 4228 | +The color is specified using the format described under the | |
| 4229 | +\fB-fill\fP option. | |
| 4230 | +.TP | |
| 4231 | +.B "-sample \fI<geometry>"\fP | |
| 4232 | +\fRscale image using pixel sampling | |
| 4233 | +\' | |
| 4234 | +See \fB-geometry\fP for details about | |
| 4235 | +the geometry specification. | |
| 4236 | +\fB-sample\fP ignores the \fB-filter\fP selection if the \fB-filter\fP option | |
| 4237 | +is present. Offsets, if present in the geometry string, are ignored, and | |
| 4238 | +the \fB-gravity\fP option has no effect. | |
| 4239 | +.TP | |
| 4240 | +.B "-sampling-factor \fI<horizontal_factor>x<vertical_factor>"\fP | |
| 4241 | +\fRchroma subsampling factors | |
| 4242 | +\' | |
| 4243 | +This option specifies the sampling factors to be used by the DPX, JPEG, | |
| 4244 | +MPEG, or YUV encoders for chroma downsampling. The sampling factor must | |
| 4245 | +be specified while reading the raw YUV format since it is not preserved | |
| 4246 | +in the file header. | |
| 4247 | +Industry-standard video subsampling notation such as "4:2:2" may also | |
| 4248 | +be used to specify the sampling factors. "4:2:2" is equivalent to a | |
| 4249 | +specification of "2x1" | |
| 4250 | +\' | |
| 4251 | +The JPEG decoder obtains the original sampling factors (and quality | |
| 4252 | +settings) when a JPEG file is read. To re-use the original sampling | |
| 4253 | +factors (and quality setting) when JPEG is output, use the -define | |
| 4254 | +jpeg:preserve-settings flag. | |
| 4255 | +.TP | |
| 4256 | +.B "-scale \fI<geometry>"\fP | |
| 4257 | +\fRscale the image. | |
| 4258 | +\' | |
| 4259 | +See \fB-geometry\fP for details about | |
| 4260 | +the geometry specification. \fB-scale\fP uses a simpler, faster algorithm, | |
| 4261 | +and it ignores the \fB-filter\fP selection if the \fB-filter\fP option | |
| 4262 | +is present. Offsets, if present in the geometry string, are ignored, and | |
| 4263 | +the \fB-gravity\fP option has no effect. | |
| 4264 | +.TP | |
| 4265 | +.B "-scene \fI<value>"\fP | |
| 4266 | +\fRset scene number | |
| 4267 | +\' | |
| 4268 | +This option sets the scene number of an image or the first image in | |
| 4269 | +an image sequence. | |
| 4270 | +.TP | |
| 4271 | +.B "-scenes \fI<value-value>"\fP | |
| 4272 | +\fRrange of image scene numbers to read | |
| 4273 | +\' | |
| 4274 | +Each image in the range is read | |
| 4275 | +with the filename followed by a period (\fB.\fP) and the decimal scene | |
| 4276 | +number. You | |
| 4277 | +can change this behavior by embedding a \fB%d, %0Nd, %o, %0No, %x, or %0Nx | |
| 4278 | +printf\fP format specification in the file name. For example, | |
| 4279 | +\' | |
| 4280 | + gm montage -scenes 5-7 image.miff montage.miff | |
| 4281 | +\' | |
| 4282 | +\' | |
| 4283 | +makes a montage of files image.miff.5, image.miff.6, and image.miff.7, and | |
| 4284 | +\' | |
| 4285 | + gm animate -scenes 0-12 image%02d.miff | |
| 4286 | +\' | |
| 4287 | +\' | |
| 4288 | +animates files image00.miff, image01.miff, through image12.miff. | |
| 4289 | +.TP | |
| 4290 | +.B "-screen" | |
| 4291 | +\fRspecify the screen to capture | |
| 4292 | +\' | |
| 4293 | +This option indicates that the GetImage request used to obtain the image | |
| 4294 | +should be done on the root window, rather than directly on the specified | |
| 4295 | +window. In this way, you can obtain pieces of other windows that overlap | |
| 4296 | +the specified window, and more importantly, you can capture menus or other | |
| 4297 | +popups that are independent windows but appear over the specified window. | |
| 4298 | +.TP | |
| 4299 | +.B "-set \fI<attribute> <value>"\fP | |
| 4300 | +\fRset an image attribute | |
| 4301 | +\' | |
| 4302 | +Set a named image attribute. The attribute is set on the current | |
| 4303 | +(previously specified on command line) image. | |
| 4304 | +.TP | |
| 4305 | +.B "+set \fI<attribute>"\fP | |
| 4306 | +\fRunset an image attribute | |
| 4307 | +\' | |
| 4308 | +Unset a named image attribute. The attribute is removed from the current | |
| 4309 | +(previously specified on command line) image. | |
| 4310 | +.TP | |
| 4311 | +.B "-segment \fI<cluster threshold>x<smoothing threshold>"\fP | |
| 4312 | +\fRsegment an image | |
| 4313 | +\' | |
| 4314 | +Segment an image by analyzing the histograms of the color components and | |
| 4315 | +identifying units that are homogeneous with the fuzzy c-means technique. | |
| 4316 | +\' | |
| 4317 | +Segmentation is a very useful fast and and approximate color quantization | |
| 4318 | +algorithm for scanned printed pages or scanned cartoons. It may also be | |
| 4319 | +used as a special effect. Specify \fIcluster threshold\fP as the minimum | |
| 4320 | +percentage of total pixels in a cluster before it is considered valid. | |
| 4321 | +For huge images containing small detail, this may need to be a tiny | |
| 4322 | +fraction of a percent (e.g. 0.015) so that important detail is not lost. | |
| 4323 | +\fISmoothing threshold\fP eliminates noise in the second derivative of | |
| 4324 | +the histogram. As the value is increased, you can expect a smoother | |
| 4325 | +second derivative. The default is 1.5. Add the \fI-verbose\fP option to | |
| 4326 | +see a dump of cluster statistics given the parameters used. The | |
| 4327 | +statistics may be used as a guide to help fine tune the options. | |
| 4328 | +.TP | |
| 4329 | +.B "-shade \fI<azimuth>x<elevation>"\fP | |
| 4330 | +\fRshade the image using a distant light source | |
| 4331 | +\' | |
| 4332 | +Specify \fIazimuth\fP and \fIelevation\fP as the position of the light | |
| 4333 | +source. Use \fB+shade\fP to return the shading results as a grayscale | |
| 4334 | +image. | |
| 4335 | +.TP | |
| 4336 | +.B "-shadow \fI<radius>{x<sigma>}"\fP | |
| 4337 | +\fRshadow the montage | |
| 4338 | +.TP | |
| 4339 | +.B "-shared-memory" | |
| 4340 | +\fRuse shared memory | |
| 4341 | +\' | |
| 4342 | +This option specifies whether the utility should attempt to use shared | |
| 4343 | +memory for pixmaps. GraphicsMagick must be compiled with shared | |
| 4344 | +memory support, and the display must support the \fIMIT-SHM\fP | |
| 4345 | +extension. Otherwise, this option is ignored. The default is | |
| 4346 | +\fBTrue\fP. | |
| 4347 | +.TP | |
| 4348 | +.B "-sharpen \fI<radius>{x<sigma>}"\fP | |
| 4349 | +\fRsharpen the image | |
| 4350 | +\' | |
| 4351 | +Use a Gaussian operator of the given radius and standard deviation | |
| 4352 | +(sigma). | |
| 4353 | +.TP | |
| 4354 | +.B "-shave \fI<width>x<height>{%}"\fP | |
| 4355 | +\fRshave pixels from the image edges | |
| 4356 | +\' | |
| 4357 | +Specify the width of the region to be removed from both | |
| 4358 | +sides of the image and the height of the regions to be removed from | |
| 4359 | +top and bottom. | |
| 4360 | +.TP | |
| 4361 | +.B "-shear \fI<x degrees>x<y degrees>"\fP | |
| 4362 | +\fRshear the image along the X or Y axis | |
| 4363 | +\' | |
| 4364 | +Use the specified positive or negative shear angle. | |
| 4365 | +\' | |
| 4366 | +Shearing slides one edge of an image along the X or Y axis, creating a | |
| 4367 | +parallelogram. An X direction shear slides an edge along the X axis, | |
| 4368 | +while a Y direction shear slides an edge along the Y axis. The amount | |
| 4369 | +of the shear is controlled by a shear angle. For X direction shears, | |
| 4370 | +\fIx degrees\fP is measured relative to the Y axis, and similarly, | |
| 4371 | +for Y direction shears \fIy degrees\fP is measured relative to the X | |
| 4372 | +axis. | |
| 4373 | +\' | |
| 4374 | +Empty triangles left over from shearing the image are filled with the | |
| 4375 | +color defined as \fBbackground\fP (class \fBbackgroundColor\fP). | |
| 4376 | +The color is specified using the format described under the | |
| 4377 | +\fB-fill\fP option. | |
| 4378 | +.TP | |
| 4379 | +.B "-silent" | |
| 4380 | +\fRoperate silently | |
| 4381 | +.TP | |
| 4382 | +.B "-size \fI<width>x<height>{+offset}"\fP | |
| 4383 | +\fRwidth and height of the image | |
| 4384 | +\' | |
| 4385 | +Use this option to specify the width and height of raw images whose | |
| 4386 | +dimensions are unknown such as \fBGRAY\fP, \fBRGB\fP, or | |
| 4387 | +\fBCMYK\fP. In addition to width and height, use \fB-size\fP with an | |
| 4388 | +offset to skip any header information in the image or tell the number | |
| 4389 | +of colors in a \fBMAP\fP image file, (e.g. -size 640x512+256). | |
| 4390 | +\' | |
| 4391 | +For Photo CD images, choose from these sizes: | |
| 4392 | +\' | |
| 4393 | + 192x128 | |
| 4394 | + 384x256 | |
| 4395 | + 768x512 | |
| 4396 | + 1536x1024 | |
| 4397 | + 3072x2048 | |
| 4398 | +\' | |
| 4399 | +\' | |
| 4400 | +Finally, use this option to choose a particular resolution layer of a JBIG | |
| 4401 | +or JPEG image (e.g. -size 1024x768). | |
| 4402 | +.TP | |
| 4403 | +.B "-snaps \fI<value>"\fP | |
| 4404 | +\fRnumber of screen snapshots | |
| 4405 | +\' | |
| 4406 | +Use this option | |
| 4407 | +to grab more than one image from the X server screen, to create | |
| 4408 | +an animation sequence. | |
| 4409 | +.TP | |
| 4410 | +.B "-solarize \fI<factor>"\fP | |
| 4411 | +\fRnegate all pixels above the threshold level | |
| 4412 | +\' | |
| 4413 | +Specify \fIfactor\fP as the | |
| 4414 | +percent threshold of the intensity (0 - 99.9%). | |
| 4415 | +\' | |
| 4416 | +This option produces a \fIsolarization\fP effect seen when exposing a | |
| 4417 | +photographic film to light during the development process. | |
| 4418 | +.TP | |
| 4419 | +.B "-spread \fI<amount>"\fP | |
| 4420 | +\fRdisplace image pixels by a random amount | |
| 4421 | +\' | |
| 4422 | +\fIAmount\fP defines the size of the neighborhood around each pixel to | |
| 4423 | +choose a candidate pixel to swap. | |
| 4424 | +.TP | |
| 4425 | +.B "-stegano \fI<offset>"\fP | |
| 4426 | +\fRhide watermark within an image | |
| 4427 | +\' | |
| 4428 | +Use an offset to start the image hiding some number of pixels from the | |
| 4429 | +beginning of the image. Note this offset and the image size. You will | |
| 4430 | +need this information to recover the steganographic image | |
| 4431 | +(e.g. display -size 320x256+35 stegano:image.png). | |
| 4432 | +.TP | |
| 4433 | +.B "-stereo" | |
| 4434 | +\fRcomposite two images to create a stereo anaglyph | |
| 4435 | +\' | |
| 4436 | +The left side of the stereo pair is saved as the red channel of the output | |
| 4437 | +image. The right side is saved as the green channel. Red-green stereo | |
| 4438 | +glasses are required to properly view the stereo image. | |
| 4439 | +.TP | |
| 4440 | +.B "-strip" | |
| 4441 | +\fRremove all profiles and text attributes from the image | |
| 4442 | +\' | |
| 4443 | +All embedded profiles and text attributes are stripped from the image. | |
| 4444 | +This is useful for images used for the web, or when output files need | |
| 4445 | +to be as small as possible | |
| 4446 | +\' | |
| 4447 | +Be careful not to use this option to remove author, copyright, and | |
| 4448 | +license information that you are required to retain when redistributing | |
| 4449 | +an image. | |
| 4450 | +.TP | |
| 4451 | +.B "-stroke \fI<color>"\fP | |
| 4452 | +\fRcolor to use when stroking a graphic primitive | |
| 4453 | +\' | |
| 4454 | +The color is specified using the format described under the \fB-fill\fP | |
| 4455 | +option. | |
| 4456 | +\' | |
| 4457 | +See \fB-draw\fP for further details. | |
| 4458 | +.TP | |
| 4459 | +.B "-strokewidth \fI<value>"\fP | |
| 4460 | +\fRset the stroke width | |
| 4461 | +\' | |
| 4462 | +See \fB-draw\fP for further details. | |
| 4463 | +.TP | |
| 4464 | +.B "-swirl \fI<degrees>"\fP | |
| 4465 | +\fRswirl image pixels about the center | |
| 4466 | +\' | |
| 4467 | +\fIDegrees\fP defines the tightness of the swirl. | |
| 4468 | +.TP | |
| 4469 | +.B "-text-font \fI<name>"\fP | |
| 4470 | +\fRfont for writing fixed-width text | |
| 4471 | +\' | |
| 4472 | +Specifies the name of the preferred font to use in fixed (typewriter style) | |
| 4473 | +formatted text. The default is 14 point \fICourier\fP. | |
| 4474 | +\' | |
| 4475 | +You can tag a font to specify whether it is a PostScript, TrueType, or | |
| 4476 | +X11 font. For example, Courier.ttf is a TrueType font | |
| 4477 | +and x:fixed is X11. | |
| 4478 | +.TP | |
| 4479 | +.B "-texture \fI<filename>"\fP | |
| 4480 | +\fRname of texture to tile onto the image background | |
| 4481 | +.TP | |
| 4482 | +.B "-threshold \fI<value>{%}"\fP | |
| 4483 | +\fRthreshold the image | |
| 4484 | +\' | |
| 4485 | +Modify the image such that any pixel sample with an intensity value | |
| 4486 | +greater than the threshold is assigned the maximum intensity (white), or | |
| 4487 | +otherwise is assigned the minimum intensity (black). If a percent prefix | |
| 4488 | +is applied, then the threshold is a percentage of the available range. | |
| 4489 | +\' | |
| 4490 | +To efficiently create a black and white image from a color image, use | |
| 4491 | +\' | |
| 4492 | + gm convert -threshold 50% in.png out.png | |
| 4493 | +\' | |
| 4494 | +\' | |
| 4495 | +The optimum threshold value depends on the nature of the image. | |
| 4496 | +In order to threshold individual channels, use the \fB-operator\fP | |
| 4497 | +subcommand with it's \fBThreshold\fP, \fBThreshold-White\fP, or | |
| 4498 | +\fBThreshold-Black\fP options. | |
| 4499 | +.TP | |
| 4500 | +.B "-thumbnail \fI<width>x<height>{%}{@}{!}{<}{>}"\fP | |
| 4501 | +\fRresize an image (quickly) | |
| 4502 | +\' | |
| 4503 | +The \fB-thumbnail\fP command resizes the image as quickly as | |
| 4504 | +possible, with more concern for speed than resulting image quality. | |
| 4505 | +Regardless, resulting image quality should be acceptable for many | |
| 4506 | +uses. It is primarily intended to be used to generate smaller | |
| 4507 | +versions of the image, but may also be used to enlarge the image. The | |
| 4508 | +\fB-thumbnail\fP \fBgeometry\fP argument observes the same syntax | |
| 4509 | +and rules as it does for \fB-resize\fP. | |
| 4510 | +.TP | |
| 4511 | +.B "-tile \fI<filename>"\fP | |
| 4512 | +\fRtile image when filling a graphic primitive | |
| 4513 | +.TP | |
| 4514 | +.B "-tile \fI<geometry>"\fP | |
| 4515 | +\fRlayout of images [\fImontage\fP] | |
| 4516 | +.TP | |
| 4517 | +.B "-title \fI<string>"\fP | |
| 4518 | +\fRassign title to displayed image [\fIanimate, display, montage\fP] | |
| 4519 | +\' | |
| 4520 | +Use this option to assign a specific title to the image. This is | |
| 4521 | +assigned to the image window and is typically displayed in the window | |
| 4522 | +title bar. Optionally you can include the image filename, type, | |
| 4523 | +width, height, Exif data, or other image attribute by embedding | |
| 4524 | +special format characters described under the \fB-format\fP | |
| 4525 | +option. | |
| 4526 | +\' | |
| 4527 | +For example, | |
| 4528 | +\' | |
| 4529 | + -title "%m:%f %wx%h" | |
| 4530 | +\' | |
| 4531 | +\' | |
| 4532 | +produces an image title of MIFF:bird.miff 512x480 for an image | |
| 4533 | +titled bird.miff and whose width is 512 and height is 480. | |
| 4534 | +.TP | |
| 4535 | +.B "-transform" | |
| 4536 | +\fRtransform the image | |
| 4537 | +\' | |
| 4538 | +This option applies the transformation matrix from a previous | |
| 4539 | +\fB-affine\fP option. | |
| 4540 | +\' | |
| 4541 | + gm convert -affine 2,2,-2,2,0,0 -transform bird.ppm bird.jpg | |
| 4542 | +\' | |
| 4543 | +.TP | |
| 4544 | +.B "-transparent \fI<color>"\fP | |
| 4545 | +\fRmake this color transparent within the image | |
| 4546 | +\' | |
| 4547 | +The color is specified using the format described under the \fB-fill\fP | |
| 4548 | +option. | |
| 4549 | +.TP | |
| 4550 | +.B "-treedepth \fI<value>"\fP | |
| 4551 | +\fRtree depth for the color reduction algorithm | |
| 4552 | +\' | |
| 4553 | +Normally, this integer value is zero or one. A value of zero or one | |
| 4554 | +causes the use of an optimal tree depth for the color reduction | |
| 4555 | +algorithm | |
| 4556 | +\' | |
| 4557 | +An optimal depth generally allows the best representation of the source | |
| 4558 | +image with the fastest computational speed and the least amount of memory. | |
| 4559 | +However, the default depth is inappropriate for some images. To assure | |
| 4560 | +the best representation, try values between 2 and 8 for this parameter. | |
| 4561 | +Refer to | |
| 4562 | +quantize for more details. | |
| 4563 | +\' | |
| 4564 | +The \fB-colors\fP or \fB-monochrome\fP option, or writing to an image | |
| 4565 | +format which requires color reduction, is required for this option to | |
| 4566 | +take effect. | |
| 4567 | +.TP | |
| 4568 | +.B "-trim" | |
| 4569 | +\fRtrim an image | |
| 4570 | +\' | |
| 4571 | +This option removes any edges that are exactly the same color as the | |
| 4572 | +corner pixels. Use \fB-fuzz\fP to make \fB-trim\fP remove edges that | |
| 4573 | +are nearly the same color as the corner pixels. | |
| 4574 | +.TP | |
| 4575 | +.B "-type \fI<type>"\fP | |
| 4576 | +\fRthe image type | |
| 4577 | +\' | |
| 4578 | +Choose from: | |
| 4579 | +\fBBilevel\fP, \fBGrayscale\fP, \fBPalette\fP, | |
| 4580 | +\fBPaletteMatte\fP, \fBTrueColor\fP, \fBTrueColorMatte\fP, | |
| 4581 | +\fBColorSeparation\fP, \fBColorSeparationMatte\fP, or \fBOptimize\fP. | |
| 4582 | +\' | |
| 4583 | +Normally, when a format supports different subformats such as bilevel, | |
| 4584 | +grayscale, palette, truecolor, and truecolor+alpha, the encoder will try | |
| 4585 | +to choose a suitable subformat based on the nature of the image. The | |
| 4586 | +\fB-type\fP option may be used to tailor the output subformat. By | |
| 4587 | +default the output subformat is based on readily available image | |
| 4588 | +information and is usually similar to the input format. | |
| 4589 | +\' | |
| 4590 | +Specify -type Optimize in order to enable inspecting all pixels | |
| 4591 | +(if necessary) in order to find the most efficient subformat. Inspecting | |
| 4592 | +all of the pixels may be slow for very large images, particularly if they | |
| 4593 | +are stored in a disk cache. If an RGB image contains only gray pixels, | |
| 4594 | +then every pixel in the image must be inspected in order to decide that | |
| 4595 | +the image is actually grayscale! | |
| 4596 | +\' | |
| 4597 | +Sometimes a specific subformat is desired. For example, to force a JPEG | |
| 4598 | +image to be written in TrueColor RGB format even though only gray pixels | |
| 4599 | +are present, use | |
| 4600 | +\' | |
| 4601 | + gm convert bird.pgm -type TrueColor bird.jpg | |
| 4602 | +\' | |
| 4603 | +\' | |
| 4604 | +Similarly, using -type TrueColorMatte will force the encoder to | |
| 4605 | +write an alpha channel even though the image is opaque, if the output | |
| 4606 | +format supports transparency. | |
| 4607 | +\' | |
| 4608 | +Some pseudo-formats (e.g. the XC format) will respect the requested | |
| 4609 | +type if it occurs previously on the command line. For example, to obtain | |
| 4610 | +a DirectClass solid color canvas image rather than PsuedoClass, use | |
| 4611 | +\' | |
| 4612 | + gm convert -size 640x480 -type TrueColor xc:red red.miff | |
| 4613 | +\' | |
| 4614 | +\' | |
| 4615 | +Likewise, specify \fB-type\fP \fBBilevel\fP, \fBGrayscale\fP, | |
| 4616 | +\fBTrueColor\fP, or \fBTrueColorMatte\fP prior to reading a Postscript | |
| 4617 | +(or PDF file) in order to influence the type of image that Ghostcript | |
| 4618 | +returns. Reading performance will be dramatically improved for | |
| 4619 | +black/white Postscript if \fBBilevel\fP is specified, and will be | |
| 4620 | +considerably faster if \fBGrayscale\fP is specified. | |
| 4621 | +.TP | |
| 4622 | +.B "-update \fI<seconds>"\fP | |
| 4623 | +\fR | |
| 4624 | +detect when image file is modified and redisplay. | |
| 4625 | +\' | |
| 4626 | +Suppose that while you are displaying an image the file that is currently | |
| 4627 | +displayed is over-written. | |
| 4628 | +\fBdisplay\fP will automatically detect that | |
| 4629 | +the input file has been changed and update the displayed image accordingly. | |
| 4630 | +.TP | |
| 4631 | +.B "-units \fI<type>"\fP | |
| 4632 | +\fRthe units of image resolution | |
| 4633 | +\' | |
| 4634 | +Choose from: \fBUndefined\fP, \fBPixelsPerInch\fP, or | |
| 4635 | +\fBPixelsPerCentimeter\fP. This option is normally used in conjunction | |
| 4636 | +with the \fB-density\fP option. | |
| 4637 | +.TP | |
| 4638 | +.B "-unsharp \fI<radius>{x<sigma>}{+<amount>}{+<threshold>}"\fP | |
| 4639 | +\fRsharpen the image with an unsharp mask operator | |
| 4640 | +\' | |
| 4641 | +The \fB-unsharp\fP option sharpens an image. The image is convolved | |
| 4642 | +with a Gaussian operator of the given radius and standard deviation | |
| 4643 | +(sigma). For reasonable results, radius should be larger than sigma. Use | |
| 4644 | +a radius of 0 to have the method select a suitable radius. | |
| 4645 | +\' | |
| 4646 | +The parameters are: | |
| 4647 | +\' | |
| 4648 | +.in 15 | |
| 4649 | +\' | |
| 4650 | +.in 15 | |
| 4651 | +.B "radius" | |
| 4652 | +.in 20 | |
| 4653 | + \fR | |
| 4654 | +.in 20 | |
| 4655 | +\' | |
| 4656 | +The radius of the Gaussian, in pixels, not counting the center pixel (default 0). | |
| 4657 | +\' | |
| 4658 | +.in 15 | |
| 4659 | +.in 15 | |
| 4660 | +.B "sigma" | |
| 4661 | +.in 20 | |
| 4662 | + \fR | |
| 4663 | +.in 20 | |
| 4664 | +\' | |
| 4665 | +The standard deviation of the Gaussian, in pixels (default 1.0). | |
| 4666 | +\' | |
| 4667 | +.in 15 | |
| 4668 | +.in 15 | |
| 4669 | +.B "amount" | |
| 4670 | +.in 20 | |
| 4671 | + \fR | |
| 4672 | +.in 20 | |
| 4673 | +\' | |
| 4674 | +The percentage of the difference between the original and the blur image that | |
| 4675 | +is added back into the original (default 1.0). | |
| 4676 | +\' | |
| 4677 | +.in 15 | |
| 4678 | +.in 15 | |
| 4679 | +.B "threshold" | |
| 4680 | +.in 20 | |
| 4681 | + \fR | |
| 4682 | +.in 20 | |
| 4683 | +\' | |
| 4684 | +The threshold, as a fraction of MaxRGB, needed to apply the difference | |
| 4685 | +amount (default 0.05). | |
| 4686 | +\' | |
| 4687 | +.in 15 | |
| 4688 | +\' | |
| 4689 | +\' | |
| 4690 | +.TP | |
| 4691 | +.B "-use-pixmap" | |
| 4692 | +\fRuse the pixmap | |
| 4693 | +.TP | |
| 4694 | +.B "-verbose" | |
| 4695 | +\fRprint detailed information about the image | |
| 4696 | +\' | |
| 4697 | +This information is printed: image scene number; image name; image size; | |
| 4698 | +the image class (\fIDirectClass\fP or \fIPseudoClass\fP); the total | |
| 4699 | +number of unique colors; and the number of seconds to read and transform | |
| 4700 | +the image. If the image is \fIDirectClass\fP, the total number of unique | |
| 4701 | +colors is not displayed unless \fB-verbose\fP is specified twice since | |
| 4702 | +it may take quite a long time to compute, particularly for deep images. | |
| 4703 | +If the image is \fIPseudoClass\fP then its pixels are defined by indexes | |
| 4704 | +into a colormap. If the image is \fIDirectClass\fP then each pixel | |
| 4705 | +includes a complete and independent color specification. | |
| 4706 | +\' | |
| 4707 | +If \fB-colors\fP is also specified, the total unique colors in the image | |
| 4708 | +and color reduction error values are printed. Refer to quantize | |
| 4709 | +for a description of these values. | |
| 4710 | +.TP | |
| 4711 | +.B "-version" | |
| 4712 | +\fRprint GraphicsMagick version string | |
| 4713 | +.TP | |
| 4714 | +.B "-view \fI<string>"\fP | |
| 4715 | +\fRFlashPix viewing parameters | |
| 4716 | +.TP | |
| 4717 | +.B "-virtual-pixel \fI<method>"\fP | |
| 4718 | +\fRspecify contents of "virtual pixels" | |
| 4719 | +\' | |
| 4720 | +This option | |
| 4721 | +defines "virtual pixels" for use in operations that can access pixels outside | |
| 4722 | +the boundaries of an image. | |
| 4723 | +\' | |
| 4724 | +Choose from these methods: | |
| 4725 | +\' | |
| 4726 | +.in 15 | |
| 4727 | +\' | |
| 4728 | +.in 15 | |
| 4729 | +.B "Constant" | |
| 4730 | +.in 20 | |
| 4731 | + \fR | |
| 4732 | +.in 20 | |
| 4733 | +\' | |
| 4734 | +Use the image background color. | |
| 4735 | +\' | |
| 4736 | +.in 15 | |
| 4737 | +.in 15 | |
| 4738 | +.B "Edge" | |
| 4739 | +.in 20 | |
| 4740 | + \fR | |
| 4741 | +.in 20 | |
| 4742 | +\' | |
| 4743 | +Extend the edge pixel toward infinity (default). | |
| 4744 | +\' | |
| 4745 | +.in 15 | |
| 4746 | +.in 15 | |
| 4747 | +.B "Mirror" | |
| 4748 | +.in 20 | |
| 4749 | + \fR | |
| 4750 | +.in 20 | |
| 4751 | +\' | |
| 4752 | +Mirror the image. | |
| 4753 | +\' | |
| 4754 | +.in 15 | |
| 4755 | +.in 15 | |
| 4756 | +.B "Tile" | |
| 4757 | +.in 20 | |
| 4758 | + \fR | |
| 4759 | +.in 20 | |
| 4760 | +\' | |
| 4761 | +Tile the image. | |
| 4762 | +\' | |
| 4763 | +.in 15 | |
| 4764 | +\' | |
| 4765 | +\' | |
| 4766 | +\' | |
| 4767 | +This option affects operations that use | |
| 4768 | +virtual pixels such as \fB-blur\fP, \fB-sharpen\fP, \fB-wave\fP, etc. | |
| 4769 | +.TP | |
| 4770 | +.B "-visual \fI<type>"\fP | |
| 4771 | +\fRanimate images using this X visual type | |
| 4772 | +\' | |
| 4773 | +Choose from these visual classes: | |
| 4774 | +\' | |
| 4775 | + StaticGray | |
| 4776 | + GrayScale | |
| 4777 | + StaticColor | |
| 4778 | + PseudoColor | |
| 4779 | + TrueColor | |
| 4780 | + DirectColor | |
| 4781 | + default | |
| 4782 | + visual id | |
| 4783 | +\' | |
| 4784 | +\' | |
| 4785 | +The X server must support the visual you choose, otherwise an error occurs. | |
| 4786 | +If a visual is not specified, the visual class that can display the most | |
| 4787 | +simultaneous colors on the default screen is chosen. | |
| 4788 | +.TP | |
| 4789 | +.B "-watermark \fI<brightness>x<saturation>"\fP | |
| 4790 | +\fRpercent brightness and saturation of a watermark | |
| 4791 | +.TP | |
| 4792 | +.B "-wave \fI<amplitude>x<wavelength>"\fP | |
| 4793 | +\fRalter an image along a sine wave | |
| 4794 | +\' | |
| 4795 | +Specify \fIamplitude\fP and \fIwavelength\fP | |
| 4796 | +of the wave. | |
| 4797 | +.TP | |
| 4798 | +.B "-white-point \fI<x>,<y>"\fP | |
| 4799 | +\fRchromaticity white point | |
| 4800 | +.TP | |
| 4801 | +.B "-white-threshold \fIred[,green][,blue][,opacity]"\fP | |
| 4802 | +\fRpixels above the threshold become white | |
| 4803 | +\' | |
| 4804 | +Use \fB-white-threshold\fP to set pixels with values above the specified | |
| 4805 | +threshold to maximum value (white). If only one value is supplied, or the | |
| 4806 | +red, green, and blue values are identical, then intensity thresholding is | |
| 4807 | +used. If the color threshold values are not identical then channel-based | |
| 4808 | +thresholding is used, and color distortion will occur. Specify a negative | |
| 4809 | +value (e.g. -1) if you want a channel to be ignored but you do want to | |
| 4810 | +threshold a channel later in the list. If a percent (%) symbol is | |
| 4811 | +appended, then the values are treated as a percentage of maximum | |
| 4812 | +range. | |
| 4813 | +.TP | |
| 4814 | +.B "-window \fI<id>"\fP | |
| 4815 | +\fRmake image the background of a window | |
| 4816 | +\' | |
| 4817 | +\fIid\fP can be a window id or name. Specify \fBroot\fP to | |
| 4818 | +select X's root window as the target window. | |
| 4819 | +\' | |
| 4820 | +By default the image is tiled onto the background of the target | |
| 4821 | +window. If \fBbackdrop\fP or \fB-geometry\fP are | |
| 4822 | +specified, the image is surrounded by the background color. Refer to | |
| 4823 | +\fBX RESOURCES\fP for details. | |
| 4824 | +\' | |
| 4825 | +The image will not display on the root window if the image has more | |
| 4826 | +unique colors than the target window colormap allows. Use | |
| 4827 | +\fB-colors\fP to reduce the number of colors. | |
| 4828 | +.TP | |
| 4829 | +.B "-window-group" | |
| 4830 | +\fRspecify the window group | |
| 4831 | +.TP | |
| 4832 | +.B "-write \fI<filename>"\fP | |
| 4833 | +\fRwrite an intermediate image [\fIconvert, composite\fP] | |
| 4834 | +\' | |
| 4835 | +The current image is written to the specified filename and then | |
| 4836 | +processing continues using that image. The following is an example of how | |
| 4837 | +several sizes of an image may be generated in one command (repeat as | |
| 4838 | +often as needed): | |
| 4839 | +\' | |
| 4840 | + gm convert input.jpg -resize 50% -write input50.jpg \\ | |
| 4841 | + -resize 25% input25.jpg | |
| 4842 | +\' | |
| 4843 | +.TP | |
| 4844 | +.B "-write \fI<filename>"\fP | |
| 4845 | +\fRwrite the image to a file [\fIdisplay\fP] | |
| 4846 | +\' | |
| 4847 | +If \fIfilename\fP already exists, you will be prompted as to whether it should | |
| 4848 | +be overwritten. | |
| 4849 | +\' | |
| 4850 | +By default, the image is written in the format that it was read in as. | |
| 4851 | +To specify a particular image format, prefix \fIfilename\fP with the | |
| 4852 | +image type and a colon (e.g., ps:image) or specify the image type as | |
| 4853 | +the filename suffix (e.g., image.ps). Specify file as - for standard | |
| 4854 | +output. If file has the extension \fB.Z\fP or \fB.gz\fP, the file | |
| 4855 | +size is \fBcompressed\fP using compress or \fBgzip\fP | |
| 4856 | +respectively. Precede the image file name with | to pipe to a system | |
| 4857 | +command. | |
| 4858 | +\' | |
| 4859 | +Use \fB-compress\fP to specify the type of image compression. | |
| 4860 | +\' | |
| 4861 | +The equivalent X resource for this option is | |
| 4862 | +\fBwriteFilename\fP (class \fBWriteFilename\fP). | |
| 4863 | +See | |
| 4864 | +"X Resources", below, | |
| 4865 | +for details. | |
| 4866 | +.SH ENVIRONMENT | |
| 4867 | +.TP | |
| 4868 | +.B "COLUMNS" | |
| 4869 | +\fROutput screen width. Used when formatting text for the screen. Many | |
| 4870 | +Unix systems keep this shell variable up to date, but it may need to be | |
| 4871 | +explicitly exported in order for GraphicsMagick to see it. | |
| 4872 | +.TP | |
| 4873 | +.B "DISPLAY" | |
| 4874 | +\fRX11 display ID (host, display number, and screen in the form | |
| 4875 | +hostname:display.screen). | |
| 4876 | +.TP | |
| 4877 | +.B "HOME" | |
| 4878 | +\fRLocation of user's home directory. For security reasons, now only | |
| 4879 | +observed by "uninstalled" builds of GraphicsMagick which do not have | |
| 4880 | +their location hard-coded or set by an installer. When supported, | |
| 4881 | +GraphicsMagick searches for configuration files in $HOME/.magick if | |
| 4882 | +the directory exists. See \fBMAGICK_CODER_MODULE_PATH\fP, | |
| 4883 | +\fBMAGICK_CONFIGURE_PATH\fP, and \fBMAGICK_FILTER_MODULE_PATH\fP if | |
| 4884 | +more flexibility is needed. | |
| 4885 | +.TP | |
| 4886 | +.B "MAGICK_ACCESS_MONITOR" | |
| 4887 | +\fRWhen set to \fBTRUE\fP, command line monitor mode (enabled by | |
| 4888 | +\fB-monitor\fP) will also show files accessed (including temporary | |
| 4889 | +files) and any external commands which are executed. This is useful | |
| 4890 | +for debugging, but also illustrates arguments made available to an | |
| 4891 | +access handler registered by the | |
| 4892 | +\fBMagickSetConfirmAccessHandler()\fP C library function. | |
| 4893 | +.TP | |
| 4894 | +.B "MAGICK_CODER_STABILITY" | |
| 4895 | +\fRThe minimum coder stability level before it will be used. The | |
| 4896 | +available levels are \fBPRIMARY\fP, \fBSTABLE\fP, \fBUNSTABLE\fP, | |
| 4897 | +and \fBBROKEN\fP. The default minimum level is \fBUNSTABLE\fP, | |
| 4898 | +which means that all available working coders will be used. The | |
| 4899 | +purpose of this option is to reduce the security exposure (or apparent | |
| 4900 | +complexity) due to the huge number of formats supported. Coders at the | |
| 4901 | +\fBPRIMARY\fP level are commonly used formats with very well | |
| 4902 | +maintained implementations. Coders at the \fBSTABLE\fP level are | |
| 4903 | +reasonably well maintained but represent less used formats. Coders at | |
| 4904 | +the \fBUNSTABLE\fP level either have weak implementations, the file | |
| 4905 | +format itself is weak, or the probability the coder will be needed is | |
| 4906 | +vanishingly small. Coders at the \fBBROKEN\fP level are known to | |
| 4907 | +often not work properly or might not be useful in their current state | |
| 4908 | +at all. | |
| 4909 | +.TP | |
| 4910 | +.B "MAGICK_CODER_MODULE_PATH" | |
| 4911 | +\fRSearch path to use when searching for image format coder modules. | |
| 4912 | +This path allows the user to arbitrarily extend the image formats | |
| 4913 | +supported by GraphicsMagick by adding loadable modules to an arbitrary | |
| 4914 | +location rather than copying them into the GraphicsMagick installation | |
| 4915 | +directory. The formatting of the search path is similar to operating | |
| 4916 | +system search paths (i.e. colon delimited for Unix, and semi-colon | |
| 4917 | +delimited for Microsoft Windows). This user specified search path is used | |
| 4918 | +before trying the default search path. | |
| 4919 | +.TP | |
| 4920 | +.B "MAGICK_CONFIGURE_PATH" | |
| 4921 | +\fRSearch path to use when searching for configuration (.mgk) files. | |
| 4922 | +The formatting of the search path is similar to operating system search | |
| 4923 | +paths (i.e. colon delimited for Unix, and semi-colon delimited for | |
| 4924 | +Microsoft Windows). This user specified search path is used before trying | |
| 4925 | +the default search path. | |
| 4926 | +.TP | |
| 4927 | +.B "MAGICK_DEBUG" | |
| 4928 | +\fRDebug options (see \fB-debug\fP for details). Setting the | |
| 4929 | +configure debug option via an environment variable | |
| 4930 | +(e.g. \fBMAGICK_DEBUG=configure\fP) is necessary to see the complete | |
| 4931 | +initialization process, which includes searching for configuration | |
| 4932 | +files. | |
| 4933 | +.TP | |
| 4934 | +.B "MAGICK_FILTER_MODULE_PATH" | |
| 4935 | +\fRSearch path to use when searching for filter process modules | |
| 4936 | +(invoked via \fB-process\fP). This path allows the user to arbitrarily | |
| 4937 | +extend GraphicsMagick's image processing functionality by adding loadable | |
| 4938 | +modules to an arbitrary location rather than copying them into the | |
| 4939 | +GraphicsMagick installation directory. The formatting of the search path | |
| 4940 | +is similar to operating system search paths (i.e. colon delimited for | |
| 4941 | +Unix, and semi-colon delimited for Microsoft Windows). This user | |
| 4942 | +specified search path is used before trying the default search path. | |
| 4943 | +.TP | |
| 4944 | +.B "MAGICK_GHOSTSCRIPT_PATH" | |
| 4945 | +\fRFor Microsoft Windows, specify the path to the Ghostscript | |
| 4946 | +installation rather than searching for it via the Windows registry. | |
| 4947 | +This helps in case Ghostscript is not installed via the Ghostscript | |
| 4948 | +Windows installer or the user wants more control over the Ghostscript | |
| 4949 | +used. | |
| 4950 | +.TP | |
| 4951 | +.B "MAGICK_HOME" | |
| 4952 | +\fRPath to top of GraphicsMagick installation directory. Only observed | |
| 4953 | +by "uninstalled" builds of GraphicsMagick which do not have their location | |
| 4954 | +hard-coded or set by an installer. | |
| 4955 | +.TP | |
| 4956 | +.B "MAGICK_MMAP_READ" | |
| 4957 | +\fRIf \fBMAGICK_MMAP_READ\fP is set to \fBTRUE\fP, GraphicsMagick | |
| 4958 | +will attempt to memory-map the input file for reading. This usually | |
| 4959 | +substantially improves repeated read performance since the file is | |
| 4960 | +already in memory after the first time it has been read. However, | |
| 4961 | +testing shows that performance may be reduced for files accessed for | |
| 4962 | +the first time since data is accessed via page-faults (upon first | |
| 4963 | +access) and many operating systems fail to do sequential read-ahead of | |
| 4964 | +memory mapped files, and particularly if those files are accessed over | |
| 4965 | +a network. If many large input files are read, then enabling this | |
| 4966 | +option may harm performance by overloading the operating system's VM | |
| 4967 | +system as it then needs to free unmapped pages and map new ones. | |
| 4968 | +.TP | |
| 4969 | +.B "MAGICK_IO_FSYNC" | |
| 4970 | +\fRIf \fBMAGICK_IO_FSYNC\fP is set to \fBTRUE\fP, then GraphicsMagick | |
| 4971 | +will request that the output file is fully flushed and synchronized to | |
| 4972 | +disk when it is closed. This incurs a performance penalty, but has the | |
| 4973 | +benefit that if the power fails or the system crashes, the file should be | |
| 4974 | +valid on disk. If image files are referenced from a database, then this | |
| 4975 | +option helps assure that the files referenced by the database are | |
| 4976 | +valid. | |
| 4977 | +.TP | |
| 4978 | +.B "MAGICK_IOBUF_SIZE" | |
| 4979 | +\fRThe amount of I/O buffering (in bytes) to use when reading and | |
| 4980 | +writing encoded files. The default is 16384, which is observed to work | |
| 4981 | +well for many cases. The best value for a local filesystem is usually the | |
| 4982 | +the native filesystem block size (e.g. 4096, 8192, or even 131,072 for | |
| 4983 | +ZFS) in order to minimize the number of physical disk I/O operations. | |
| 4984 | +I/O performance to files accessed over a network may benefit | |
| 4985 | +significantly by tuning this option. Larger values are not necessarily | |
| 4986 | +better (they may be slower!), and there is rarely any benefit from using | |
| 4987 | +values larger than 32768. Use convert's \fB-verbose\fP option in order | |
| 4988 | +to evaluate read and write rates in pixels per second while keeping in | |
| 4989 | +mind that the operating system will try to cache files in RAM. | |
| 4990 | +.TP | |
| 4991 | +.B "MAGICK_LIMIT_DISK" | |
| 4992 | +\fRMaximum amount of disk space allowed for use by the pixel cache. | |
| 4993 | +.TP | |
| 4994 | +.B "MAGICK_LIMIT_FILES" | |
| 4995 | +\fRMaximum number of open files. | |
| 4996 | +.TP | |
| 4997 | +.B "MAGICK_LIMIT_MAP" | |
| 4998 | +\fRMaximum size of a memory mapped file allocation. A memory mapped | |
| 4999 | +file consumes memory when the file is accessed, although the system | |
| 5000 | +may reclaim such memory when needed. | |
| 5001 | +.TP | |
| 5002 | +.B "MAGICK_LIMIT_MEMORY" | |
| 5003 | +\fRMaximum amount of memory to allocate from the heap. | |
| 5004 | +.TP | |
| 5005 | +.B "MAGICK_LIMIT_PIXELS" | |
| 5006 | +\fRMaximum number of total pixels (image rows times image colums) to | |
| 5007 | +allow for any image which is requested to be created or read. This is | |
| 5008 | +useful to place a limit on how large an image may be. If the input | |
| 5009 | +image file has image dimensions larger than the pixel limit, then the | |
| 5010 | +image memory allocation is denied and an error is returned | |
| 5011 | +immediately. This is a per-image limit and does not limit the total | |
| 5012 | +number of pixels due to multiple image frames/pages (e.g. multi-page | |
| 5013 | +document or an animation). | |
| 5014 | +.TP | |
| 5015 | +.B "MAGICK_LIMIT_WIDTH" | |
| 5016 | +\fRMaximum pixel width of an image read, or created. | |
| 5017 | +.TP | |
| 5018 | +.B "MAGICK_LIMIT_HEIGHT" | |
| 5019 | +\fRMaximum pixel height of an image read, or created. | |
| 5020 | +.TP | |
| 5021 | +.B "MAGICK_TMPDIR" | |
| 5022 | +\fRPath to directory where GraphicsMagick should write temporary | |
| 5023 | +files. The default is to use the system default, or the location set by | |
| 5024 | +\fBTMPDIR\fP. | |
| 5025 | +.TP | |
| 5026 | +.B "TMPDIR" | |
| 5027 | +\fRFor POSIX-compatible systems (Unix-compatible), the path to the | |
| 5028 | +directory where all applications should write temporary files. | |
| 5029 | +Overridden by \fBMAGICK_TMPDIR\fP if it is set. | |
| 5030 | +.TP | |
| 5031 | +.B "TMP \fIor TEMP"\fP | |
| 5032 | +\fRFor Microsoft Windows, the path to the directory where applications | |
| 5033 | +should write temporary files. Overridden by \fBMAGICK_TMPDIR\fP if it | |
| 5034 | +is set. | |
| 5035 | +.TP | |
| 5036 | +.B "OMP_NUM_THREADS" | |
| 5037 | +\fRAs per the OpenMP standard, this specifies the number of threads to | |
| 5038 | +use in parallel regions. Some compilers default the number of threads to | |
| 5039 | +use to the number of processor cores available while others default to | |
| 5040 | +just one thread. See the OpenMP specification for other standard | |
| 5041 | +adjustments and your compiler's manual for vendor-specific settings. | |
| 5042 | +.SH CONFIGURATION FILES | |
| 5043 | +GraphicsMagick uses a number of XML format configuration files: | |
| 5044 | +.TP | |
| 5045 | +.B "colors.mgk" | |
| 5046 | +\fRcolors configuration file | |
| 5047 | +\' | |
| 5048 | + <?xml version="1.0"?> | |
| 5049 | + <colormap> | |
| 5050 | + <color name="AliceBlue" red="240" green="248" blue="255" | |
| 5051 | + compliance="SVG, X11, XPM" /> | |
| 5052 | + </colormap> | |
| 5053 | +\' | |
| 5054 | +.TP | |
| 5055 | +.B "delegates.mgk" | |
| 5056 | +\fRdelegates configuration file | |
| 5057 | +.TP | |
| 5058 | +.B "log.mgk" | |
| 5059 | +\fRlogging configuration file | |
| 5060 | +\' | |
| 5061 | + <?xml version="1.0"?> | |
| 5062 | + <magicklog> | |
| 5063 | + <log events="None" /> | |
| 5064 | + <log output="stdout" /> | |
| 5065 | + <log filename="Magick-%d.log" /> | |
| 5066 | + <log generations="3" /> | |
| 5067 | + <log limit="2000" /> | |
| 5068 | + <log format="%t %r %u %p %m/%f/%l/%d:\\n %e" /> | |
| 5069 | + </magicklog> | |
| 5070 | +\' | |
| 5071 | +.TP | |
| 5072 | +.B "modules.mgk" | |
| 5073 | +\fRloadable modules configuration file | |
| 5074 | +\' | |
| 5075 | + <?xml version="1.0"?> | |
| 5076 | + <modulemap> | |
| 5077 | + <module magick="8BIM" name="META" /> | |
| 5078 | + </modulemap> | |
| 5079 | +\' | |
| 5080 | +.TP | |
| 5081 | +.B "type.mgk" | |
| 5082 | +\fRmaster type (fonts) configuration file | |
| 5083 | +\' | |
| 5084 | + <?xml version="1.0"?> | |
| 5085 | + <typemap> | |
| 5086 | + <\fB\fPinclude file="type-windows.mgk" /> | |
| 5087 | + <type | |
| 5088 | + name="AvantGarde-Book" | |
| 5089 | + fullname="AvantGarde Book" | |
| 5090 | + family="AvantGarde" | |
| 5091 | + foundry="URW" | |
| 5092 | + weight="400" | |
| 5093 | + style="normal" | |
| 5094 | + stretch="normal" | |
| 5095 | + format="type1" | |
| 5096 | + metrics="/usr/local/share/ghostscript/fonts/a010013l.afm" | |
| 5097 | + glyphs="/usr/local/share/ghostscript/fonts/a010013l.pfb" | |
| 5098 | + /> | |
| 5099 | + </typemap> | |
| 5100 | +\' | |
| 2 | 5101 | .SH GM ANIMATE |
| 3 | - | |
| 5102 | +\' | |
| 4 | 5103 | \fBAnimate\fP displays a sequence of images on any workstation display |
| 5 | 5104 | running an X server. \fBanimate\fP first determines the hardware capabilities |
| 6 | 5105 | of the workstation. If the number of unique colors in an image is less |
| 7 | 5106 | than or equal to the number the workstation can support, the image is displayed |
| 8 | 5107 | in an X window. Otherwise the number of colors in the image is first reduced |
| 9 | 5108 | to match the color resolution of the workstation before it is displayed. |
| 10 | - | |
| 5109 | +\' | |
| 11 | 5110 | This means that a continuous-tone 24 bits-per-pixel image can display on |
| 12 | 5111 | a 8 bit pseudo-color device or monochrome device. In most instances the |
| 13 | 5112 | reduced color image closely resembles the original. Alternatively, a monochrome |
| 14 | 5113 | or pseudo-color image sequence can display on a continuous-tone 24 bits-per-pixel |
| 15 | 5114 | device. |
| 16 | - | |
| 5115 | +\' | |
| 17 | 5116 | To help prevent color flashing on X server visuals that have colormaps, |
| 18 | 5117 | \fBanimate\fP |
| 19 | 5118 | creates a single colormap from the image sequence. This can be rather time |
| @@ -25,30 +5124,30 @@ | ||
| 25 | 5124 | for details. This method is recommended for colormapped X server because |
| 26 | 5125 | it eliminates the need to compute a global colormap. |
| 27 | 5126 | .SH EXAMPLES |
| 28 | - | |
| 5127 | +\' | |
| 29 | 5128 | To animate a set of images of a cockatoo, use: |
| 30 | - | |
| 5129 | +\' | |
| 31 | 5130 | gm animate cockatoo.* |
| 32 | - | |
| 33 | - | |
| 5131 | +\' | |
| 5132 | +\' | |
| 34 | 5133 | To animate a cockatoo image sequence while using the Standard Colormap |
| 35 | 5134 | \fIbest\fP, use: |
| 36 | - | |
| 5135 | +\' | |
| 37 | 5136 | xstdcmap -best |
| 38 | 5137 | gm animate -map best cockatoo.* |
| 39 | - | |
| 40 | - | |
| 5138 | +\' | |
| 5139 | +\' | |
| 41 | 5140 | To animate an image of a cockatoo without a border centered on a backdrop, |
| 42 | 5141 | use: |
| 43 | - | |
| 44 | - | |
| 5142 | +\' | |
| 5143 | +\' | |
| 45 | 5144 | gm animate +borderwidth -backdrop cockatoo.* |
| 46 | - | |
| 5145 | +\' | |
| 47 | 5146 | .SH OPTIONS |
| 48 | - | |
| 5147 | +\' | |
| 49 | 5148 | For a more detailed description of each option, see |
| 50 | 5149 | Options, above. |
| 51 | - | |
| 5150 | +\' | |
| 52 | 5151 | .TP |
| 53 | 5152 | .B "-authenticate \fI<string>"\fP |
| 54 | 5153 | \fRdecrypt image with this password |
| @@ -202,22 +5301,22 @@ | ||
| 202 | 5301 | .TP |
| 203 | 5302 | .B "-window \fI<id>"\fP |
| 204 | 5303 | \fRmake image the background of a window |
| 205 | - | |
| 5304 | +\' | |
| 206 | 5305 | For a more detailed description of each option, see |
| 207 | 5306 | Options, above. |
| 208 | - | |
| 209 | - | |
| 5307 | +\' | |
| 5308 | +\' | |
| 210 | 5309 | Any option you specify on the command line remains in effect for the group |
| 211 | 5310 | of images following it, until the group is terminated by the appearance of |
| 212 | 5311 | any option or \fB-noop\fP. For example, to animate three images, the first |
| 213 | 5312 | with 32 colors, the second with an unlimited number of colors, and the |
| 214 | 5313 | third with only 16 colors, use: |
| 215 | - | |
| 216 | - | |
| 5314 | +\' | |
| 5315 | +\' | |
| 217 | 5316 | gm animate -colors 32 cockatoo.1 -noop cockatoo.2 |
| 218 | 5317 | -colors 16 cockatoo.3 |
| 219 | - | |
| 220 | - | |
| 5318 | +\' | |
| 5319 | +\' | |
| 221 | 5320 | \fBAnimate\fP options can appear on the command line or in your X resources |
| 222 | 5321 | file. See \fIX(1)\fP. Options on the command line supersede values specified |
| 223 | 5322 | in your X resources file. |
| @@ -227,36 +5326,36 @@ | ||
| 227 | 5326 | is specified in the image. Otherwise the images will display in the order |
| 228 | 5327 | they appear on the command line. |
| 229 | 5328 | .SH MOUSE BUTTONS |
| 230 | - | |
| 5329 | +\' | |
| 231 | 5330 | Press any button to map or unmap the Command widget. See the next section |
| 232 | 5331 | for more information about the Command widget. |
| 233 | 5332 | .SH COMMAND WIDGET |
| 234 | - | |
| 5333 | +\' | |
| 235 | 5334 | The Command widget lists a number of sub-menus and commands. They are |
| 236 | - | |
| 5335 | +\' | |
| 237 | 5336 | \fBAnimate\fP |
| 238 | - | |
| 5337 | +\' | |
| 239 | 5338 | Open |
| 240 | 5339 | Play |
| 241 | 5340 | Step |
| 242 | 5341 | Repeat |
| 243 | 5342 | Auto Reverse |
| 244 | - | |
| 5343 | +\' | |
| 245 | 5344 | \fBSpeed\fP |
| 246 | - | |
| 5345 | +\' | |
| 247 | 5346 | Faster |
| 248 | 5347 | Slower |
| 249 | - | |
| 5348 | +\' | |
| 250 | 5349 | \fBDirection\fP |
| 251 | - | |
| 5350 | +\' | |
| 252 | 5351 | Forward |
| 253 | 5352 | Reverse |
| 254 | - | |
| 5353 | +\' | |
| 255 | 5354 | \fBImage Info\fP |
| 256 | 5355 | \fBHelp\fP |
| 257 | 5356 | \fBQuit\fP |
| 258 | - | |
| 259 | - | |
| 5357 | +\' | |
| 5358 | +\' | |
| 260 | 5359 | Menu items with a indented triangle have a sub-menu. They are represented |
| 261 | 5360 | above as the indented items. To access a sub-menu item, move the pointer |
| 262 | 5361 | to the appropriate menu and press a button and drag. When you find the |
| @@ -265,25 +5364,25 @@ | ||
| 265 | 5364 | particular command. |
| 266 | 5365 | .SH KEYBOARD ACCELERATORS |
| 267 | 5366 | .in 15 |
| 268 | - | |
| 5367 | +\' | |
| 269 | 5368 | .in 15 |
| 270 | 5369 | .B "\fBCtl+O\fP" |
| 271 | 5370 | .in 20 |
| 272 | -\fR | |
| 5371 | + \fR | |
| 273 | 5372 | .in 20 |
| 274 | 5373 | Press to load an image from a file. |
| 275 | 5374 | .in 15 |
| 276 | 5375 | .in 15 |
| 277 | 5376 | .B "\fBspace\fP" |
| 278 | 5377 | .in 20 |
| 279 | -\fR | |
| 5378 | + \fR | |
| 280 | 5379 | .in 20 |
| 281 | 5380 | Press to display the next image in the sequence. |
| 282 | 5381 | .in 15 |
| 283 | 5382 | .in 15 |
| 284 | 5383 | .B "\fB<\fP" |
| 285 | 5384 | .in 20 |
| 286 | -\fR | |
| 5385 | + \fR | |
| 287 | 5386 | .in 20 |
| 288 | 5387 | Press to speed-up the display of the images. Refer to |
| 289 | 5388 | \fB-delay\fP for more information. |
| @@ -291,7 +5390,7 @@ | ||
| 291 | 5390 | .in 15 |
| 292 | 5391 | .B "\fB>\fP" |
| 293 | 5392 | .in 20 |
| 294 | -\fR | |
| 5393 | + \fR | |
| 295 | 5394 | .in 20 |
| 296 | 5395 | Press to slow the display of the images. Refer to |
| 297 | 5396 | \fB-delay\fP for more information. |
| @@ -299,7 +5398,7 @@ | ||
| 299 | 5398 | .in 15 |
| 300 | 5399 | .B "\fB?\fP" |
| 301 | 5400 | .in 20 |
| 302 | -\fR | |
| 5401 | + \fR | |
| 303 | 5402 | .in 20 |
| 304 | 5403 | Press to display information about the image. Press |
| 305 | 5404 | any key or button to erase the information. |
| @@ -311,79 +5410,79 @@ | ||
| 311 | 5410 | .in 15 |
| 312 | 5411 | .B "\fBF1\fP" |
| 313 | 5412 | .in 20 |
| 314 | -\fR | |
| 5413 | + \fR | |
| 315 | 5414 | .in 20 |
| 316 | 5415 | Press to display helpful information about \fBanimate(1)\fP. |
| 317 | 5416 | .in 15 |
| 318 | 5417 | .in 15 |
| 319 | 5418 | .B "\fBCtl-q\fP" |
| 320 | 5419 | .in 20 |
| 321 | -\fR | |
| 5420 | + \fR | |
| 322 | 5421 | .in 20 |
| 323 | 5422 | Press to discard all images and exit program. |
| 324 | 5423 | .in 15 |
| 325 | - | |
| 5424 | +\' | |
| 326 | 5425 | .SH X RESOURCES |
| 327 | - | |
| 5426 | +\' | |
| 328 | 5427 | \fBAnimate\fP options can appear on the command line or in your X resource |
| 329 | 5428 | file. Options on the command line supersede values specified in your X |
| 330 | 5429 | resource file. See \fBX(1)\fP for more information on X resources. |
| 331 | - | |
| 5430 | +\' | |
| 332 | 5431 | All \fBanimate\fP options have a corresponding X resource. In addition, |
| 333 | 5432 | the \fBanimate\fP program uses the following X resources: |
| 334 | 5433 | .in 15 |
| 335 | - | |
| 5434 | +\' | |
| 336 | 5435 | .in 15 |
| 337 | 5436 | .B "\fBbackground\fP \fB(\fP\fIclass\fP \fBBackground)\fP" |
| 338 | 5437 | .in 20 |
| 339 | -\fR | |
| 340 | -.in 20 | |
| 341 | - | |
| 5438 | + \fR | |
| 5439 | +.in 20 | |
| 5440 | +\' | |
| 342 | 5441 | Specifies the preferred color to use for the Image window background. The |
| 343 | 5442 | default is #ccc. |
| 344 | 5443 | .in 15 |
| 345 | 5444 | .in 15 |
| 346 | 5445 | .B "\fBborderColor\fP \fB(\fP\fIclass\fP \fBBorderColor)\fP" |
| 347 | 5446 | .in 20 |
| 348 | -\fR | |
| 349 | -.in 20 | |
| 350 | - | |
| 5447 | + \fR | |
| 5448 | +.in 20 | |
| 5449 | +\' | |
| 351 | 5450 | Specifies the preferred color to use for the Image window border. The default |
| 352 | 5451 | is #ccc. |
| 353 | 5452 | .in 15 |
| 354 | 5453 | .in 15 |
| 355 | 5454 | .B "\fBborderWidth\fP \fB(\fP\fIclass\fP \fBBorderWidth)\fP" |
| 356 | 5455 | .in 20 |
| 357 | -\fR | |
| 358 | -.in 20 | |
| 359 | - | |
| 5456 | + \fR | |
| 5457 | +.in 20 | |
| 5458 | +\' | |
| 360 | 5459 | Specifies the width in pixels of the Image window border. The default is |
| 361 | 5460 | 2. |
| 362 | 5461 | .in 15 |
| 363 | 5462 | .in 15 |
| 364 | 5463 | .B "\fBfont\fP \fB(\fP\fIclass\fP \fBFont\fP \fBor\fP \fBFontList)\fP" |
| 365 | 5464 | .in 20 |
| 366 | -\fR | |
| 367 | -.in 20 | |
| 368 | - | |
| 5465 | + \fR | |
| 5466 | +.in 20 | |
| 5467 | +\' | |
| 369 | 5468 | Specifies the name of the preferred font to use in normal formatted text. |
| 370 | 5469 | The default is 14 point \fIHelvetica\fP. |
| 371 | 5470 | .in 15 |
| 372 | 5471 | .in 15 |
| 373 | 5472 | .B "\fBforeground\fP \fB(\fP\fIclass\fP \fBForeground)\fP" |
| 374 | 5473 | .in 20 |
| 375 | -\fR | |
| 376 | -.in 20 | |
| 377 | - | |
| 5474 | + \fR | |
| 5475 | +.in 20 | |
| 5476 | +\' | |
| 378 | 5477 | Specifies the preferred color to use for text within the Image window. |
| 379 | 5478 | The default is black. |
| 380 | 5479 | .in 15 |
| 381 | 5480 | .in 15 |
| 382 | 5481 | .B "\fBgeometry\fP \fB(\fP\fIclass\fP \fBgeometry)\fP" |
| 383 | 5482 | .in 20 |
| 384 | -\fR | |
| 385 | -.in 20 | |
| 386 | - | |
| 5483 | + \fR | |
| 5484 | +.in 20 | |
| 5485 | +\' | |
| 387 | 5486 | Specifies the preferred size and position of the image window. It is not |
| 388 | 5487 | necessarily obeyed by all window managers. |
| 389 | 5488 | Offsets, if present, are handled in \fIX(1)\fP style. A negative x offset is |
| @@ -394,9 +5493,9 @@ | ||
| 394 | 5493 | .in 15 |
| 395 | 5494 | .B "\fBiconGeometry\fP \fB(\fP\fIclass\fP \fBIconGeometry)\fP" |
| 396 | 5495 | .in 20 |
| 397 | -\fR | |
| 398 | -.in 20 | |
| 399 | - | |
| 5496 | + \fR | |
| 5497 | +.in 20 | |
| 5498 | +\' | |
| 400 | 5499 | Specifies the preferred size and position of the application when iconified. |
| 401 | 5500 | It is not necessarily obeyed by all window managers. |
| 402 | 5501 | Offsets, if present, are handled in the same manner as in class Geometry. |
| @@ -404,9 +5503,9 @@ | ||
| 404 | 5503 | .in 15 |
| 405 | 5504 | .B "\fBiconic\fP \fB(\fP\fIclass\fP \fBIconic)\fP" |
| 406 | 5505 | .in 20 |
| 407 | -\fR | |
| 408 | -.in 20 | |
| 409 | - | |
| 5506 | + \fR | |
| 5507 | +.in 20 | |
| 5508 | +\' | |
| 410 | 5509 | This resource indicates that you would prefer that the application's windows |
| 411 | 5510 | initially not be visible as if the windows had be immediately iconified |
| 412 | 5511 | by you. Window managers may choose not to honor the application's request. |
| @@ -414,9 +5513,9 @@ | ||
| 414 | 5513 | .in 15 |
| 415 | 5514 | .B "\fBmatteColor\fP \fB(\fP\fIclass\fP \fBMatteColor)\fP" |
| 416 | 5515 | .in 20 |
| 417 | -\fR | |
| 418 | -.in 20 | |
| 419 | - | |
| 5516 | + \fR | |
| 5517 | +.in 20 | |
| 5518 | +\' | |
| 420 | 5519 | Specify the color of windows. It is used for the backgrounds of windows, |
| 421 | 5520 | menus, and notices. A 3D effect is achieved by using highlight and shadow |
| 422 | 5521 | colors derived from this color. Default value: #ddd. |
| @@ -424,9 +5523,9 @@ | ||
| 424 | 5523 | .in 15 |
| 425 | 5524 | .B "\fBname\fP \fB(\fP\fIclass\fP \fBName)\fP" |
| 426 | 5525 | .in 20 |
| 427 | -\fR | |
| 428 | -.in 20 | |
| 429 | - | |
| 5526 | + \fR | |
| 5527 | +.in 20 | |
| 5528 | +\' | |
| 430 | 5529 | This resource specifies the name under which resources for the application |
| 431 | 5530 | should be found. This resource is useful in shell aliases to distinguish |
| 432 | 5531 | between invocations of an application, without resorting to creating links |
| @@ -435,9 +5534,9 @@ | ||
| 435 | 5534 | .in 15 |
| 436 | 5535 | .B "\fBsharedMemory\fP \fB(\fP\fIclass\fP \fBSharedMemory)\fP" |
| 437 | 5536 | .in 20 |
| 438 | -\fR | |
| 439 | -.in 20 | |
| 440 | - | |
| 5537 | + \fR | |
| 5538 | +.in 20 | |
| 5539 | +\' | |
| 441 | 5540 | This resource specifies whether animate should attempt use shared memory |
| 442 | 5541 | for pixmaps. ImageMagick must be compiled with shared memory support, and |
| 443 | 5542 | the display must support the MIT-SHM extension. Otherwise, this resource |
| @@ -446,26 +5545,26 @@ | ||
| 446 | 5545 | .in 15 |
| 447 | 5546 | .B "\fBtext_font\fP \fB(\fP\fIclass\fP \fBtextFont)\fP" |
| 448 | 5547 | .in 20 |
| 449 | -\fR | |
| 450 | -.in 20 | |
| 451 | - | |
| 5548 | + \fR | |
| 5549 | +.in 20 | |
| 5550 | +\' | |
| 452 | 5551 | Specifies the name of the preferred font to use in fixed (typewriter style) |
| 453 | 5552 | formatted text. The default is 14 point \fICourier\fP. |
| 454 | 5553 | .in 15 |
| 455 | 5554 | .in 15 |
| 456 | 5555 | .B "\fBtitle\fP \fB(\fP\fIclass\fP \fBTitle)\fP" |
| 457 | 5556 | .in 20 |
| 458 | -\fR | |
| 459 | -.in 20 | |
| 460 | - | |
| 5557 | + \fR | |
| 5558 | +.in 20 | |
| 5559 | +\' | |
| 461 | 5560 | This resource specifies the title to be used for the Image window. This |
| 462 | 5561 | information is sometimes used by a window manager to provide some sort |
| 463 | 5562 | of header identifying the window. The default is the image file name. |
| 464 | 5563 | .in 15 |
| 465 | - | |
| 5564 | +\' | |
| 466 | 5565 | .SH GM BATCH |
| 467 | 5566 | .SH DESCRIPTION |
| 468 | - | |
| 5567 | +\' | |
| 469 | 5568 | \fBbatch\fP executes an arbitary number of the utility commands |
| 470 | 5569 | (e.g. \fBconvert\fP) in the form of a simple linear batch script in |
| 471 | 5570 | order to improve execution efficiency, and/or to allow use as a |
| @@ -479,19 +5578,19 @@ | ||
| 479 | 5578 | converts all files matching '*.jpg' to TIFF format while rotating each |
| 480 | 5579 | file by 90 degrees and stripping all embedded profiles. The shell |
| 481 | 5580 | script syntax is standard Unix shell: |
| 482 | - | |
| 5581 | +\' | |
| 483 | 5582 | for file in *.jpg |
| 484 | 5583 | do |
| 485 | 5584 | outfile=`basename $file .jpg`.tiff |
| 486 | 5585 | echo convert -verbose "'$file'" -rotate 90 \\ |
| 487 | 5586 | +profile "'*'" "'$outfile'" |
| 488 | 5587 | done | gm batch -echo on -feedback on - |
| 489 | - | |
| 490 | - | |
| 5588 | +\' | |
| 5589 | +\' | |
| 491 | 5590 | We can accomplish the same as the previous example by putting all the |
| 492 | 5591 | commands in a text file and then specifying the name of the text file |
| 493 | 5592 | as the script to execute: |
| 494 | - | |
| 5593 | +\' | |
| 495 | 5594 | for file in *.jpg |
| 496 | 5595 | do |
| 497 | 5596 | outfile=`basename $file .jpg`.tiff |
| @@ -499,21 +5598,21 @@ | ||
| 499 | 5598 | +profile "'*'" "'$outfile'" |
| 500 | 5599 | done > script.txt |
| 501 | 5600 | gm batch -echo on -feedback on script.txt |
| 502 | - | |
| 5601 | +\' | |
| 503 | 5602 | .SH OPTIONS |
| 504 | - | |
| 5603 | +\' | |
| 505 | 5604 | Options are processed from left to right and must appear before any filename argument. |
| 506 | 5605 | .TP |
| 507 | 5606 | .B "-echo \fIon|off"\fP |
| 508 | 5607 | \fRcommand echo on or off |
| 509 | - | |
| 5608 | +\' | |
| 510 | 5609 | Specify \fBon\fP to enable echoing commands to standard output as |
| 511 | 5610 | they are read or \fBoff\fP to disable. The default is |
| 512 | 5611 | \fBoff\fP. |
| 513 | 5612 | .TP |
| 514 | 5613 | .B "-escape \fIunix|windows"\fP |
| 515 | 5614 | \fRParse using unix or windows syntax |
| 516 | - | |
| 5615 | +\' | |
| 517 | 5616 | Commands must be parsed from the input stream and escaping needs to be |
| 518 | 5617 | used to protect spaces or quoting characters in the input. Specify |
| 519 | 5618 | \fBunix\fP to use unix-style command line parsing or \fBwindows\fP |
| @@ -525,42 +5624,42 @@ | ||
| 525 | 5624 | .TP |
| 526 | 5625 | .B "-fail \fItext"\fP |
| 527 | 5626 | \fRtext to print if a command fails |
| 528 | - | |
| 5627 | +\' | |
| 529 | 5628 | When feedback is enabled, this specifies the text to print when the |
| 530 | 5629 | command fails. The default text is \fBFAIL\fP. |
| 531 | 5630 | .TP |
| 532 | 5631 | .B "-feedback \fIon|off"\fP |
| 533 | 5632 | \fRenable error feedback |
| 534 | - | |
| 5633 | +\' | |
| 535 | 5634 | Print text (see -pass and -fail options) feedback after each |
| 536 | 5635 | command to indicate the result, the default is \fBoff\fP. |
| 537 | 5636 | .TP |
| 538 | 5637 | .B "-help" |
| 539 | - | |
| 5638 | +\' | |
| 540 | 5639 | Prints batch command help. |
| 541 | 5640 | .TP |
| 542 | 5641 | .B "-pass \fItext"\fP |
| 543 | 5642 | \fRtext to print if a command passes |
| 544 | - | |
| 5643 | +\' | |
| 545 | 5644 | When feedback is enabled, this specifies the text to print when the |
| 546 | 5645 | command passes. The default text is \fBPASS\fP. |
| 547 | 5646 | .TP |
| 548 | 5647 | .B "-prompt \fItext"\fP |
| 549 | 5648 | \fRPrompt text to use for command line |
| 550 | - | |
| 5649 | +\' | |
| 551 | 5650 | If no filename argument was specified, a simple command prompt appears |
| 552 | 5651 | where you may enter GraphicsMagick commands. The default prompt is |
| 553 | 5652 | \fBGM>\fP. Use this option to change the prompt to something else. |
| 554 | 5653 | .TP |
| 555 | 5654 | .B "-stop-on-error \fIon|off"\fP |
| 556 | 5655 | \fRSpecify if command processing stops on error |
| 557 | - | |
| 5656 | +\' | |
| 558 | 5657 | Normally command processing continues if a command encounters an |
| 559 | 5658 | error. Specify \fB-stop-on-error on\fP to cause processing to quit |
| 560 | 5659 | immediately on error. |
| 561 | 5660 | .SH GM BENCHMARK |
| 562 | 5661 | .SH DESCRIPTION |
| 563 | - | |
| 5662 | +\' | |
| 564 | 5663 | \fBbenchmark\fP executes an arbitrary \fBgm\fP utility command |
| 565 | 5664 | (e.g. \fBconvert\fP) for one or more loops, and/or a specified |
| 566 | 5665 | execution time, and reports many execution metrics. For builds using |
| @@ -572,30 +5671,30 @@ | ||
| 572 | 5671 | .SH EXAMPLES |
| 573 | 5672 | To obtain benchmark information for a single execution of a |
| 574 | 5673 | command: |
| 575 | - | |
| 5674 | +\' | |
| 576 | 5675 | gm benchmark convert input.ppm -gaussian 0x1 output.ppm |
| 577 | - | |
| 5676 | +\' | |
| 578 | 5677 | To obtain benchmark information from 100 iterations of the |
| 579 | 5678 | command: |
| 580 | - | |
| 5679 | +\' | |
| 581 | 5680 | gm benchmark -iterations 100 convert input.ppm \\ |
| 582 | 5681 | -gaussian 0x1 output.ppm |
| 583 | - | |
| 5682 | +\' | |
| 584 | 5683 | To obtain benchmark information by iterating the command until a |
| 585 | 5684 | specified amount of time (in seconds) has been consumed: |
| 586 | - | |
| 5685 | +\' | |
| 587 | 5686 | gm benchmark -duration 30 convert input.ppm \\ |
| 588 | 5687 | -gaussian 0x1 output.ppm |
| 589 | - | |
| 5688 | +\' | |
| 590 | 5689 | To obtain a full performance report with an increasing number of |
| 591 | 5690 | threads (1-32 threads, stepping the number of threads by four each |
| 592 | 5691 | time): |
| 593 | - | |
| 5692 | +\' | |
| 594 | 5693 | gm benchmark -duration 3 -stepthreads 4 convert \\ |
| 595 | 5694 | input.ppm -gaussian 0x2 output.ppm |
| 596 | - | |
| 5695 | +\' | |
| 597 | 5696 | Here is the interpretation of the output: |
| 598 | - | |
| 5697 | +\' | |
| 599 | 5698 | \fBthreads\fP - number of threads used. |
| 600 | 5699 | \fBiter\fP - number of command iterations executed. |
| 601 | 5700 | \fBuser\fP - total user time consumed. |
| @@ -604,7 +5703,7 @@ | ||
| 604 | 5703 | \fBiter/cpu\fP - amount of CPU time consumed per iteration. |
| 605 | 5704 | \fBspeedup\fP - speedup compared with one thread. |
| 606 | 5705 | \fBkarp-flatt\fP - Karp-Flatt measure of speedup efficiency. |
| 607 | - | |
| 5706 | +\' | |
| 608 | 5707 | \fIPlease note that the reported "speedup" is based on the |
| 609 | 5708 | execution time of just one thread. A preliminary warm-up pass is used |
| 610 | 5709 | before timing the first loop in order to ensure that the CPU is |
| @@ -629,7 +5728,7 @@ | ||
| 629 | 5728 | elapsed. |
| 630 | 5729 | .TP |
| 631 | 5730 | .B "-help" |
| 632 | - | |
| 5731 | +\' | |
| 633 | 5732 | Prints benchmark command help. |
| 634 | 5733 | .TP |
| 635 | 5734 | .B "-iterations \fIloops"\fP |
| @@ -652,7 +5751,7 @@ | ||
| 652 | 5751 | threads is taken from the standard OMP_NUM_THREADS |
| 653 | 5752 | environment variable. |
| 654 | 5753 | .SH GM COMPARE |
| 655 | - | |
| 5754 | +\' | |
| 656 | 5755 | \fBcompare\fP compares two similar images using a specified statistical |
| 657 | 5756 | method (see \fB-metric\fP) and/or by writing a difference image |
| 658 | 5757 | (\fB-file\fP), with the altered pixels annotated using a specified |
| @@ -661,27 +5760,27 @@ | ||
| 661 | 5760 | image and \fIcompare-image\fP is the (possibly) altered version, which |
| 662 | 5761 | should have the same dimensions as \fIreference-image\fP. |
| 663 | 5762 | .SH EXAMPLES |
| 664 | - | |
| 5763 | +\' | |
| 665 | 5764 | To compare two images using Mean Square Error (MSE) statistical analysis |
| 666 | 5765 | use: |
| 667 | - | |
| 5766 | +\' | |
| 668 | 5767 | gm compare -metric mse original.miff compare.miff |
| 669 | - | |
| 670 | - | |
| 5768 | +\' | |
| 5769 | +\' | |
| 671 | 5770 | To create an annotated difference image use: |
| 672 | - | |
| 5771 | +\' | |
| 673 | 5772 | gm compare -highlight-style assign -highlight-color purple \\ |
| 674 | 5773 | -file diff.miff original.miff compare.miff |
| 675 | - | |
| 5774 | +\' | |
| 676 | 5775 | .SH OPTIONS |
| 677 | - | |
| 5776 | +\' | |
| 678 | 5777 | Options are processed in command line order. Any option you specify on |
| 679 | 5778 | the command line remains in effect only for the image that follows. All |
| 680 | 5779 | options are reset to their default values after each image is read. |
| 681 | - | |
| 5780 | +\' | |
| 682 | 5781 | For a more detailed description of each option, see |
| 683 | 5782 | Options, above. |
| 684 | - | |
| 5783 | +\' | |
| 685 | 5784 | .TP |
| 686 | 5785 | .B "-authenticate \fI<string>"\fP |
| 687 | 5786 | \fRdecrypt image with this password |
| @@ -754,18 +5853,18 @@ | ||
| 754 | 5853 | .TP |
| 755 | 5854 | .B "-version" |
| 756 | 5855 | \fRprint GraphicsMagick version string |
| 757 | - | |
| 5856 | +\' | |
| 758 | 5857 | For a more detailed description of each option, see |
| 759 | 5858 | Options, above. |
| 760 | - | |
| 5859 | +\' | |
| 761 | 5860 | .SH GM COMPOSITE |
| 762 | - | |
| 5861 | +\' | |
| 763 | 5862 | \fBcomposite\fP composites (combines) images to create new images. |
| 764 | 5863 | \fIbase-image\fP is the base image and \fIchange-image\fP contains the changes. |
| 765 | 5864 | \fIouput-image\fP is the result, and normally has the same dimensions |
| 766 | 5865 | as \fIbase-image\fP. |
| 767 | - | |
| 768 | - | |
| 5866 | +\' | |
| 5867 | +\' | |
| 769 | 5868 | The optional \fImask-image\fP can be used to provide opacity information |
| 770 | 5869 | for \fIchange-image\fP when it has none or if you want a different mask. |
| 771 | 5870 | A mask image is typically grayscale and the same size as |
| @@ -773,49 +5872,49 @@ | ||
| 773 | 5872 | to grayscale and the resulting intensities are used as opacity |
| 774 | 5873 | information. |
| 775 | 5874 | .SH EXAMPLES |
| 776 | - | |
| 5875 | +\' | |
| 777 | 5876 | To composite an image of a cockatoo with a perch, use: |
| 778 | - | |
| 5877 | +\' | |
| 779 | 5878 | gm composite cockatoo.miff perch.ras composite.miff |
| 780 | - | |
| 781 | - | |
| 5879 | +\' | |
| 5880 | +\' | |
| 782 | 5881 | To compute the difference between images in a series, use: |
| 783 | - | |
| 5882 | +\' | |
| 784 | 5883 | gm composite -compose difference series.2 series.1 |
| 785 | 5884 | difference.miff |
| 786 | - | |
| 787 | - | |
| 5885 | +\' | |
| 5886 | +\' | |
| 788 | 5887 | To composite an image of a cockatoo with a perch starting at location (100,150), |
| 789 | 5888 | use: |
| 790 | - | |
| 5889 | +\' | |
| 791 | 5890 | gm composite -geometry +100+150 cockatoo.miff |
| 792 | 5891 | perch.ras composite.miff |
| 793 | - | |
| 794 | - | |
| 5892 | +\' | |
| 5893 | +\' | |
| 795 | 5894 | To tile a logo across your image of a cockatoo, use |
| 796 | - | |
| 5895 | +\' | |
| 797 | 5896 | gm convert +shade 30x60 cockatoo.miff mask.miff |
| 798 | 5897 | gm composite -compose bumpmap -tile logo.png |
| 799 | 5898 | cockatoo.miff mask.miff composite.miff |
| 800 | - | |
| 801 | - | |
| 5899 | +\' | |
| 5900 | +\' | |
| 802 | 5901 | To composite a red, green, and blue color plane into a single composite image, |
| 803 | 5902 | try |
| 804 | - | |
| 5903 | +\' | |
| 805 | 5904 | gm composite -compose CopyGreen green.png red.png |
| 806 | 5905 | red-green.png |
| 807 | 5906 | gm composite -compose CopyBlue blue.png red-green.png |
| 808 | 5907 | gm composite.png |
| 809 | - | |
| 5908 | +\' | |
| 810 | 5909 | .SH OPTIONS |
| 811 | - | |
| 5910 | +\' | |
| 812 | 5911 | Options are processed in command line order. Any option you specify on |
| 813 | 5912 | the command line remains in effect only for the image that follows. All |
| 814 | 5913 | options are reset to their default values after each image is read. |
| 815 | - | |
| 5914 | +\' | |
| 816 | 5915 | For a more detailed description of each option, see |
| 817 | 5916 | Options, above. |
| 818 | - | |
| 5917 | +\' | |
| 819 | 5918 | .TP |
| 820 | 5919 | .B "-authenticate \fI<string>"\fP |
| 821 | 5920 | \fRdecrypt image with this password |
| @@ -1002,18 +6101,18 @@ | ||
| 1002 | 6101 | .TP |
| 1003 | 6102 | .B "-write \fI<filename>"\fP |
| 1004 | 6103 | \fRwrite an intermediate image [\fIconvert, composite\fP] |
| 1005 | - | |
| 6104 | +\' | |
| 1006 | 6105 | For a more detailed description of each option, see |
| 1007 | 6106 | Options, above. |
| 1008 | - | |
| 6107 | +\' | |
| 1009 | 6108 | .SH GM CONJURE |
| 1010 | - | |
| 6109 | +\' | |
| 1011 | 6110 | The Magick scripting language (MSL) will primarily benefit those that |
| 1012 | 6111 | want to accomplish custom image processing tasks but do not wish to |
| 1013 | 6112 | program, or those that do not have access to a Perl interpreter or a |
| 1014 | 6113 | compiler. The interpreter is called conjure and here is an example |
| 1015 | 6114 | script: |
| 1016 | - | |
| 6115 | +\' | |
| 1017 | 6116 | <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> |
| 1018 | 6117 | <image size="400x400" > |
| 1019 | 6118 | <read filename="image.gif" /> |
| @@ -1025,22 +6124,22 @@ | ||
| 1025 | 6124 | to %[width]x%[height].\\n" /> |
| 1026 | 6125 | <write filename="image.png" /> |
| 1027 | 6126 | </image> |
| 1028 | - | |
| 1029 | - | |
| 6127 | +\' | |
| 6128 | +\' | |
| 1030 | 6129 | invoked with |
| 1031 | - | |
| 6130 | +\' | |
| 1032 | 6131 | gm conjure -dimensions 400x400 incantation.msl |
| 1033 | - | |
| 1034 | - | |
| 6132 | +\' | |
| 6133 | +\' | |
| 1035 | 6134 | All operations will closely follow the key/value pairs defined in |
| 1036 | 6135 | PerlMagick, unless otherwise noted. |
| 1037 | 6136 | .SH OPTIONS |
| 1038 | - | |
| 6137 | +\' | |
| 1039 | 6138 | Options are processed in command line order. Any option you specify on |
| 1040 | 6139 | the command line remains in effect until it is explicitly changed by specifying |
| 1041 | 6140 | the option again with a different effect, or if it is changed by a statement |
| 1042 | 6141 | in the scripting language. |
| 1043 | - | |
| 6142 | +\' | |
| 1044 | 6143 | You can define your own keyword/value pairs on the command line. |
| 1045 | 6144 | The script can then use this information when setting values by including |
| 1046 | 6145 | %[keyword] in the string. For example, if you included |
| @@ -1050,11 +6149,11 @@ | ||
| 1050 | 6149 | The "%[string]" can be used either an entire string, such as |
| 1051 | 6150 | geometry="%[dimensions]" or as a part of a string such as |
| 1052 | 6151 | filename="%[basename].png". |
| 1053 | - | |
| 6152 | +\' | |
| 1054 | 6153 | The keyword can be any string except for the following reserved |
| 1055 | 6154 | strings (in any upper, lower, or mixed case variant): \fBdebug\fP, |
| 1056 | 6155 | \fBhelp\fP, and \fBverbose\fP, whose usage is described below. |
| 1057 | - | |
| 6156 | +\' | |
| 1058 | 6157 | The value can be any string. If |
| 1059 | 6158 | either the keyword or the value contains white space or any |
| 1060 | 6159 | symbols that have special meanings to your shell such as "#", |
| @@ -1062,15 +6161,15 @@ | ||
| 1062 | 6161 | or |
| 1063 | 6162 | "%", enclose the string in quotation marks or use "\\" to escape the white |
| 1064 | 6163 | space and special symbols. |
| 1065 | - | |
| 6164 | +\' | |
| 1066 | 6165 | Keywords and values are case dependent. "Key", |
| 1067 | 6166 | "key", |
| 1068 | 6167 | and "KEY" would |
| 1069 | 6168 | be three different keywords. |
| 1070 | - | |
| 6169 | +\' | |
| 1071 | 6170 | For a more detailed description of each option, see |
| 1072 | 6171 | Options, above. |
| 1073 | - | |
| 6172 | +\' | |
| 1074 | 6173 | .TP |
| 1075 | 6174 | .B "-debug \fI<events>"\fP |
| 1076 | 6175 | \fRenable debug printout |
| @@ -1090,29 +6189,29 @@ | ||
| 1090 | 6189 | .B "-version" |
| 1091 | 6190 | \fRprint GraphicsMagick version string |
| 1092 | 6191 | .SH MAGICK SCRIPTING LANGUAGE |
| 1093 | - | |
| 6192 | +\' | |
| 1094 | 6193 | The Magick Scripting Language (MSL) presently defines the following |
| 1095 | 6194 | elements and their attributes: |
| 1096 | 6195 | .in 15 |
| 1097 | - | |
| 6196 | +\' | |
| 1098 | 6197 | .in 15 |
| 1099 | 6198 | .B "<image>" |
| 1100 | 6199 | .in 20 |
| 1101 | -\fR | |
| 6200 | + \fR | |
| 1102 | 6201 | .in 20 |
| 1103 | 6202 | background, color, id, size |
| 1104 | 6203 | .in 15 |
| 1105 | 6204 | .in 20 |
| 1106 | - | |
| 6205 | +\' | |
| 1107 | 6206 | Define a new image object. \fB</image>\fP destroys it. Because of |
| 1108 | 6207 | this, if you wish to reference multiple "subimages" (aka pages or |
| 1109 | 6208 | layers), you can embed one \fBimage\fP element inside of another. For |
| 1110 | 6209 | example: |
| 1111 | - | |
| 1112 | -.in 15 | |
| 1113 | -.in 20 | |
| 1114 | - | |
| 1115 | - | |
| 6210 | +\' | |
| 6211 | +.in 15 | |
| 6212 | +.in 20 | |
| 6213 | +\' | |
| 6214 | +\' | |
| 1116 | 6215 | <image> |
| 1117 | 6216 | <read filename="input.png" /> |
| 1118 | 6217 | <get width="base-width" height="base-height" /> |
| @@ -1120,44 +6219,44 @@ | ||
| 1120 | 6219 | <image /> |
| 1121 | 6220 | <write filename="output.mng" /> |
| 1122 | 6221 | </image> |
| 1123 | - | |
| 1124 | - | |
| 1125 | -.in 15 | |
| 1126 | -.in 20 | |
| 1127 | - | |
| 1128 | - | |
| 6222 | +\' | |
| 6223 | +\' | |
| 6224 | +.in 15 | |
| 6225 | +.in 20 | |
| 6226 | +\' | |
| 6227 | +\' | |
| 1129 | 6228 | <image size="400x400" /> |
| 1130 | - | |
| 1131 | - | |
| 6229 | +\' | |
| 6230 | +\' | |
| 1132 | 6231 | .in 15 |
| 1133 | 6232 | .in 15 |
| 1134 | 6233 | .B "<group>" |
| 1135 | 6234 | .in 20 |
| 1136 | -\fR | |
| 1137 | -.in 20 | |
| 1138 | - | |
| 6235 | + \fR | |
| 6236 | +.in 20 | |
| 6237 | +\' | |
| 1139 | 6238 | Define a new group of image objects. By default, images are only |
| 1140 | 6239 | valid for the life of their \fB<image>\fPelement. |
| 1141 | - | |
| 1142 | -.in 15 | |
| 1143 | -.in 20 | |
| 1144 | - | |
| 1145 | - | |
| 6240 | +\' | |
| 6241 | +.in 15 | |
| 6242 | +.in 20 | |
| 6243 | +\' | |
| 6244 | +\' | |
| 1146 | 6245 | <image> -- creates the image |
| 1147 | 6246 | ..... -- do stuff with it |
| 1148 | 6247 | </image> -- dispose of the image |
| 1149 | - | |
| 1150 | - | |
| 1151 | -.in 15 | |
| 1152 | -.in 20 | |
| 1153 | - | |
| 6248 | +\' | |
| 6249 | +\' | |
| 6250 | +.in 15 | |
| 6251 | +.in 20 | |
| 6252 | +\' | |
| 1154 | 6253 | However, in a group, all images in that group will stay around for the |
| 1155 | 6254 | life of the group: |
| 1156 | - | |
| 1157 | -.in 15 | |
| 1158 | -.in 20 | |
| 1159 | - | |
| 1160 | - | |
| 6255 | +\' | |
| 6256 | +.in 15 | |
| 6257 | +.in 20 | |
| 6258 | +\' | |
| 6259 | +\' | |
| 1161 | 6260 | <group> -- start a group |
| 1162 | 6261 | <image> -- create an image |
| 1163 | 6262 | .... -- do stuff |
| @@ -1167,79 +6266,79 @@ | ||
| 1167 | 6266 | </image> -- NOOP |
| 1168 | 6267 | <write filename="image.mng" /> -- output |
| 1169 | 6268 | </group> -- dispose of both images |
| 1170 | - | |
| 1171 | - | |
| 6269 | +\' | |
| 6270 | +\' | |
| 1172 | 6271 | .in 15 |
| 1173 | 6272 | .in 15 |
| 1174 | 6273 | .B "<read>" |
| 1175 | 6274 | .in 20 |
| 1176 | -\fR | |
| 6275 | + \fR | |
| 1177 | 6276 | .in 20 |
| 1178 | 6277 | filename |
| 1179 | 6278 | .in 15 |
| 1180 | 6279 | .in 20 |
| 1181 | - | |
| 6280 | +\' | |
| 1182 | 6281 | Read a new image from a disk file. |
| 1183 | - | |
| 1184 | -.in 15 | |
| 1185 | -.in 20 | |
| 1186 | - | |
| 1187 | - | |
| 6282 | +\' | |
| 6283 | +.in 15 | |
| 6284 | +.in 20 | |
| 6285 | +\' | |
| 6286 | +\' | |
| 1188 | 6287 | <read filename="image.gif" /> |
| 1189 | - | |
| 1190 | - | |
| 1191 | -.in 15 | |
| 1192 | -.in 20 | |
| 1193 | - | |
| 6288 | +\' | |
| 6289 | +\' | |
| 6290 | +.in 15 | |
| 6291 | +.in 20 | |
| 6292 | +\' | |
| 1194 | 6293 | To read two images use |
| 1195 | - | |
| 1196 | -.in 15 | |
| 1197 | -.in 20 | |
| 1198 | - | |
| 1199 | - | |
| 6294 | +\' | |
| 6295 | +.in 15 | |
| 6296 | +.in 20 | |
| 6297 | +\' | |
| 6298 | +\' | |
| 1200 | 6299 | <read filename="image.gif" /> |
| 1201 | 6300 | <read filename="image.png /> |
| 1202 | - | |
| 1203 | - | |
| 6301 | +\' | |
| 6302 | +\' | |
| 1204 | 6303 | .in 15 |
| 1205 | 6304 | .in 15 |
| 1206 | 6305 | .B "<write>" |
| 1207 | 6306 | .in 20 |
| 1208 | -\fR | |
| 6307 | + \fR | |
| 1209 | 6308 | .in 20 |
| 1210 | 6309 | filename |
| 1211 | 6310 | .in 15 |
| 1212 | 6311 | .in 20 |
| 1213 | 6312 | Write the image(s) to disk, either as |
| 1214 | 6313 | a single multiple-image file or multiple ones if necessary. |
| 1215 | - | |
| 1216 | -.in 15 | |
| 1217 | -.in 20 | |
| 1218 | - | |
| 1219 | - | |
| 6314 | +\' | |
| 6315 | +.in 15 | |
| 6316 | +.in 20 | |
| 6317 | +\' | |
| 6318 | +\' | |
| 1220 | 6319 | <write filename=image.tiff" /> |
| 1221 | - | |
| 6320 | +\' | |
| 1222 | 6321 | .in 15 |
| 1223 | 6322 | .B "<get>" |
| 1224 | 6323 | .in 20 |
| 1225 | -\fR | |
| 6324 | + \fR | |
| 1226 | 6325 | .in 20 |
| 1227 | 6326 | Get any attribute recognized by |
| 1228 | 6327 | PerlMagick's GetAttribute() and stores it as an image attribute for later |
| 1229 | 6328 | use. Currently only \fIwidth\fP and \fIheight\fP are supported. |
| 1230 | 6329 | .in 15 |
| 1231 | 6330 | .in 20 |
| 1232 | - | |
| 1233 | - | |
| 6331 | +\' | |
| 6332 | +\' | |
| 1234 | 6333 | <get width="base-width" height="base-height" /> |
| 1235 | 6334 | <print output="Image size is %[base-width]x%[base-height].\\n" /> |
| 1236 | - | |
| 1237 | - | |
| 6335 | +\' | |
| 6336 | +\' | |
| 1238 | 6337 | .in 15 |
| 1239 | 6338 | .in 15 |
| 1240 | 6339 | .B "<set>" |
| 1241 | 6340 | .in 20 |
| 1242 | -\fR | |
| 6341 | + \fR | |
| 1243 | 6342 | .in 20 |
| 1244 | 6343 | background, bordercolor, clip-mask, colorspace, density, |
| 1245 | 6344 | magick, mattecolor, opacity. Set an attribute recognized by |
| @@ -1248,79 +6347,79 @@ | ||
| 1248 | 6347 | .in 15 |
| 1249 | 6348 | .B "<profile>" |
| 1250 | 6349 | .in 20 |
| 1251 | -\fR | |
| 6350 | + \fR | |
| 1252 | 6351 | .in 20 |
| 1253 | 6352 | [profilename] |
| 1254 | 6353 | .in 15 |
| 1255 | 6354 | .in 20 |
| 1256 | - | |
| 6355 | +\' | |
| 1257 | 6356 | Read one or more IPTC, ICC or generic profiles from file and assign to image |
| 1258 | - | |
| 1259 | -.in 15 | |
| 1260 | -.in 20 | |
| 1261 | - | |
| 1262 | - | |
| 6357 | +\' | |
| 6358 | +.in 15 | |
| 6359 | +.in 20 | |
| 6360 | +\' | |
| 6361 | +\' | |
| 1263 | 6362 | <profile iptc="profile.iptc" generic="generic.dat" /> |
| 1264 | - | |
| 1265 | - | |
| 1266 | -.in 15 | |
| 1267 | -.in 20 | |
| 1268 | - | |
| 6363 | +\' | |
| 6364 | +\' | |
| 6365 | +.in 15 | |
| 6366 | +.in 20 | |
| 6367 | +\' | |
| 1269 | 6368 | To remove a specified profile use "!" as the filename eg |
| 1270 | - | |
| 1271 | -.in 15 | |
| 1272 | -.in 20 | |
| 1273 | - | |
| 1274 | - | |
| 6369 | +\' | |
| 6370 | +.in 15 | |
| 6371 | +.in 20 | |
| 6372 | +\' | |
| 6373 | +\' | |
| 1275 | 6374 | <profile icm="!" iptc="profile.iptc" /> |
| 1276 | - | |
| 1277 | - | |
| 6375 | +\' | |
| 6376 | +\' | |
| 1278 | 6377 | .in 15 |
| 1279 | 6378 | .in 15 |
| 1280 | 6379 | .B "<border>" |
| 1281 | 6380 | .in 20 |
| 1282 | -\fR | |
| 6381 | + \fR | |
| 1283 | 6382 | .in 20 |
| 1284 | 6383 | fill, geometry, height, width |
| 1285 | 6384 | .in 15 |
| 1286 | 6385 | .in 15 |
| 1287 | 6386 | .B "<blur>" |
| 1288 | 6387 | .in 20 |
| 1289 | -\fR | |
| 6388 | + \fR | |
| 1290 | 6389 | .in 20 |
| 1291 | 6390 | radius, sigma |
| 1292 | 6391 | .in 15 |
| 1293 | 6392 | .in 15 |
| 1294 | 6393 | .B "<charcoal>" |
| 1295 | 6394 | .in 20 |
| 1296 | -\fR | |
| 6395 | + \fR | |
| 1297 | 6396 | .in 20 |
| 1298 | 6397 | radius, sigma |
| 1299 | 6398 | .in 15 |
| 1300 | 6399 | .in 15 |
| 1301 | 6400 | .B "<chop>" |
| 1302 | 6401 | .in 20 |
| 1303 | -\fR | |
| 6402 | + \fR | |
| 1304 | 6403 | .in 20 |
| 1305 | 6404 | geometry, height, width, x, y |
| 1306 | 6405 | .in 15 |
| 1307 | 6406 | .in 15 |
| 1308 | 6407 | .B "<crop>" |
| 1309 | 6408 | .in 20 |
| 1310 | -\fR | |
| 6409 | + \fR | |
| 1311 | 6410 | .in 20 |
| 1312 | 6411 | geometry, height, width, x, y |
| 1313 | 6412 | .in 15 |
| 1314 | 6413 | .in 15 |
| 1315 | 6414 | .B "<composite>" |
| 1316 | 6415 | .in 20 |
| 1317 | -\fR | |
| 6416 | + \fR | |
| 1318 | 6417 | .in 20 |
| 1319 | 6418 | compose, geometry, gravity, image, x, y |
| 1320 | 6419 | .in 15 |
| 1321 | 6420 | .in 20 |
| 1322 | - | |
| 1323 | - | |
| 6421 | +\' | |
| 6422 | +\' | |
| 1324 | 6423 | <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> |
| 1325 | 6424 | <group> |
| 1326 | 6425 | <image id="image_01"> |
| @@ -1338,350 +6437,350 @@ | ||
| 1338 | 6437 | </image> |
| 1339 | 6438 | <write filename="result.png"/> |
| 1340 | 6439 | </group> |
| 1341 | - | |
| 1342 | - | |
| 6440 | +\' | |
| 6441 | +\' | |
| 1343 | 6442 | .in 15 |
| 1344 | 6443 | .in 15 |
| 1345 | 6444 | .B "<despeckle>" |
| 1346 | 6445 | .in 20 |
| 1347 | -\fR | |
| 6446 | + \fR | |
| 1348 | 6447 | .in 15 |
| 1349 | 6448 | .B "<emboss>" |
| 1350 | 6449 | .in 20 |
| 1351 | -\fR | |
| 6450 | + \fR | |
| 1352 | 6451 | .in 20 |
| 1353 | 6452 | radius, sigma |
| 1354 | 6453 | .in 15 |
| 1355 | 6454 | .in 15 |
| 1356 | 6455 | .B "<enhance>" |
| 1357 | 6456 | .in 20 |
| 1358 | -\fR | |
| 6457 | + \fR | |
| 1359 | 6458 | .in 15 |
| 1360 | 6459 | .B "<equalize>" |
| 1361 | 6460 | .in 20 |
| 1362 | -\fR | |
| 6461 | + \fR | |
| 1363 | 6462 | .in 15 |
| 1364 | 6463 | .B "<edge>" |
| 1365 | 6464 | .in 20 |
| 1366 | -\fR | |
| 6465 | + \fR | |
| 1367 | 6466 | .in 20 |
| 1368 | 6467 | radius |
| 1369 | 6468 | .in 15 |
| 1370 | 6469 | .in 15 |
| 1371 | 6470 | .B "<flip>" |
| 1372 | 6471 | .in 20 |
| 1373 | -\fR | |
| 6472 | + \fR | |
| 1374 | 6473 | .in 15 |
| 1375 | 6474 | .B "<flop>" |
| 1376 | 6475 | .in 20 |
| 1377 | -\fR | |
| 6476 | + \fR | |
| 1378 | 6477 | .in 15 |
| 1379 | 6478 | .B "<frame>" |
| 1380 | 6479 | .in 20 |
| 1381 | -\fR | |
| 6480 | + \fR | |
| 1382 | 6481 | .in 20 |
| 1383 | 6482 | fill, geometry, height, width, x, y, inner, outer |
| 1384 | 6483 | .in 15 |
| 1385 | 6484 | .in 15 |
| 1386 | 6485 | .B "<flatten>" |
| 1387 | 6486 | .in 20 |
| 1388 | -\fR | |
| 6487 | + \fR | |
| 1389 | 6488 | .in 15 |
| 1390 | 6489 | .B "<get>" |
| 1391 | 6490 | .in 20 |
| 1392 | -\fR | |
| 6491 | + \fR | |
| 1393 | 6492 | .in 20 |
| 1394 | 6493 | height, width |
| 1395 | 6494 | .in 15 |
| 1396 | 6495 | .in 15 |
| 1397 | 6496 | .B "<gamma>" |
| 1398 | 6497 | .in 20 |
| 1399 | -\fR | |
| 6498 | + \fR | |
| 1400 | 6499 | .in 20 |
| 1401 | 6500 | red, green, blue |
| 1402 | 6501 | .in 15 |
| 1403 | 6502 | .in 15 |
| 1404 | 6503 | .B "<image>" |
| 1405 | 6504 | .in 20 |
| 1406 | -\fR | |
| 6505 | + \fR | |
| 1407 | 6506 | .in 20 |
| 1408 | 6507 | background, color, id, size |
| 1409 | 6508 | .in 15 |
| 1410 | 6509 | .in 15 |
| 1411 | 6510 | .B "<implode>" |
| 1412 | 6511 | .in 20 |
| 1413 | -\fR | |
| 6512 | + \fR | |
| 1414 | 6513 | .in 20 |
| 1415 | 6514 | amount |
| 1416 | 6515 | .in 15 |
| 1417 | 6516 | .in 15 |
| 1418 | 6517 | .B "<magnify>" |
| 1419 | 6518 | .in 20 |
| 1420 | -\fR | |
| 6519 | + \fR | |
| 1421 | 6520 | .in 15 |
| 1422 | 6521 | .B "<minify>" |
| 1423 | 6522 | .in 20 |
| 1424 | -\fR | |
| 6523 | + \fR | |
| 1425 | 6524 | .in 15 |
| 1426 | 6525 | .B "<medianfilter>" |
| 1427 | 6526 | .in 20 |
| 1428 | -\fR | |
| 6527 | + \fR | |
| 1429 | 6528 | .in 20 |
| 1430 | 6529 | radius |
| 1431 | 6530 | .in 15 |
| 1432 | 6531 | .in 15 |
| 1433 | 6532 | .B "<normalize>" |
| 1434 | 6533 | .in 20 |
| 1435 | -\fR | |
| 6534 | + \fR | |
| 1436 | 6535 | .in 15 |
| 1437 | 6536 | .B "<oilpaint>" |
| 1438 | 6537 | .in 20 |
| 1439 | -\fR | |
| 6538 | + \fR | |
| 1440 | 6539 | .in 20 |
| 1441 | 6540 | radius |
| 1442 | 6541 | .in 15 |
| 1443 | 6542 | .in 15 |
| 1444 | 6543 | .B "<print>" |
| 1445 | 6544 | .in 20 |
| 1446 | -\fR | |
| 6545 | + \fR | |
| 1447 | 6546 | .in 20 |
| 1448 | 6547 | output |
| 1449 | 6548 | .in 15 |
| 1450 | 6549 | .in 15 |
| 1451 | 6550 | .B "<profile>" |
| 1452 | 6551 | .in 20 |
| 1453 | -\fR | |
| 6552 | + \fR | |
| 1454 | 6553 | .in 20 |
| 1455 | 6554 | [profilename] |
| 1456 | 6555 | .in 15 |
| 1457 | 6556 | .in 15 |
| 1458 | 6557 | .B "<read>" |
| 1459 | 6558 | .in 20 |
| 1460 | -\fR | |
| 6559 | + \fR | |
| 1461 | 6560 | .in 15 |
| 1462 | 6561 | .B "<resize>" |
| 1463 | 6562 | .in 20 |
| 1464 | -\fR | |
| 6563 | + \fR | |
| 1465 | 6564 | .in 20 |
| 1466 | 6565 | blur, filter, geometry, height, width |
| 1467 | 6566 | .in 15 |
| 1468 | 6567 | .in 15 |
| 1469 | 6568 | .B "<roll>" |
| 1470 | 6569 | .in 20 |
| 1471 | -\fR | |
| 6570 | + \fR | |
| 1472 | 6571 | .in 20 |
| 1473 | 6572 | geometry, x, y |
| 1474 | 6573 | .in 15 |
| 1475 | 6574 | .in 15 |
| 1476 | 6575 | .B "<rotate>" |
| 1477 | 6576 | .in 20 |
| 1478 | -\fR | |
| 6577 | + \fR | |
| 1479 | 6578 | .in 20 |
| 1480 | 6579 | degrees |
| 1481 | 6580 | .in 15 |
| 1482 | 6581 | .in 15 |
| 1483 | 6582 | .B "<reducenoise>" |
| 1484 | 6583 | .in 20 |
| 1485 | -\fR | |
| 6584 | + \fR | |
| 1486 | 6585 | .in 20 |
| 1487 | 6586 | radius |
| 1488 | 6587 | .in 15 |
| 1489 | 6588 | .in 15 |
| 1490 | 6589 | .B "<sample>" |
| 1491 | 6590 | .in 20 |
| 1492 | -\fR | |
| 6591 | + \fR | |
| 1493 | 6592 | .in 20 |
| 1494 | 6593 | geometry, height, width |
| 1495 | 6594 | .in 15 |
| 1496 | 6595 | .in 15 |
| 1497 | 6596 | .B "<scale>" |
| 1498 | 6597 | .in 20 |
| 1499 | -\fR | |
| 6598 | + \fR | |
| 1500 | 6599 | .in 20 |
| 1501 | 6600 | geometry, height, width |
| 1502 | 6601 | .in 15 |
| 1503 | 6602 | .in 15 |
| 1504 | 6603 | .B "<sharpen>" |
| 1505 | 6604 | .in 20 |
| 1506 | -\fR | |
| 6605 | + \fR | |
| 1507 | 6606 | .in 20 |
| 1508 | 6607 | radius, sigma |
| 1509 | 6608 | .in 15 |
| 1510 | 6609 | .in 15 |
| 1511 | 6610 | .B "<shave>" |
| 1512 | 6611 | .in 20 |
| 1513 | -\fR | |
| 6612 | + \fR | |
| 1514 | 6613 | .in 20 |
| 1515 | 6614 | geometry, height, width |
| 1516 | 6615 | .in 15 |
| 1517 | 6616 | .in 15 |
| 1518 | 6617 | .B "<shear>" |
| 1519 | 6618 | .in 20 |
| 1520 | -\fR | |
| 6619 | + \fR | |
| 1521 | 6620 | .in 20 |
| 1522 | 6621 | x, y |
| 1523 | 6622 | .in 15 |
| 1524 | 6623 | .in 15 |
| 1525 | 6624 | .B "<solarize>" |
| 1526 | 6625 | .in 20 |
| 1527 | -\fR | |
| 6626 | + \fR | |
| 1528 | 6627 | .in 20 |
| 1529 | 6628 | threshold |
| 1530 | 6629 | .in 15 |
| 1531 | 6630 | .in 15 |
| 1532 | 6631 | .B "<spread>" |
| 1533 | 6632 | .in 20 |
| 1534 | -\fR | |
| 6633 | + \fR | |
| 1535 | 6634 | .in 20 |
| 1536 | 6635 | radius |
| 1537 | 6636 | .in 15 |
| 1538 | 6637 | .in 15 |
| 1539 | 6638 | .B "<stegano>" |
| 1540 | 6639 | .in 20 |
| 1541 | -\fR | |
| 6640 | + \fR | |
| 1542 | 6641 | .in 20 |
| 1543 | 6642 | image |
| 1544 | 6643 | .in 15 |
| 1545 | 6644 | .in 15 |
| 1546 | 6645 | .B "<stereo>" |
| 1547 | 6646 | .in 20 |
| 1548 | -\fR | |
| 6647 | + \fR | |
| 1549 | 6648 | .in 20 |
| 1550 | 6649 | image |
| 1551 | 6650 | .in 15 |
| 1552 | 6651 | .in 15 |
| 1553 | 6652 | .B "<swirl>" |
| 1554 | 6653 | .in 20 |
| 1555 | -\fR | |
| 6654 | + \fR | |
| 1556 | 6655 | .in 20 |
| 1557 | 6656 | degrees |
| 1558 | 6657 | .in 15 |
| 1559 | 6658 | .in 15 |
| 1560 | 6659 | .B "<texture>" |
| 1561 | 6660 | .in 20 |
| 1562 | -\fR | |
| 6661 | + \fR | |
| 1563 | 6662 | .in 20 |
| 1564 | 6663 | image |
| 1565 | 6664 | .in 15 |
| 1566 | 6665 | .in 15 |
| 1567 | 6666 | .B "<threshold>" |
| 1568 | 6667 | .in 20 |
| 1569 | -\fR | |
| 6668 | + \fR | |
| 1570 | 6669 | .in 20 |
| 1571 | 6670 | threshold |
| 1572 | 6671 | .in 15 |
| 1573 | 6672 | .in 15 |
| 1574 | 6673 | .B "<transparent>" |
| 1575 | 6674 | .in 20 |
| 1576 | -\fR | |
| 6675 | + \fR | |
| 1577 | 6676 | .in 20 |
| 1578 | 6677 | color |
| 1579 | 6678 | .in 15 |
| 1580 | 6679 | .in 15 |
| 1581 | 6680 | .B "<trim>" |
| 1582 | 6681 | .in 20 |
| 1583 | -\fR | |
| 1584 | - | |
| 6682 | + \fR | |
| 6683 | +\' | |
| 1585 | 6684 | .SH GM CONVERT |
| 1586 | - | |
| 6685 | +\' | |
| 1587 | 6686 | \fBConvert\fP converts an input file using one image format to an output |
| 1588 | 6687 | file with a differing image format. In addition, various types of image |
| 1589 | 6688 | processing can be performed on the converted image during the conversion |
| 1590 | 6689 | process. \fBConvert\fP recognizes the image formats listed in |
| 1591 | 6690 | \fIGraphicsMagick(1)\fP. |
| 1592 | - | |
| 6691 | +\' | |
| 1593 | 6692 | .SH EXAMPLES |
| 1594 | - | |
| 6693 | +\' | |
| 1595 | 6694 | To make a thumbnail of a JPEG image, use: |
| 1596 | - | |
| 6695 | +\' | |
| 1597 | 6696 | gm convert -size 120x120 cockatoo.jpg -resize 120x120 |
| 1598 | 6697 | +profile "*" thumbnail.jpg |
| 1599 | - | |
| 1600 | - | |
| 6698 | +\' | |
| 6699 | +\' | |
| 1601 | 6700 | In this example, '-size 120x120' gives a hint to the JPEG decoder |
| 1602 | 6701 | that the image is going to be downscaled to 120x120, allowing it to run |
| 1603 | 6702 | faster by avoiding returning full-resolution images to GraphicsMagick for |
| 1604 | 6703 | the subsequent resizing operation. The |
| 1605 | -\'-resize 120x120' specifies the desired dimensions of the | |
| 6704 | +'-resize 120x120' specifies the desired dimensions of the | |
| 1606 | 6705 | output image. It will be scaled so its largest dimension is 120 pixels. The |
| 1607 | -\'+profile "*"' removes any ICM, EXIF, IPTC, or other profiles | |
| 6706 | +'+profile "*"' removes any ICM, EXIF, IPTC, or other profiles | |
| 1608 | 6707 | that might be present in the input and aren't needed in the thumbnail. |
| 1609 | - | |
| 6708 | +\' | |
| 1610 | 6709 | To convert a \fIMIFF\fP image of a cockatoo to a SUN raster image, use: |
| 1611 | - | |
| 6710 | +\' | |
| 1612 | 6711 | gm convert cockatoo.miff sun:cockatoo.ras |
| 1613 | - | |
| 1614 | - | |
| 6712 | +\' | |
| 6713 | +\' | |
| 1615 | 6714 | To convert a multi-page \fIPostScript\fP document to individual FAX pages, |
| 1616 | 6715 | use: |
| 1617 | - | |
| 6716 | +\' | |
| 1618 | 6717 | gm convert -monochrome document.ps fax:page |
| 1619 | - | |
| 1620 | - | |
| 6718 | +\' | |
| 6719 | +\' | |
| 1621 | 6720 | To convert a TIFF image to a \fIPostScript\fP A4 page with the image in |
| 1622 | 6721 | the lower left-hand corner, use: |
| 1623 | - | |
| 6722 | +\' | |
| 1624 | 6723 | gm convert -page A4+0+0 image.tiff document.ps |
| 1625 | - | |
| 1626 | - | |
| 6724 | +\' | |
| 6725 | +\' | |
| 1627 | 6726 | To convert a raw Gray image with a 128 byte header to a portable graymap, |
| 1628 | 6727 | use: |
| 1629 | - | |
| 6728 | +\' | |
| 1630 | 6729 | gm convert -depth 8 -size 768x512+128 gray:raw |
| 1631 | 6730 | image.pgm |
| 1632 | - | |
| 1633 | - | |
| 6731 | +\' | |
| 6732 | +\' | |
| 1634 | 6733 | In this example, "raw" is the input file. Its format is "gray" and it |
| 1635 | 6734 | has the dimensions and number of header bytes specified by the -size |
| 1636 | 6735 | option and the sample depth specified by the |
| 1637 | 6736 | -depth option. The output file is "image.pgm". The suffix ".pgm" |
| 1638 | 6737 | specifies its format. |
| 1639 | - | |
| 6738 | +\' | |
| 1640 | 6739 | To convert a Photo CD image to a TIFF image, use: |
| 1641 | - | |
| 6740 | +\' | |
| 1642 | 6741 | gm convert -size 1536x1024 img0009.pcd image.tiff |
| 1643 | 6742 | gm convert img0009.pcd[4] image.tiff |
| 1644 | - | |
| 1645 | - | |
| 6743 | +\' | |
| 6744 | +\' | |
| 1646 | 6745 | To create a visual image directory of all your JPEG images, use: |
| 1647 | - | |
| 6746 | +\' | |
| 1648 | 6747 | gm convert 'vid:*.jpg' directory.miff |
| 1649 | - | |
| 1650 | - | |
| 6748 | +\' | |
| 6749 | +\' | |
| 1651 | 6750 | To annotate an image with blue text using font 12x24 at position (100,100), |
| 1652 | 6751 | use: |
| 1653 | - | |
| 6752 | +\' | |
| 1654 | 6753 | gm convert -font helvetica -fill blue |
| 1655 | 6754 | -draw "text 100,100 Cockatoo" |
| 1656 | 6755 | bird.jpg bird.miff |
| 1657 | - | |
| 1658 | - | |
| 6756 | +\' | |
| 6757 | +\' | |
| 1659 | 6758 | To tile a 640x480 image with a JPEG texture with bumps use: |
| 1660 | - | |
| 6759 | +\' | |
| 1661 | 6760 | gm convert -size 640x480 tile:bumps.jpg tiled.png |
| 1662 | - | |
| 1663 | - | |
| 6761 | +\' | |
| 6762 | +\' | |
| 1664 | 6763 | To surround an icon with an ornamental border to use with Mosaic(1), use: |
| 1665 | - | |
| 6764 | +\' | |
| 1666 | 6765 | gm convert -mattecolor "#697B8F" -frame 6x6 bird.jpg |
| 1667 | 6766 | icon.png |
| 1668 | - | |
| 1669 | - | |
| 6767 | +\' | |
| 6768 | +\' | |
| 1670 | 6769 | To create a MNG animation from a DNA molecule sequence, use: |
| 1671 | - | |
| 6770 | +\' | |
| 1672 | 6771 | gm convert -delay 20 dna.* dna.mng |
| 1673 | - | |
| 6772 | +\' | |
| 1674 | 6773 | .SH OPTIONS |
| 1675 | - | |
| 6774 | +\' | |
| 1676 | 6775 | Options are processed in command line order. Any option you specify on |
| 1677 | 6776 | the command line remains in effect for the set of images that follows, |
| 1678 | 6777 | until the set is terminated by the appearance of any option or \fB-noop\fP. |
| 1679 | 6778 | Some options only affect the decoding of images and others only the encoding. |
| 1680 | 6779 | The latter can appear after the final group of input images. |
| 1681 | - | |
| 6780 | +\' | |
| 1682 | 6781 | For a more detailed description of each option, see |
| 1683 | 6782 | Options, above. |
| 1684 | - | |
| 6783 | +\' | |
| 1685 | 6784 | .TP |
| 1686 | 6785 | .B "-adjoin" |
| 1687 | 6786 | \fRjoin images into a single multi-image file |
| @@ -2141,11 +7240,11 @@ | ||
| 2141 | 7240 | .TP |
| 2142 | 7241 | .B "-write \fI<filename>"\fP |
| 2143 | 7242 | \fRwrite an intermediate image [\fIconvert, composite\fP] |
| 2144 | - | |
| 7243 | +\' | |
| 2145 | 7244 | For a more detailed description of each option, see |
| 2146 | 7245 | Options, above. |
| 2147 | 7246 | .SH GM DISPLAY |
| 2148 | - | |
| 7247 | +\' | |
| 2149 | 7248 | Display is a machine architecture independent |
| 2150 | 7249 | image processing and display program. It can display an image on any workstation |
| 2151 | 7250 | screen running an X server. \fBDisplay\fP can read and write |
| @@ -2155,10 +7254,10 @@ | ||
| 2155 | 7254 | \fBPNM\fP, |
| 2156 | 7255 | \fBPhoto |
| 2157 | 7256 | CD\fP, etc.). |
| 2158 | - | |
| 7257 | +\' | |
| 2159 | 7258 | With \fBdisplay\fP, you can perform these functions on an image: |
| 2160 | 7259 | .in 15 |
| 2161 | - | |
| 7260 | +\' | |
| 2162 | 7261 | o load an image from a file |
| 2163 | 7262 | o display the next image |
| 2164 | 7263 | o display the former image |
| @@ -2222,66 +7321,66 @@ | ||
| 2222 | 7321 | o discard all images and exit program |
| 2223 | 7322 | o change the level of magnification |
| 2224 | 7323 | o display images specified by a World Wide Web (WWW) uniform resource locator (URL) |
| 2225 | - | |
| 7324 | +\' | |
| 2226 | 7325 | .SH EXAMPLES |
| 2227 | - | |
| 7326 | +\' | |
| 2228 | 7327 | To scale an image of a cockatoo to exactly 640 pixels in width and 480 |
| 2229 | 7328 | pixels in height and position the window at location (200,200), use: |
| 2230 | - | |
| 7329 | +\' | |
| 2231 | 7330 | gm display -geometry 640x480+200+200! cockatoo.miff |
| 2232 | - | |
| 2233 | - | |
| 7331 | +\' | |
| 7332 | +\' | |
| 2234 | 7333 | To display an image of a cockatoo without a border centered on a backdrop, |
| 2235 | 7334 | use: |
| 2236 | - | |
| 7335 | +\' | |
| 2237 | 7336 | gm display +borderwidth -backdrop cockatoo.miff |
| 2238 | - | |
| 2239 | - | |
| 7337 | +\' | |
| 7338 | +\' | |
| 2240 | 7339 | To tile a slate texture onto the root window, use: |
| 2241 | - | |
| 7340 | +\' | |
| 2242 | 7341 | gm display -size 1280x1024 -window root slate.png |
| 2243 | - | |
| 2244 | - | |
| 7342 | +\' | |
| 7343 | +\' | |
| 2245 | 7344 | To display a visual image directory of all your JPEG images, use: |
| 2246 | - | |
| 7345 | +\' | |
| 2247 | 7346 | gm display 'vid:*.jpg' |
| 2248 | - | |
| 2249 | - | |
| 7347 | +\' | |
| 7348 | +\' | |
| 2250 | 7349 | To display a MAP image that is 640 pixels in width and 480 pixels in height |
| 2251 | 7350 | with 256 colors, use: |
| 2252 | - | |
| 7351 | +\' | |
| 2253 | 7352 | gm display -size 640x480+256 cockatoo.map |
| 2254 | - | |
| 2255 | - | |
| 7353 | +\' | |
| 7354 | +\' | |
| 2256 | 7355 | To display an image of a cockatoo specified with a \fBWorld Wide Web (WWW)\fP |
| 2257 | 7356 | uniform resource locator \fB(URL)\fP, use: |
| 2258 | - | |
| 7357 | +\' | |
| 2259 | 7358 | gm display ftp://wizards.dupont.com/images/cockatoo.jpg |
| 2260 | - | |
| 2261 | - | |
| 7359 | +\' | |
| 7360 | +\' | |
| 2262 | 7361 | To display histogram of an image, use: |
| 2263 | - | |
| 7362 | +\' | |
| 2264 | 7363 | gm gm convert file.jpg HISTOGRAM:- | gm display - |
| 2265 | - | |
| 7364 | +\' | |
| 2266 | 7365 | .SH OPTIONS |
| 2267 | - | |
| 7366 | +\' | |
| 2268 | 7367 | Options are processed in command line order. Any option you specify on |
| 2269 | 7368 | the command line remains in effect until it is explicitly changed by specifying |
| 2270 | 7369 | the option again with a different effect. For example to display three images, |
| 2271 | 7370 | the first with 32 colors, the second with an unlimited number of colors, |
| 2272 | 7371 | and the third with only 16 colors, use: |
| 2273 | - | |
| 7372 | +\' | |
| 2274 | 7373 | gm display -colors 32 cockatoo.miff -noop duck.miff |
| 2275 | 7374 | -colors 16 macaw.miff |
| 2276 | - | |
| 2277 | - | |
| 7375 | +\' | |
| 7376 | +\' | |
| 2278 | 7377 | \fBDisplay\fP options can appear on the command line or in your X resources |
| 2279 | 7378 | file. See \fIX(1)\fP. Options on the command line supersede values specified |
| 2280 | 7379 | in your X resources file. |
| 2281 | - | |
| 7380 | +\' | |
| 2282 | 7381 | For a more detailed description of each option, see |
| 2283 | 7382 | Options, above. |
| 2284 | - | |
| 7383 | +\' | |
| 2285 | 7384 | .TP |
| 2286 | 7385 | .B "-authenticate \fI<string>"\fP |
| 2287 | 7386 | \fRdecrypt image with this password |
| @@ -2523,12 +7622,12 @@ | ||
| 2523 | 7622 | .TP |
| 2524 | 7623 | .B "-write \fI<filename>"\fP |
| 2525 | 7624 | \fRwrite the image to a file [\fIdisplay\fP] |
| 2526 | - | |
| 7625 | +\' | |
| 2527 | 7626 | For a more detailed description of each option, see |
| 2528 | 7627 | Options, above. |
| 2529 | - | |
| 7628 | +\' | |
| 2530 | 7629 | .SH MOUSE BUTTONS |
| 2531 | - | |
| 7630 | +\' | |
| 2532 | 7631 | The effects of each button press is described below. Three buttons are |
| 2533 | 7632 | required. If you have a two button mouse, button 1 and 3 are returned. |
| 2534 | 7633 | Press \fBALT\fP and button 3 to simulate button 2. |
| @@ -2550,14 +7649,14 @@ | ||
| 2550 | 7649 | is a visual image directory. Choose a particular tile of the directory |
| 2551 | 7650 | and press this button and drag to select a command from a pop-up menu. |
| 2552 | 7651 | Choose from these menu items: |
| 2553 | - | |
| 7652 | +\' | |
| 2554 | 7653 | Open |
| 2555 | 7654 | Next |
| 2556 | 7655 | Former |
| 2557 | 7656 | Delete |
| 2558 | 7657 | Update |
| 2559 | - | |
| 2560 | - | |
| 7658 | +\' | |
| 7659 | +\' | |
| 2561 | 7660 | If you choose \fBOpen\fP, the image represented by the tile is displayed. |
| 2562 | 7661 | To return to the visual image directory, choose \fBNext\fP from the Command |
| 2563 | 7662 | widget (refer to Command Widget). |
| @@ -2569,11 +7668,11 @@ | ||
| 2569 | 7668 | and |
| 2570 | 7669 | miff for more details. |
| 2571 | 7670 | .SH COMMAND WIDGET |
| 2572 | - | |
| 7671 | +\' | |
| 2573 | 7672 | The Command widget lists a number of sub-menus and commands. They are |
| 2574 | - | |
| 7673 | +\' | |
| 2575 | 7674 | \fBFile\fP |
| 2576 | - | |
| 7675 | +\' | |
| 2577 | 7676 | Open... |
| 2578 | 7677 | Next |
| 2579 | 7678 | Former |
| @@ -2584,21 +7683,21 @@ | ||
| 2584 | 7683 | Canvas... |
| 2585 | 7684 | Visual Directory... |
| 2586 | 7685 | Quit |
| 2587 | - | |
| 2588 | - | |
| 2589 | - | |
| 7686 | +\' | |
| 7687 | +\' | |
| 7688 | +\' | |
| 2590 | 7689 | \fBEdit\fP |
| 2591 | - | |
| 7690 | +\' | |
| 2592 | 7691 | Undo |
| 2593 | 7692 | Redo |
| 2594 | 7693 | Cut |
| 2595 | 7694 | Copy |
| 2596 | 7695 | Paste |
| 2597 | - | |
| 2598 | - | |
| 2599 | - | |
| 7696 | +\' | |
| 7697 | +\' | |
| 7698 | +\' | |
| 2600 | 7699 | \fBView\fP |
| 2601 | - | |
| 7700 | +\' | |
| 2602 | 7701 | Half Size |
| 2603 | 7702 | Original Size |
| 2604 | 7703 | Double Size |
| @@ -2606,11 +7705,11 @@ | ||
| 2606 | 7705 | Apply |
| 2607 | 7706 | Refresh |
| 2608 | 7707 | Restore |
| 2609 | - | |
| 2610 | - | |
| 2611 | - | |
| 7708 | +\' | |
| 7709 | +\' | |
| 7710 | +\' | |
| 2612 | 7711 | \fBTransform\fP |
| 2613 | - | |
| 7712 | +\' | |
| 2614 | 7713 | Crop |
| 2615 | 7714 | Chop |
| 2616 | 7715 | Flop |
| @@ -2621,11 +7720,11 @@ | ||
| 2621 | 7720 | Shear... |
| 2622 | 7721 | Roll... |
| 2623 | 7722 | Trim Edges |
| 2624 | - | |
| 2625 | - | |
| 2626 | - | |
| 7723 | +\' | |
| 7724 | +\' | |
| 7725 | +\' | |
| 2627 | 7726 | \fBEnhance\fP |
| 2628 | - | |
| 7727 | +\' | |
| 2629 | 7728 | Hue... |
| 2630 | 7729 | Saturation... |
| 2631 | 7730 | Brightness... |
| @@ -2637,11 +7736,11 @@ | ||
| 2637 | 7736 | Negate |
| 2638 | 7737 | GRAYscale |
| 2639 | 7738 | Quantize... |
| 2640 | - | |
| 2641 | - | |
| 2642 | - | |
| 7739 | +\' | |
| 7740 | +\' | |
| 7741 | +\' | |
| 2643 | 7742 | \fBEffects\fP |
| 2644 | - | |
| 7743 | +\' | |
| 2645 | 7744 | Despeckle |
| 2646 | 7745 | Emboss |
| 2647 | 7746 | Reduce Noise |
| @@ -2654,22 +7753,22 @@ | ||
| 2654 | 7753 | Shade... |
| 2655 | 7754 | Raise... |
| 2656 | 7755 | Segment... |
| 2657 | - | |
| 2658 | - | |
| 2659 | - | |
| 7756 | +\' | |
| 7757 | +\' | |
| 7758 | +\' | |
| 2660 | 7759 | \fBF/X\fP |
| 2661 | - | |
| 7760 | +\' | |
| 2662 | 7761 | Solarize... |
| 2663 | 7762 | Swirl... |
| 2664 | 7763 | Implode... |
| 2665 | 7764 | Wave... |
| 2666 | 7765 | Oil Paint... |
| 2667 | 7766 | Charcoal Draw... |
| 2668 | - | |
| 2669 | - | |
| 2670 | - | |
| 7767 | +\' | |
| 7768 | +\' | |
| 7769 | +\' | |
| 2671 | 7770 | \fBImage Edit\fP |
| 2672 | - | |
| 7771 | +\' | |
| 2673 | 7772 | Annotate... |
| 2674 | 7773 | Draw... |
| 2675 | 7774 | Color... |
| @@ -2680,11 +7779,11 @@ | ||
| 2680 | 7779 | Comment... |
| 2681 | 7780 | Launch... |
| 2682 | 7781 | Region of Interest... |
| 2683 | - | |
| 2684 | - | |
| 2685 | - | |
| 7782 | +\' | |
| 7783 | +\' | |
| 7784 | +\' | |
| 2686 | 7785 | \fBMiscellany\fP |
| 2687 | - | |
| 7786 | +\' | |
| 2688 | 7787 | Image Info |
| 2689 | 7788 | Zoom Image |
| 2690 | 7789 | Show Preview... |
| @@ -2693,17 +7792,17 @@ | ||
| 2693 | 7792 | Background... |
| 2694 | 7793 | Slide Show |
| 2695 | 7794 | Preferences... |
| 2696 | - | |
| 2697 | - | |
| 2698 | - | |
| 7795 | +\' | |
| 7796 | +\' | |
| 7797 | +\' | |
| 2699 | 7798 | \fBHelp\fP |
| 2700 | - | |
| 7799 | +\' | |
| 2701 | 7800 | Overview |
| 2702 | 7801 | Browse Documentation |
| 2703 | 7802 | About Display |
| 2704 | - | |
| 2705 | - | |
| 2706 | - | |
| 7803 | +\' | |
| 7804 | +\' | |
| 7805 | +\' | |
| 2707 | 7806 | Menu items with a indented triangle have a sub-menu. They are represented |
| 2708 | 7807 | above as the indented items. To access a sub-menu item, move the pointer |
| 2709 | 7808 | to the appropriate menu and press button 1 and drag. When you find the |
| @@ -2711,30 +7810,30 @@ | ||
| 2711 | 7810 | Move the pointer away from the sub-menu if you decide not to execute a |
| 2712 | 7811 | particular command. |
| 2713 | 7812 | .SH KEYBOARD ACCELERATORS |
| 2714 | - | |
| 7813 | +\' | |
| 2715 | 7814 | Accelerators are one or two key presses that effect a particular command. |
| 2716 | 7815 | The keyboard accelerators that |
| 2717 | 7816 | \fBdisplay\fP understands is: |
| 2718 | - | |
| 7817 | +\' | |
| 2719 | 7818 | Ctl+O Press to load an image from a file. |
| 2720 | 7819 | space Press to display the next image. |
| 2721 | - | |
| 2722 | - | |
| 7820 | +\' | |
| 7821 | +\' | |
| 2723 | 7822 | If the image is a multi-paged document such as a |
| 2724 | 7823 | \fIPostScript\fP document, |
| 2725 | 7824 | you can skip ahead several pages by preceding this command with a number. |
| 2726 | 7825 | For example to display the fourth page beyond the current page, |
| 2727 | 7826 | press 4space. |
| 2728 | - | |
| 7827 | +\' | |
| 2729 | 7828 | backspace Press to display the former image. |
| 2730 | - | |
| 2731 | - | |
| 7829 | +\' | |
| 7830 | +\' | |
| 2732 | 7831 | If the image is a multi-paged document such as a |
| 2733 | 7832 | \fIPostScript\fP document, |
| 2734 | 7833 | you can skip behind several pages by preceding this command with a number. |
| 2735 | 7834 | For example to display the fourth page preceding the current page, press |
| 2736 | 7835 | 4n. |
| 2737 | - | |
| 7836 | +\' | |
| 2738 | 7837 | Ctl-S Press to save the image to a file. |
| 2739 | 7838 | Ctl-P Press to print the image to a |
| 2740 | 7839 | \fIPostScript\fP printer. |
| @@ -2834,20 +7933,20 @@ | ||
| 2834 | 7933 | Find Press to browse documentation about |
| 2835 | 7934 | GraphicsMagick. |
| 2836 | 7935 | 1-9 Press to change the level of magnification. |
| 2837 | - | |
| 2838 | - | |
| 7936 | +\' | |
| 7937 | +\' | |
| 2839 | 7938 | Use the arrow keys to move the image one pixel up, down, left, or right |
| 2840 | 7939 | within the magnify window. Be sure to first map the magnify window by pressing |
| 2841 | 7940 | button 2. |
| 2842 | - | |
| 7941 | +\' | |
| 2843 | 7942 | Press ALT and one of the arrow keys to trim off one pixel from any side |
| 2844 | 7943 | of the image. |
| 2845 | 7944 | .SH X RESOURCES |
| 2846 | - | |
| 7945 | +\' | |
| 2847 | 7946 | \fBDisplay\fP options can appear on the command line or in your X resource |
| 2848 | 7947 | file. Options on the command line supersede values specified in your X |
| 2849 | 7948 | resource file. See \fIX(1)\fP for more information on X resources. |
| 2850 | - | |
| 7949 | +\' | |
| 2851 | 7950 | Most \fBdisplay\fP options have a corresponding X resource. In addition, |
| 2852 | 7951 | \fBdisplay\fP |
| 2853 | 7952 | uses the following X resources: |
| @@ -2919,7 +8018,7 @@ | ||
| 2919 | 8018 | \fR |
| 2920 | 8019 | Specifies the preferred size and position of the image window. It is not |
| 2921 | 8020 | necessarily obeyed by all window managers. |
| 2922 | - | |
| 8021 | +\' | |
| 2923 | 8022 | Offsets, if present, are handled in \fIX(1)\fP style. A negative x offset is |
| 2924 | 8023 | measured from the right edge of the screen to the right edge of the icon, |
| 2925 | 8024 | and a negative y offset is measured from the bottom edge of the screen |
| @@ -2929,7 +8028,7 @@ | ||
| 2929 | 8028 | \fR |
| 2930 | 8029 | Specifies the preferred size and position of the application when iconified. |
| 2931 | 8030 | It is not necessarily obeyed by all window managers. |
| 2932 | - | |
| 8031 | +\' | |
| 2933 | 8032 | Offsets, if present, are handled in the same manner as in class Geometry. |
| 2934 | 8033 | .TP |
| 2935 | 8034 | .B "iconic \fI(class Iconic)"\fP |
| @@ -3005,14 +8104,14 @@ | ||
| 3005 | 8104 | exceeds the dimensions of your server screen and you intend to pan the |
| 3006 | 8105 | image. Panning is much faster with Pixmaps than with a XImage. Pixmaps |
| 3007 | 8106 | are considered a precious resource, use them with discretion. |
| 3008 | - | |
| 8107 | +\' | |
| 3009 | 8108 | To set the geometry of the Magnify or Pan or window, use the geometry resource. |
| 3010 | 8109 | For example, to set the Pan window geometry to 256x256, use: |
| 3011 | - | |
| 8110 | +\' | |
| 3012 | 8111 | gm display.pan.geometry: 256x256 |
| 3013 | - | |
| 8112 | +\' | |
| 3014 | 8113 | .SH IMAGE LOADING |
| 3015 | - | |
| 8114 | +\' | |
| 3016 | 8115 | To select an image to display, choose \fBOpen\fP of the \fBFile\fP sub-menu |
| 3017 | 8116 | from the Command widget. A file browser is displayed. |
| 3018 | 8117 | To choose a particular image file, move the pointer to the filename and |
| @@ -3023,15 +8122,15 @@ | ||
| 3023 | 8122 | name and press the button twice quickly. A scrollbar allows a large list |
| 3024 | 8123 | of filenames to be moved through the viewing area if it exceeds the size |
| 3025 | 8124 | of the list area. |
| 3026 | - | |
| 8125 | +\' | |
| 3027 | 8126 | You can trim the list of file names by using shell globbing characters. |
| 3028 | 8127 | For example, type *.jpg to list only files that end |
| 3029 | 8128 | with .jpg. |
| 3030 | - | |
| 8129 | +\' | |
| 3031 | 8130 | To select your image from the X server screen instead of from a file, Choose |
| 3032 | 8131 | \fBGrab\fP of the \fBOpen\fP widget. |
| 3033 | 8132 | .SH VISUAL IMAGE DIRECTORY |
| 3034 | - | |
| 8133 | +\' | |
| 3035 | 8134 | To create a Visual Image Directory, choose Visual Directory of the \fBFile\fP |
| 3036 | 8135 | sub-menu from the Command widget . A file browser is |
| 3037 | 8136 | displayed. To create a Visual Image Directory from all the images in the |
| @@ -3042,7 +8141,7 @@ | ||
| 3042 | 8141 | and press the button twice quickly. A scrollbar allows a large list of |
| 3043 | 8142 | filenames to be moved through the viewing area if it exceeds the size of |
| 3044 | 8143 | the list area. |
| 3045 | - | |
| 8144 | +\' | |
| 3046 | 8145 | After you select a set of files, they are turned into thumbnails and tiled |
| 3047 | 8146 | onto a single image. Now move the pointer to a particular thumbnail and |
| 3048 | 8147 | press \fBbutton 3\fP and drag. Finally, select Open. The image represented |
| @@ -3050,83 +8149,83 @@ | ||
| 3050 | 8149 | the \fBFile\fP sub-menu of the Command widget to return to the Visual |
| 3051 | 8150 | Image Directory. |
| 3052 | 8151 | .SH IMAGE CUTTING |
| 3053 | - | |
| 8152 | +\' | |
| 3054 | 8153 | Note that cut information for image window is not retained for colormapped |
| 3055 | 8154 | X server visuals (e.g. \fIStaticColor\fP, |
| 3056 | 8155 | \fIStaticColor\fP, \fIGRAYScale\fP, |
| 3057 | 8156 | \fIPseudoColor\fP). |
| 3058 | 8157 | Correct cutting behavior may require a \fITrueColor\fP or \fIDirectColor\fP |
| 3059 | 8158 | visual or a \fIStandard Colormap\fP. |
| 3060 | - | |
| 8159 | +\' | |
| 3061 | 8160 | To begin, press choose \fBCut\fP of the \fBEdit\fP sub-menu from the |
| 3062 | 8161 | Command |
| 3063 | 8162 | widget. Alternatively, press |
| 3064 | 8163 | \fBF3\fP in the image window. |
| 3065 | - | |
| 8164 | +\' | |
| 3066 | 8165 | A small window appears showing the location of the cursor in the image |
| 3067 | 8166 | window. You are now in cut mode. In cut mode, the Command widget has these |
| 3068 | 8167 | options: |
| 3069 | - | |
| 8168 | +\' | |
| 3070 | 8169 | \fBHelp\fP |
| 3071 | 8170 | \fBDismiss\fP |
| 3072 | - | |
| 3073 | - | |
| 8171 | +\' | |
| 8172 | +\' | |
| 3074 | 8173 | To define a cut region, press button 1 and drag. The cut region is defined |
| 3075 | 8174 | by a highlighted rectangle that expands or contracts as it follows the |
| 3076 | 8175 | pointer. Once you are satisfied with the cut region, release the button. |
| 3077 | 8176 | You are now in rectify mode. In rectify mode, the Command widget has these |
| 3078 | 8177 | options: |
| 3079 | - | |
| 8178 | +\' | |
| 3080 | 8179 | \fBCut\fP |
| 3081 | 8180 | \fBHelp\fP |
| 3082 | 8181 | \fBDismiss\fP |
| 3083 | - | |
| 3084 | - | |
| 8182 | +\' | |
| 8183 | +\' | |
| 3085 | 8184 | You can make adjustments by moving the pointer to one of the cut rectangle |
| 3086 | 8185 | corners, pressing a button, and dragging. Finally, press Cut to commit |
| 3087 | 8186 | your copy region. To exit without cutting the image, press Dismiss. |
| 3088 | 8187 | .SH IMAGE COPYING |
| 3089 | - | |
| 8188 | +\' | |
| 3090 | 8189 | To begin, press choose \fBCopy\fP of the \fBEdit\fP sub-menu from the |
| 3091 | 8190 | Command |
| 3092 | 8191 | widget. Alternatively, press |
| 3093 | 8192 | \fBF4\fP in the image window. |
| 3094 | - | |
| 8193 | +\' | |
| 3095 | 8194 | A small window appears showing the location of the cursor in the image |
| 3096 | 8195 | window. You are now in copy mode. In copy mode, the Command widget has |
| 3097 | 8196 | these options: |
| 3098 | - | |
| 8197 | +\' | |
| 3099 | 8198 | Help |
| 3100 | 8199 | Dismiss |
| 3101 | - | |
| 3102 | - | |
| 8200 | +\' | |
| 8201 | +\' | |
| 3103 | 8202 | To define a copy region, press button 1 and drag. The copy region is defined |
| 3104 | 8203 | by a highlighted rectangle that expands or contracts as it follows the |
| 3105 | 8204 | pointer. Once you are satisfied with the copy region, release the button. |
| 3106 | 8205 | You are now in rectify mode. In rectify mode, the Command widget has these |
| 3107 | 8206 | options: |
| 3108 | - | |
| 8207 | +\' | |
| 3109 | 8208 | Copy |
| 3110 | 8209 | Help |
| 3111 | 8210 | Dismiss |
| 3112 | - | |
| 3113 | - | |
| 8211 | +\' | |
| 8212 | +\' | |
| 3114 | 8213 | You can make adjustments by moving the pointer to one of the copy rectangle |
| 3115 | 8214 | corners, pressing a button, and dragging. Finally, press Copy to commit |
| 3116 | 8215 | your copy region. To exit without copying the image, press Dismiss. |
| 3117 | 8216 | .SH IMAGE PASTING |
| 3118 | - | |
| 8217 | +\' | |
| 3119 | 8218 | To begin, press choose \fBPaste\fP of the \fBEdit\fP sub-menu from the |
| 3120 | 8219 | Command |
| 3121 | 8220 | widget. Alternatively, press |
| 3122 | 8221 | \fBF5\fP in the image window. |
| 3123 | - | |
| 8222 | +\' | |
| 3124 | 8223 | A small window appears showing the location of the cursor in the image |
| 3125 | 8224 | window. You are now in Paste mode. To exit immediately, press Dismiss. |
| 3126 | 8225 | In Paste mode, the Command widget has these options: |
| 3127 | - | |
| 8226 | +\' | |
| 3128 | 8227 | \fBOperators\fP |
| 3129 | - | |
| 8228 | +\' | |
| 3130 | 8229 | over |
| 3131 | 8230 | in |
| 3132 | 8231 | out |
| @@ -3140,11 +8239,11 @@ | ||
| 3140 | 8239 | multiply |
| 3141 | 8240 | bumpmap |
| 3142 | 8241 | replace |
| 3143 | - | |
| 8242 | +\' | |
| 3144 | 8243 | \fBHelp\fP |
| 3145 | 8244 | \fBDismiss\fP |
| 3146 | - | |
| 3147 | - | |
| 8245 | +\' | |
| 8246 | +\' | |
| 3148 | 8247 | Choose a composite operation from the \fBOperators\fP sub-menu of the |
| 3149 | 8248 | Command |
| 3150 | 8249 | widget. How each operator behaves is described below. \fIimage window\fP |
| @@ -3224,7 +8323,7 @@ | ||
| 3224 | 8323 | \fRThe resulting image is \fIimage window\fP replaced with |
| 3225 | 8324 | \fIimage\fP. |
| 3226 | 8325 | Here the matte information is ignored. |
| 3227 | - | |
| 8326 | +\' | |
| 3228 | 8327 | The image compositor requires a matte, or alpha channel in the image for |
| 3229 | 8328 | some operations. This extra channel usually defines a mask which represents |
| 3230 | 8329 | a sort of a cookie-cutter for the image. This is the case when matte is |
| @@ -3233,18 +8332,18 @@ | ||
| 3233 | 8332 | is initialized with 0 for any pixel matching in color to pixel location |
| 3234 | 8333 | (0,0), otherwise 255. See Matte Editing for a method |
| 3235 | 8334 | of defining a matte channel. |
| 3236 | - | |
| 8335 | +\' | |
| 3237 | 8336 | Note that matte information for image window is not retained for colormapped |
| 3238 | 8337 | X server visuals (e.g. \fIStaticColor, StaticColor, GrayScale, PseudoColor\fP). |
| 3239 | 8338 | Correct compositing behavior may require a |
| 3240 | 8339 | \fITrueColor\fP or \fIDirectColor\fP |
| 3241 | 8340 | visual or a \fIStandard Colormap\fP. |
| 3242 | - | |
| 8341 | +\' | |
| 3243 | 8342 | Choosing a composite operator is optional. The default operator is replace. |
| 3244 | 8343 | However, you must choose a location to composite your image and press button |
| 3245 | 8344 | 1. Press and hold the button before releasing and an outline of the image |
| 3246 | 8345 | will appear to help you identify your location. |
| 3247 | - | |
| 8346 | +\' | |
| 3248 | 8347 | The actual colors of the pasted image is saved. However, the color that |
| 3249 | 8348 | appears in image window may be different. For example, on a monochrome |
| 3250 | 8349 | screen image window will appear black or white even though your pasted |
| @@ -3255,80 +8354,80 @@ | ||
| 3255 | 8354 | \fIPseudoClass\fP image to remain \fIPseudoClass\fP, |
| 3256 | 8355 | use \fB-colors\fP. |
| 3257 | 8356 | .SH IMAGE CROPPING |
| 3258 | - | |
| 8357 | +\' | |
| 3259 | 8358 | To begin, press choose \fBCrop\fP of the \fBTransform\fP submenu from |
| 3260 | 8359 | the Command widget. Alternatively, |
| 3261 | 8360 | press C in the image window. |
| 3262 | - | |
| 8361 | +\' | |
| 3263 | 8362 | A small window appears showing the location of the cursor in the image |
| 3264 | 8363 | window. You are now in crop mode. In crop mode, the Command widget has |
| 3265 | 8364 | these options: |
| 3266 | - | |
| 8365 | +\' | |
| 3267 | 8366 | \fBHelp\fP |
| 3268 | 8367 | \fBDismiss\fP |
| 3269 | - | |
| 3270 | - | |
| 8368 | +\' | |
| 8369 | +\' | |
| 3271 | 8370 | To define a cropping region, press button 1 and drag. The cropping region |
| 3272 | 8371 | is defined by a highlighted rectangle that expands or contracts as it follows |
| 3273 | 8372 | the pointer. Once you are satisfied with the cropping region, release the |
| 3274 | 8373 | button. You are now in rectify mode. In rectify mode, the Command widget |
| 3275 | 8374 | has these options: |
| 3276 | - | |
| 8375 | +\' | |
| 3277 | 8376 | \fBCrop\fP |
| 3278 | 8377 | \fBHelp\fP |
| 3279 | 8378 | \fBDismiss\fP |
| 3280 | - | |
| 3281 | - | |
| 8379 | +\' | |
| 8380 | +\' | |
| 3282 | 8381 | You can make adjustments by moving the pointer to one of the cropping rectangle |
| 3283 | 8382 | corners, pressing a button, and dragging. Finally, press Crop to commit |
| 3284 | 8383 | your cropping region. To exit without cropping the image, press Dismiss. |
| 3285 | 8384 | .SH IMAGE CHOPPING |
| 3286 | - | |
| 8385 | +\' | |
| 3287 | 8386 | An image is chopped interactively. There is no command line argument to |
| 3288 | 8387 | chop an image. To begin, choose \fBChop\fP of the \fBTransform\fP sub-menu |
| 3289 | 8388 | from the Command widget. Alternatively, |
| 3290 | 8389 | press [ in the Image window. |
| 3291 | - | |
| 8390 | +\' | |
| 3292 | 8391 | You are now in \fBChop\fP mode. To exit immediately, press |
| 3293 | 8392 | \fBDismiss\fP. |
| 3294 | 8393 | In Chop mode, the Command widget has these options: |
| 3295 | - | |
| 8394 | +\' | |
| 3296 | 8395 | \fBDirection\fP |
| 3297 | - | |
| 8396 | +\' | |
| 3298 | 8397 | horizontal |
| 3299 | 8398 | vertical |
| 3300 | - | |
| 8399 | +\' | |
| 3301 | 8400 | \fBHelp\fP |
| 3302 | 8401 | \fBDismiss\fP |
| 3303 | - | |
| 3304 | - | |
| 8402 | +\' | |
| 8403 | +\' | |
| 3305 | 8404 | If the you choose the horizontal direction (this is the default), the area |
| 3306 | 8405 | of the image between the two horizontal endpoints of the chop line is removed. |
| 3307 | 8406 | Otherwise, the area of the image between the two vertical endpoints of |
| 3308 | 8407 | the chop line is removed. |
| 3309 | - | |
| 8408 | +\' | |
| 3310 | 8409 | Select a location within the image window to begin your chop, press and |
| 3311 | 8410 | hold any button. Next, move the pointer to another location in the image. |
| 3312 | 8411 | As you move a line will connect the initial location and the pointer. When |
| 3313 | 8412 | you release the button, the area within the image to chop is determined |
| 3314 | 8413 | by which direction you choose from the Command widget. |
| 3315 | - | |
| 8414 | +\' | |
| 3316 | 8415 | To cancel the image chopping, move the pointer back to the starting point |
| 3317 | 8416 | of the line and release the button. |
| 3318 | 8417 | .SH IMAGE ROTATION |
| 3319 | - | |
| 8418 | +\' | |
| 3320 | 8419 | Press the / key to rotate the image 90 degrees or \\ to rotate -90 degrees. |
| 3321 | 8420 | To interactively choose the degree of rotation, choose |
| 3322 | 8421 | \fBRotate...\fP |
| 3323 | 8422 | of the \fBTransform\fP submenu from the Command Widget. |
| 3324 | 8423 | Alternatively, press * in the image window. |
| 3325 | - | |
| 8424 | +\' | |
| 3326 | 8425 | A small horizontal line is drawn next to the pointer. You are now in rotate |
| 3327 | 8426 | mode. To exit immediately, press Dismiss. In rotate mode, the Command widget |
| 3328 | 8427 | has these options: |
| 3329 | - | |
| 8428 | +\' | |
| 3330 | 8429 | \fBPixel Color\fP |
| 3331 | - | |
| 8430 | +\' | |
| 3332 | 8431 | black |
| 3333 | 8432 | blue |
| 3334 | 8433 | cyan |
| @@ -3339,48 +8438,48 @@ | ||
| 3339 | 8438 | yellow |
| 3340 | 8439 | white |
| 3341 | 8440 | Browser... |
| 3342 | - | |
| 8441 | +\' | |
| 3343 | 8442 | \fBDirection\fP |
| 3344 | - | |
| 8443 | +\' | |
| 3345 | 8444 | horizontal |
| 3346 | 8445 | vertical |
| 3347 | - | |
| 8446 | +\' | |
| 3348 | 8447 | \fBHelp\fP |
| 3349 | 8448 | \fBDismiss\fP |
| 3350 | - | |
| 3351 | - | |
| 8449 | +\' | |
| 8450 | +\' | |
| 3352 | 8451 | Choose a background color from the Pixel Color sub-menu. Additional background |
| 3353 | 8452 | colors can be specified with the color browser. You can change the menu |
| 3354 | 8453 | colors by setting the X resources pen1 through pen9. |
| 3355 | - | |
| 8454 | +\' | |
| 3356 | 8455 | If you choose the color browser and press \fBGrab\fP, you can select the |
| 3357 | 8456 | background color by moving the pointer to the desired color on the screen |
| 3358 | 8457 | and press any button. |
| 3359 | - | |
| 8458 | +\' | |
| 3360 | 8459 | Choose a point in the image window and press this button and hold. Next, |
| 3361 | 8460 | move the pointer to another location in the image. As you move a line connects |
| 3362 | 8461 | the initial location and the pointer. When you release the button, the |
| 3363 | 8462 | degree of image rotation is determined by the slope of the line you just |
| 3364 | 8463 | drew. The slope is relative to the direction you choose from the Direction |
| 3365 | 8464 | sub-menu of the Command widget. |
| 3366 | - | |
| 8465 | +\' | |
| 3367 | 8466 | To cancel the image rotation, move the pointer back to the starting point |
| 3368 | 8467 | of the line and release the button. |
| 3369 | 8468 | .SH IMAGE ANNOTATION |
| 3370 | - | |
| 8469 | +\' | |
| 3371 | 8470 | An image is annotated interactively. There is no command line argument |
| 3372 | 8471 | to annotate an image. To begin, choose |
| 3373 | 8472 | \fBAnnotate\fP of the \fBImage |
| 3374 | 8473 | Edit\fP sub-menu from the Command widget. Alternatively, |
| 3375 | 8474 | press a in the image window. |
| 3376 | - | |
| 8475 | +\' | |
| 3377 | 8476 | A small window appears showing the location of the cursor in the image |
| 3378 | 8477 | window. You are now in annotate mode. To exit immediately, press Dismiss. |
| 3379 | 8478 | In annotate mode, the Command widget has these options: |
| 3380 | - | |
| 8479 | +\' | |
| 3381 | 8480 | |
| 3382 | 8481 | \fBFont Name\fP |
| 3383 | - | |
| 8482 | +\' | |
| 3384 | 8483 | |
| 3385 | 8484 | fixed |
| 3386 | 8485 |
| @@ -3401,10 +8500,10 @@ | ||
| 3401 | 8500 | 12x24 |
| 3402 | 8501 | |
| 3403 | 8502 | Browser... |
| 3404 | - | |
| 8503 | +\' | |
| 3405 | 8504 | |
| 3406 | 8505 | \fBFont Color\fP |
| 3407 | - | |
| 8506 | +\' | |
| 3408 | 8507 | |
| 3409 | 8508 | black |
| 3410 | 8509 |
| @@ -3427,10 +8526,10 @@ | ||
| 3427 | 8526 | transparent |
| 3428 | 8527 | |
| 3429 | 8528 | Browser... |
| 3430 | - | |
| 8529 | +\' | |
| 3431 | 8530 | |
| 3432 | 8531 | \fBBox Color\fP |
| 3433 | - | |
| 8532 | +\' | |
| 3434 | 8533 | |
| 3435 | 8534 | black |
| 3436 | 8535 |
| @@ -3453,10 +8552,10 @@ | ||
| 3453 | 8552 | transparent |
| 3454 | 8553 | |
| 3455 | 8554 | Browser... |
| 3456 | - | |
| 8555 | +\' | |
| 3457 | 8556 | |
| 3458 | 8557 | \fBRotate Text\fP |
| 3459 | - | |
| 8558 | +\' | |
| 3460 | 8559 | |
| 3461 | 8560 | -90 |
| 3462 | 8561 |
| @@ -3475,36 +8574,36 @@ | ||
| 3475 | 8574 | 180 |
| 3476 | 8575 | |
| 3477 | 8576 | Dialog... |
| 3478 | - | |
| 8577 | +\' | |
| 3479 | 8578 | |
| 3480 | 8579 | \fBHelp\fP |
| 3481 | 8580 | |
| 3482 | 8581 | \fBDismiss\fP |
| 3483 | - | |
| 3484 | - | |
| 8582 | +\' | |
| 8583 | +\' | |
| 3485 | 8584 | Choose a font name from the \fBFont Name\fP sub-menu. Additional font |
| 3486 | 8585 | names can be specified with the font browser. You can change the menu names |
| 3487 | 8586 | by setting the X resources font1 through font9. |
| 3488 | - | |
| 8587 | +\' | |
| 3489 | 8588 | Choose a font color from the \fBFont Color\fP sub-menu. Additional font |
| 3490 | 8589 | colors can be specified with the color browser. You can change the menu |
| 3491 | 8590 | colors by setting the X resources pen1 through pen9. |
| 3492 | - | |
| 8591 | +\' | |
| 3493 | 8592 | If you select the color browser and press \fBGrab\fP, you can choose the |
| 3494 | 8593 | font color by moving the pointer to the desired color on the screen and |
| 3495 | 8594 | press any button. |
| 3496 | - | |
| 8595 | +\' | |
| 3497 | 8596 | If you choose to rotate the text, choose \fBRotate Text\fP from the menu |
| 3498 | 8597 | and select an angle. Typically you will only want to rotate one line of |
| 3499 | 8598 | text at a time. Depending on the angle you choose, subsequent lines may |
| 3500 | 8599 | end up overwriting each other. |
| 3501 | - | |
| 8600 | +\' | |
| 3502 | 8601 | Choosing a font and its color is optional. The default font is fixed and |
| 3503 | 8602 | the default color is black. However, you must choose a location to begin |
| 3504 | 8603 | entering text and press a button. An underscore character will appear at |
| 3505 | 8604 | the location of the pointer. The cursor changes to a pencil to indicate |
| 3506 | 8605 | you are in text mode. To exit immediately, press Dismiss. |
| 3507 | - | |
| 8606 | +\' | |
| 3508 | 8607 | In text mode, any key presses will display the character at the location |
| 3509 | 8608 | of the underscore and advance the underscore cursor. Enter your text and |
| 3510 | 8609 | once completed press Apply to finish your image annotation. To correct |
| @@ -3512,7 +8611,7 @@ | ||
| 3512 | 8611 | \fBDELETE\fP. |
| 3513 | 8612 | Any text that exceeds the boundaries of the image window is automatically |
| 3514 | 8613 | continued onto the next line. |
| 3515 | - | |
| 8614 | +\' | |
| 3516 | 8615 | The actual color you request for the font is saved in the image. However, |
| 3517 | 8616 | the color that appears in your Image window may be different. For example, |
| 3518 | 8617 | on a monochrome screen the text will appear black or white even if you |
| @@ -3523,30 +8622,30 @@ | ||
| 3523 | 8622 | to remain |
| 3524 | 8623 | \fIPseudoClass\fP, use \fB-colors\fP. |
| 3525 | 8624 | .SH IMAGE COMPOSITING |
| 3526 | - | |
| 8625 | +\' | |
| 3527 | 8626 | An image composite is created interactively. \fBThere is no command line |
| 3528 | 8627 | argument to composite an image\fP. To begin, choose \fBComposite\fP of |
| 3529 | 8628 | the \fBImage Edit\fP from the Command widget. Alternatively, |
| 3530 | 8629 | press x in the Image window. |
| 3531 | - | |
| 8630 | +\' | |
| 3532 | 8631 | First a popup window is displayed requesting you to enter an image name. |
| 3533 | 8632 | Press \fBComposite\fP, \fBGrab\fP or type a file name. Press \fBCancel\fP |
| 3534 | 8633 | if you choose not to create a composite image. When you choose \fBGrab\fP, |
| 3535 | 8634 | move the pointer to the desired window and press any button. |
| 3536 | - | |
| 8635 | +\' | |
| 3537 | 8636 | If the \fBComposite\fP image does not have any matte information, you |
| 3538 | 8637 | are informed and the file browser is displayed again. Enter the name of |
| 3539 | 8638 | a mask image. The image is typically grayscale and the same size as the |
| 3540 | 8639 | composite image. If the image is not grayscale, it is converted to grayscale |
| 3541 | 8640 | and the resulting intensities are used as matte information. |
| 3542 | - | |
| 8641 | +\' | |
| 3543 | 8642 | A small window appears showing the location of the cursor in the image |
| 3544 | 8643 | window. You are now in composite mode. To exit immediately, press Dismiss. |
| 3545 | 8644 | In composite mode, the Command widget has these options: |
| 3546 | - | |
| 8645 | +\' | |
| 3547 | 8646 | |
| 3548 | 8647 | \fBOperators\fP |
| 3549 | - | |
| 8648 | +\' | |
| 3550 | 8649 | |
| 3551 | 8650 | over |
| 3552 | 8651 |
| @@ -3571,7 +8670,7 @@ | ||
| 3571 | 8670 | bumpmap |
| 3572 | 8671 | |
| 3573 | 8672 | replace |
| 3574 | - | |
| 8673 | +\' | |
| 3575 | 8674 | |
| 3576 | 8675 | \fBBlend\fP |
| 3577 | 8676 |
| @@ -3580,8 +8679,8 @@ | ||
| 3580 | 8679 | \fBHelp\fP |
| 3581 | 8680 | |
| 3582 | 8681 | \fBDismiss\fP |
| 3583 | - | |
| 3584 | - | |
| 8682 | +\' | |
| 8683 | +\' | |
| 3585 | 8684 | Choose a composite operation from the Operators sub-menu of the Command |
| 3586 | 8685 | widget. How each operator behaves is described below. image window is the |
| 3587 | 8686 | image currently displayed on your X server and image is the image obtained |
| @@ -3654,7 +8753,7 @@ | ||
| 3654 | 8753 | The resulting image is \fIimage window\fP replaced with |
| 3655 | 8754 | \fIimage\fP. |
| 3656 | 8755 | Here the matte information is ignored. |
| 3657 | - | |
| 8756 | +\' | |
| 3658 | 8757 | The image compositor requires a matte, or alpha channel in the image for |
| 3659 | 8758 | some operations. This extra channel usually defines a mask which represents |
| 3660 | 8759 | a sort of a cookie-cutter for the image. This is the case when matte is |
| @@ -3663,12 +8762,12 @@ | ||
| 3663 | 8762 | is initialized with 0 for any pixel matching in color to pixel location |
| 3664 | 8763 | (0,0), otherwise 255. See Matte Editing for a method |
| 3665 | 8764 | of defining a matte channel. |
| 3666 | - | |
| 8765 | +\' | |
| 3667 | 8766 | If you choose \fBblend\fP, the composite operator becomes \fBover\fP. |
| 3668 | 8767 | The image matte channel percent transparency is initialized to factor. |
| 3669 | 8768 | The image window is initialized to (100-factor). Where factor is the value |
| 3670 | 8769 | you specify in the Dialog widget. |
| 3671 | - | |
| 8770 | +\' | |
| 3672 | 8771 | \fBDisplace\fP shifts the image pixels as defined by a displacement map. |
| 3673 | 8772 | With this option, \fIimage\fP is used as a displacement map. Black, within |
| 3674 | 8773 | the displacement map, is a maximum positive displacement. White is a maximum |
| @@ -3679,19 +8778,19 @@ | ||
| 3679 | 8778 | \fIimage\fP |
| 3680 | 8779 | is the horizontal X displacement and |
| 3681 | 8780 | \fImask\fP the vertical Y displacement. |
| 3682 | - | |
| 8781 | +\' | |
| 3683 | 8782 | Note that matte information for image window is not retained for colormapped |
| 3684 | 8783 | X server visuals (e.g. |
| 3685 | 8784 | \fIStaticColor, StaticColor, GrayScale, PseudoColor\fP). |
| 3686 | 8785 | Correct compositing behavior may require a \fITrueColor\fP or |
| 3687 | 8786 | \fIDirectColor\fP |
| 3688 | 8787 | visual or a \fIStandard Colormap\fP. |
| 3689 | - | |
| 8788 | +\' | |
| 3690 | 8789 | Choosing a composite operator is optional. The default operator is replace. |
| 3691 | 8790 | However, you must choose a location to composite your image and press button |
| 3692 | 8791 | 1. Press and hold the button before releasing and an outline of the image |
| 3693 | 8792 | will appear to help you identify your location. |
| 3694 | - | |
| 8793 | +\' | |
| 3695 | 8794 | The actual colors of the composite image is saved. However, the color that |
| 3696 | 8795 | appears in image window may be different. For example, on a monochrome |
| 3697 | 8796 | screen Image window will appear black or white even though your composited |
| @@ -3702,20 +8801,20 @@ | ||
| 3702 | 8801 | To force a \fIPseudoClass\fP image to remain \fIPseudoClass\fP, |
| 3703 | 8802 | use \fB-colors\fP. |
| 3704 | 8803 | .SH COLOR EDITING |
| 3705 | - | |
| 8804 | +\' | |
| 3706 | 8805 | Changing the the color of a set of pixels is performed interactively. There |
| 3707 | 8806 | is no command line argument to edit a pixel. To begin, choose \fBColor\fP |
| 3708 | 8807 | from the \fBImage Edit\fP submenu of the Command widget. |
| 3709 | 8808 | Alternatively, press c in the image window. |
| 3710 | - | |
| 8809 | +\' | |
| 3711 | 8810 | A small window appears showing the location of the cursor in the image |
| 3712 | 8811 | window. You are now in color edit mode. To exit immediately, press \fBDismiss\fP. |
| 3713 | 8812 | In color edit mode, the |
| 3714 | 8813 | \fBCommand widget\fP has these options: |
| 3715 | - | |
| 8814 | +\' | |
| 3716 | 8815 | |
| 3717 | 8816 | \fBMethod\fP |
| 3718 | - | |
| 8817 | +\' | |
| 3719 | 8818 | |
| 3720 | 8819 | point |
| 3721 | 8820 |
| @@ -3724,34 +8823,10 @@ | ||
| 3724 | 8823 | floodfill |
| 3725 | 8824 | |
| 3726 | 8825 | reset |
| 3727 | - | |
| 8826 | +\' | |
| 3728 | 8827 | |
| 3729 | 8828 | \fBPixel Color\fP |
| 3730 | - | |
| 3731 | - | |
| 3732 | -black | |
| 3733 | - | |
| 3734 | -blue | |
| 3735 | - | |
| 3736 | -cyan | |
| 3737 | - | |
| 3738 | -green | |
| 3739 | - | |
| 3740 | -gray | |
| 3741 | - | |
| 3742 | -red | |
| 3743 | - | |
| 3744 | -magenta | |
| 3745 | - | |
| 3746 | -yellow | |
| 3747 | - | |
| 3748 | -white | |
| 3749 | - | |
| 3750 | -Browser... | |
| 3751 | - | |
| 3752 | - | |
| 3753 | -\fBBorder Color\fP | |
| 3754 | - | |
| 8829 | +\' | |
| 3755 | 8830 | |
| 3756 | 8831 | black |
| 3757 | 8832 |
| @@ -3772,99 +8847,10 @@ | ||
| 3772 | 8847 | white |
| 3773 | 8848 | |
| 3774 | 8849 | Browser... |
| 3775 | - | |
| 3776 | - | |
| 3777 | -\fBFuzz\fP | |
| 3778 | - | |
| 3779 | - | |
| 3780 | -0 | |
| 3781 | - | |
| 3782 | -2 | |
| 3783 | - | |
| 3784 | -4 | |
| 3785 | - | |
| 3786 | -8 | |
| 3787 | - | |
| 3788 | -16 | |
| 3789 | - Dialog... | |
| 3790 | - | |
| 3791 | - | |
| 3792 | -\fBUndo\fP | |
| 3793 | - | |
| 3794 | -\fBHelp\fP | |
| 3795 | - | |
| 3796 | -\fBDismiss\fP | |
| 3797 | - | |
| 3798 | - | |
| 3799 | -Choose a color editing method from the \fBMethod\fP sub-menu of | |
| 3800 | -the Command | |
| 3801 | -widget. The \fBpoint method\fP recolors any pixel selected with the | |
| 3802 | -pointer unless the button is released. The \fBreplace method\fP recolors | |
| 3803 | -any pixel that matches the color of the pixel you select with a button | |
| 3804 | -press. \fBFloodfill\fP recolors any pixel that matches the color of the | |
| 3805 | -pixel you select with a button press and is a neighbor. | |
| 3806 | -Whereas \fBfilltoborder\fP | |
| 3807 | -changes the matte value of any neighbor pixel that is not the border color. | |
| 3808 | -Finally \fBreset\fP changes the entire image to the designated color. | |
| 3809 | - | |
| 3810 | -Next, choose a pixel color from the \fBPixel Color\fP sub-menu. Additional | |
| 3811 | -pixel colors can be specified with the color browser. You can change the | |
| 3812 | -menu colors by setting the X resources pen1 through | |
| 3813 | -pen9. | |
| 3814 | - | |
| 3815 | -Now press button 1 to select a pixel within the Image window to change | |
| 3816 | -its color. Additional pixels may be recolored as prescribed by the method | |
| 3817 | -you choose. additional pixels by increasing the Delta value. | |
| 3818 | - | |
| 3819 | -If the \fBMagnify widget\fP is mapped, it can be helpful in positioning | |
| 3820 | -your pointer within the image (refer to button 2). Alternatively you can | |
| 3821 | -select a pixel to recolor from within the \fBMagnify widget\fP. Move the | |
| 3822 | -pointer to the \fBMagnify widget\fP and position the pixel with the cursor | |
| 3823 | -control keys. Finally, press a button to recolor the selected pixel (or | |
| 3824 | -pixels). | |
| 3825 | - | |
| 3826 | -The actual color you request for the pixels is saved in the image. However, | |
| 3827 | -the color that appears in your Image window may be different. For example, | |
| 3828 | -on a monochrome screen the pixel will appear black or white even if you | |
| 3829 | -choose the color red as the pixel color. However, the image saved to a | |
| 3830 | -file with -write is written with red pixels. To assure the correct color | |
| 3831 | -text in the final image, any \fIPseudoClass\fP image is promoted | |
| 3832 | -to \fIDirectClass\fP | |
| 3833 | -To force a \fIPseudoClass\fP image to remain | |
| 3834 | -\fIPseudoClass\fP, use \fB-colors\fP. | |
| 3835 | -.SH MATTE EDITING | |
| 3836 | - | |
| 3837 | -Matte information within an image is useful for some operations such as | |
| 3838 | -image compositing. This extra channel usually defines | |
| 3839 | -a mask which represents a sort of a cookie-cutter for the image. This is | |
| 3840 | -the case when matte is 255 (full coverage) for pixels inside the shape, | |
| 3841 | -zero outside, and between zero and 255 on the boundary. | |
| 3842 | - | |
| 3843 | -Setting the matte information in an image is done interactively. There | |
| 3844 | -is no command line argument to edit a pixel. To begin, and choose \fBMatte\fP | |
| 3845 | -of the \fBImage Edit\fP sub-menu from the Command widget. | |
| 3846 | - | |
| 3847 | -Alternatively, press m in the image window. | |
| 3848 | - | |
| 3849 | -A small window appears showing the location of the cursor in the image | |
| 3850 | -window. You are now in matte edit mode. To exit immediately, press Dismiss. | |
| 3851 | -In matte edit mode, the Command widget has these options: | |
| 3852 | - | |
| 3853 | - | |
| 3854 | -\fBMethod\fP | |
| 3855 | - | |
| 3856 | - | |
| 3857 | -point | |
| 3858 | - | |
| 3859 | -replace | |
| 3860 | - | |
| 3861 | -floodfill | |
| 3862 | - | |
| 3863 | -reset | |
| 3864 | - | |
| 8850 | +\' | |
| 3865 | 8851 | |
| 3866 | 8852 | \fBBorder Color\fP |
| 3867 | - | |
| 8853 | +\' | |
| 3868 | 8854 | |
| 3869 | 8855 | black |
| 3870 | 8856 |
| @@ -3885,10 +8871,10 @@ | ||
| 3885 | 8871 | white |
| 3886 | 8872 | |
| 3887 | 8873 | Browser... |
| 3888 | - | |
| 8874 | +\' | |
| 3889 | 8875 | |
| 3890 | 8876 | \fBFuzz\fP |
| 3891 | - | |
| 8877 | +\' | |
| 3892 | 8878 | |
| 3893 | 8879 | 0 |
| 3894 | 8880 |
| @@ -3900,7 +8886,120 @@ | ||
| 3900 | 8886 | |
| 3901 | 8887 | 16 |
| 3902 | 8888 | Dialog... |
| 3903 | - | |
| 8889 | +\' | |
| 8890 | + | |
| 8891 | +\fBUndo\fP | |
| 8892 | + | |
| 8893 | +\fBHelp\fP | |
| 8894 | + | |
| 8895 | +\fBDismiss\fP | |
| 8896 | +\' | |
| 8897 | +\' | |
| 8898 | +Choose a color editing method from the \fBMethod\fP sub-menu of | |
| 8899 | +the Command | |
| 8900 | +widget. The \fBpoint method\fP recolors any pixel selected with the | |
| 8901 | +pointer unless the button is released. The \fBreplace method\fP recolors | |
| 8902 | +any pixel that matches the color of the pixel you select with a button | |
| 8903 | +press. \fBFloodfill\fP recolors any pixel that matches the color of the | |
| 8904 | +pixel you select with a button press and is a neighbor. | |
| 8905 | +Whereas \fBfilltoborder\fP | |
| 8906 | +changes the matte value of any neighbor pixel that is not the border color. | |
| 8907 | +Finally \fBreset\fP changes the entire image to the designated color. | |
| 8908 | +\' | |
| 8909 | +Next, choose a pixel color from the \fBPixel Color\fP sub-menu. Additional | |
| 8910 | +pixel colors can be specified with the color browser. You can change the | |
| 8911 | +menu colors by setting the X resources pen1 through | |
| 8912 | +pen9. | |
| 8913 | +\' | |
| 8914 | +Now press button 1 to select a pixel within the Image window to change | |
| 8915 | +its color. Additional pixels may be recolored as prescribed by the method | |
| 8916 | +you choose. additional pixels by increasing the Delta value. | |
| 8917 | +\' | |
| 8918 | +If the \fBMagnify widget\fP is mapped, it can be helpful in positioning | |
| 8919 | +your pointer within the image (refer to button 2). Alternatively you can | |
| 8920 | +select a pixel to recolor from within the \fBMagnify widget\fP. Move the | |
| 8921 | +pointer to the \fBMagnify widget\fP and position the pixel with the cursor | |
| 8922 | +control keys. Finally, press a button to recolor the selected pixel (or | |
| 8923 | +pixels). | |
| 8924 | +\' | |
| 8925 | +The actual color you request for the pixels is saved in the image. However, | |
| 8926 | +the color that appears in your Image window may be different. For example, | |
| 8927 | +on a monochrome screen the pixel will appear black or white even if you | |
| 8928 | +choose the color red as the pixel color. However, the image saved to a | |
| 8929 | +file with -write is written with red pixels. To assure the correct color | |
| 8930 | +text in the final image, any \fIPseudoClass\fP image is promoted | |
| 8931 | +to \fIDirectClass\fP | |
| 8932 | +To force a \fIPseudoClass\fP image to remain | |
| 8933 | +\fIPseudoClass\fP, use \fB-colors\fP. | |
| 8934 | +.SH MATTE EDITING | |
| 8935 | +\' | |
| 8936 | +Matte information within an image is useful for some operations such as | |
| 8937 | +image compositing. This extra channel usually defines | |
| 8938 | +a mask which represents a sort of a cookie-cutter for the image. This is | |
| 8939 | +the case when matte is 255 (full coverage) for pixels inside the shape, | |
| 8940 | +zero outside, and between zero and 255 on the boundary. | |
| 8941 | +\' | |
| 8942 | +Setting the matte information in an image is done interactively. There | |
| 8943 | +is no command line argument to edit a pixel. To begin, and choose \fBMatte\fP | |
| 8944 | +of the \fBImage Edit\fP sub-menu from the Command widget. | |
| 8945 | +\' | |
| 8946 | +Alternatively, press m in the image window. | |
| 8947 | +\' | |
| 8948 | +A small window appears showing the location of the cursor in the image | |
| 8949 | +window. You are now in matte edit mode. To exit immediately, press Dismiss. | |
| 8950 | +In matte edit mode, the Command widget has these options: | |
| 8951 | +\' | |
| 8952 | + | |
| 8953 | +\fBMethod\fP | |
| 8954 | +\' | |
| 8955 | + | |
| 8956 | +point | |
| 8957 | + | |
| 8958 | +replace | |
| 8959 | + | |
| 8960 | +floodfill | |
| 8961 | + | |
| 8962 | +reset | |
| 8963 | +\' | |
| 8964 | + | |
| 8965 | +\fBBorder Color\fP | |
| 8966 | +\' | |
| 8967 | + | |
| 8968 | +black | |
| 8969 | + | |
| 8970 | +blue | |
| 8971 | + | |
| 8972 | +cyan | |
| 8973 | + | |
| 8974 | +green | |
| 8975 | + | |
| 8976 | +gray | |
| 8977 | + | |
| 8978 | +red | |
| 8979 | + | |
| 8980 | +magenta | |
| 8981 | + | |
| 8982 | +yellow | |
| 8983 | + | |
| 8984 | +white | |
| 8985 | + | |
| 8986 | +Browser... | |
| 8987 | +\' | |
| 8988 | + | |
| 8989 | +\fBFuzz\fP | |
| 8990 | +\' | |
| 8991 | + | |
| 8992 | +0 | |
| 8993 | + | |
| 8994 | +2 | |
| 8995 | + | |
| 8996 | +4 | |
| 8997 | + | |
| 8998 | +8 | |
| 8999 | + | |
| 9000 | +16 | |
| 9001 | + Dialog... | |
| 9002 | +\' | |
| 3904 | 9003 | |
| 3905 | 9004 | \fBMatte\fP |
| 3906 | 9005 |
| @@ -3909,7 +9008,7 @@ | ||
| 3909 | 9008 | \fBHelp\fP |
| 3910 | 9009 | |
| 3911 | 9010 | \fBDismiss\fP |
| 3912 | - | |
| 9011 | +\' | |
| 3913 | 9012 | Choose a matte editing method from the \fBMethod\fP sub-menu of the Command |
| 3914 | 9013 | widget. The \fBpoint method\fP changes the matte value of the any |
| 3915 | 9014 | pixel selected with the pointer until the button is released. The \fBreplace |
| @@ -3944,19 +9043,19 @@ | ||
| 3944 | 9043 | matte editing behavior may require a \fITrueColor\fP or \fIDirectColor\fP |
| 3945 | 9044 | visual or a \fIStandard Colormap\fP. |
| 3946 | 9045 | .SH IMAGE DRAWING |
| 3947 | - | |
| 9046 | +\' | |
| 3948 | 9047 | An image is drawn upon interactively. \fBThere is no command line argument |
| 3949 | 9048 | to draw on an image\fP. To begin, choose \fBDraw\fP of the Image \fBEdit\fP |
| 3950 | 9049 | sub-menu from the Command widget. |
| 3951 | 9050 | Alternatively, press d in the image window. |
| 3952 | - | |
| 9051 | +\' | |
| 3953 | 9052 | The cursor changes to a crosshair to indicate you are in draw mode. To |
| 3954 | 9053 | exit immediately, press Dismiss. In draw mode, the Command widget has these |
| 3955 | 9054 | options: |
| 3956 | - | |
| 9055 | +\' | |
| 3957 | 9056 | |
| 3958 | 9057 | \fBPrimitive\fP |
| 3959 | - | |
| 9058 | +\' | |
| 3960 | 9059 | |
| 3961 | 9060 | point |
| 3962 | 9061 |
| @@ -3977,10 +9076,10 @@ | ||
| 3977 | 9076 | polygon |
| 3978 | 9077 | |
| 3979 | 9078 | fill polygon |
| 3980 | - | |
| 9079 | +\' | |
| 3981 | 9080 | |
| 3982 | 9081 | \fBColor\fP |
| 3983 | - | |
| 9082 | +\' | |
| 3984 | 9083 | |
| 3985 | 9084 | black |
| 3986 | 9085 |
| @@ -4003,10 +9102,10 @@ | ||
| 4003 | 9102 | transparent |
| 4004 | 9103 | |
| 4005 | 9104 | Browser... |
| 4006 | - | |
| 9105 | +\' | |
| 4007 | 9106 | |
| 4008 | 9107 | \fBStipple\fP |
| 4009 | - | |
| 9108 | +\' | |
| 4010 | 9109 | |
| 4011 | 9110 | Brick |
| 4012 | 9111 |
| @@ -4023,10 +9122,10 @@ | ||
| 4023 | 9122 | Opaque |
| 4024 | 9123 | |
| 4025 | 9124 | Open... |
| 4026 | - | |
| 9125 | +\' | |
| 4027 | 9126 | |
| 4028 | 9127 | \fBWidth\fP |
| 4029 | - | |
| 9128 | +\' | |
| 4030 | 9129 | |
| 4031 | 9130 | 1 |
| 4032 | 9131 |
| @@ -4038,82 +9137,82 @@ | ||
| 4038 | 9137 | |
| 4039 | 9138 | 16 |
| 4040 | 9139 | Dialog... |
| 4041 | - | |
| 9140 | +\' | |
| 4042 | 9141 | |
| 4043 | 9142 | \fBUndo\fP |
| 4044 | 9143 | |
| 4045 | 9144 | \fBHelp\fP |
| 4046 | 9145 | |
| 4047 | 9146 | \fBDismiss\fP |
| 4048 | - | |
| 9147 | +\' | |
| 4049 | 9148 | Choose a drawing primitive from the \fBPrimitive\fP sub-menu. |
| 4050 | - | |
| 9149 | +\' | |
| 4051 | 9150 | Next, choose a color from the \fBColor\fP sub-menu. Additional colors |
| 4052 | 9151 | can be specified with the color browser. You can change the menu colors |
| 4053 | 9152 | by setting the X resources pen1 through pen9. The transparent |
| 4054 | 9153 | color updates the image matte channel and is useful for image compositing. |
| 4055 | - | |
| 9154 | +\' | |
| 4056 | 9155 | If you choose the color browser and press \fBGrab\fP, you can select the |
| 4057 | 9156 | primitive color by moving the pointer to the desired color on the screen |
| 4058 | 9157 | and press any button. The transparent color updates the image matte channel |
| 4059 | 9158 | and is useful for image compositing. |
| 4060 | - | |
| 9159 | +\' | |
| 4061 | 9160 | Choose a stipple, if appropriate, from the \fBStipple\fP sub-menu. Additional |
| 4062 | 9161 | stipples can be specified with the file browser. Stipples obtained from |
| 4063 | 9162 | the file browser must be on disk in the X11 bitmap format. |
| 4064 | - | |
| 9163 | +\' | |
| 4065 | 9164 | Choose a line width, if appropriate, from the \fBWidth\fP sub-menu. To |
| 4066 | 9165 | choose a specific width select the \fBDialog\fP widget. |
| 4067 | - | |
| 9166 | +\' | |
| 4068 | 9167 | Choose a point in the image window and press button 1 and hold. Next, move |
| 4069 | 9168 | the pointer to another location in the image. As you move, a line connects |
| 4070 | 9169 | the initial location and the pointer. When you release the button, the |
| 4071 | 9170 | image is updated with the primitive you just drew. For polygons, the image |
| 4072 | 9171 | is updated when you press and release the button without moving the pointer. |
| 4073 | - | |
| 9172 | +\' | |
| 4074 | 9173 | To cancel image drawing, move the pointer back to the starting point of |
| 4075 | 9174 | the line and release the button. |
| 4076 | 9175 | .SH REGION OF INTEREST |
| 4077 | - | |
| 9176 | +\' | |
| 4078 | 9177 | To begin, press choose Region of Interest of the Pixel Transform sub-menu |
| 4079 | 9178 | from the Command widget. |
| 4080 | 9179 | Alternatively, press R in the image window. |
| 4081 | - | |
| 9180 | +\' | |
| 4082 | 9181 | A small window appears showing the location of the cursor in the image |
| 4083 | 9182 | window. You are now in region of interest mode. In region of interest mode, |
| 4084 | 9183 | the Command widget has these options: |
| 4085 | - | |
| 9184 | +\' | |
| 4086 | 9185 | |
| 4087 | 9186 | \fBHelp\fP |
| 4088 | 9187 | |
| 4089 | 9188 | \fBDismiss\fP |
| 4090 | - | |
| 4091 | - | |
| 9189 | +\' | |
| 9190 | +\' | |
| 4092 | 9191 | To define a region of interest, press button 1 and drag. The region of |
| 4093 | 9192 | interest is defined by a highlighted rectangle that expands or contracts |
| 4094 | 9193 | as it follows the pointer. Once you are satisfied with the region of interest, |
| 4095 | 9194 | release the button. You are now in apply mode. In apply mode the Command |
| 4096 | 9195 | widget has these options: |
| 4097 | - | |
| 9196 | +\' | |
| 4098 | 9197 | |
| 4099 | 9198 | \fBFile\fP |
| 4100 | - | |
| 9199 | +\' | |
| 4101 | 9200 | |
| 4102 | 9201 | Save... |
| 4103 | 9202 | |
| 4104 | 9203 | Print... |
| 4105 | - | |
| 9204 | +\' | |
| 4106 | 9205 | |
| 4107 | 9206 | \fBEdit\fP |
| 4108 | - | |
| 9207 | +\' | |
| 4109 | 9208 | |
| 4110 | 9209 | Undo |
| 4111 | 9210 | |
| 4112 | 9211 | Redo |
| 4113 | - | |
| 9212 | +\' | |
| 4114 | 9213 | |
| 4115 | 9214 | \fBTransform\fP |
| 4116 | - | |
| 9215 | +\' | |
| 4117 | 9216 | |
| 4118 | 9217 | Flip |
| 4119 | 9218 |
| @@ -4122,10 +9221,10 @@ | ||
| 4122 | 9221 | Rotate Right |
| 4123 | 9222 | |
| 4124 | 9223 | Rotate Left |
| 4125 | - | |
| 9224 | +\' | |
| 4126 | 9225 | |
| 4127 | 9226 | \fBEnhance\fP |
| 4128 | - | |
| 9227 | +\' | |
| 4129 | 9228 | |
| 4130 | 9229 | Hue... |
| 4131 | 9230 |
| @@ -4148,10 +9247,10 @@ | ||
| 4148 | 9247 | GRAYscale |
| 4149 | 9248 | |
| 4150 | 9249 | Quantize... |
| 4151 | - | |
| 9250 | +\' | |
| 4152 | 9251 | |
| 4153 | 9252 | \fBEffects\fP |
| 4154 | - | |
| 9253 | +\' | |
| 4155 | 9254 | |
| 4156 | 9255 | Despeckle |
| 4157 | 9256 |
| @@ -4176,12 +9275,12 @@ | ||
| 4176 | 9275 | Raise... |
| 4177 | 9276 | |
| 4178 | 9277 | Segment... |
| 4179 | - | |
| 4180 | - | |
| 4181 | - | |
| 9278 | +\' | |
| 9279 | +\' | |
| 9280 | +\' | |
| 4182 | 9281 | |
| 4183 | 9282 | \fBF/X\fP |
| 4184 | - | |
| 9283 | +\' | |
| 4185 | 9284 | |
| 4186 | 9285 | Solarize... |
| 4187 | 9286 |
| @@ -4194,12 +9293,12 @@ | ||
| 4194 | 9293 | Oil Paint |
| 4195 | 9294 | |
| 4196 | 9295 | Charcoal Draw... |
| 4197 | - | |
| 4198 | - | |
| 4199 | - | |
| 9296 | +\' | |
| 9297 | +\' | |
| 9298 | +\' | |
| 4200 | 9299 | |
| 4201 | 9300 | \fBMiscellany\fP |
| 4202 | - | |
| 9301 | +\' | |
| 4203 | 9302 | |
| 4204 | 9303 | Image Info |
| 4205 | 9304 |
| @@ -4210,13 +9309,13 @@ | ||
| 4210 | 9309 | Show Histogram |
| 4211 | 9310 | |
| 4212 | 9311 | Show Matte |
| 4213 | - | |
| 9312 | +\' | |
| 4214 | 9313 | |
| 4215 | 9314 | \fBHelp\fP |
| 4216 | 9315 | |
| 4217 | 9316 | \fBDismiss\fP |
| 4218 | - | |
| 4219 | - | |
| 9317 | +\' | |
| 9318 | +\' | |
| 4220 | 9319 | You can make adjustments to the region of interest by moving the pointer |
| 4221 | 9320 | to one of the rectangle corners, pressing a button, and dragging. Finally, |
| 4222 | 9321 | choose an image processing technique from the Command widget. You can choose |
| @@ -4224,7 +9323,7 @@ | ||
| 4224 | 9323 | you can move the region of interest before applying another image processing |
| 4225 | 9324 | technique. To exit, press Dismiss. |
| 4226 | 9325 | .SH IMAGE PANNING |
| 4227 | - | |
| 9326 | +\' | |
| 4228 | 9327 | When an image exceeds the width or height of the X server screen, display |
| 4229 | 9328 | maps a small panning icon. The rectangle within the panning icon shows |
| 4230 | 9329 | the area that is currently displayed in the the image window. To pan about |
| @@ -4232,26 +9331,26 @@ | ||
| 4232 | 9331 | The pan rectangle moves with the pointer and the image window is updated |
| 4233 | 9332 | to reflect the location of the rectangle within the panning icon. When |
| 4234 | 9333 | you have selected the area of the image you wish to view, release the button. |
| 4235 | - | |
| 9334 | +\' | |
| 4236 | 9335 | Use the arrow keys to pan the image one pixel up, down, left, or right |
| 4237 | 9336 | within the image window. |
| 4238 | - | |
| 9337 | +\' | |
| 4239 | 9338 | The panning icon is withdrawn if the image becomes smaller than the dimensions |
| 4240 | 9339 | of the X server screen. |
| 4241 | 9340 | .SH USER PREFERENCES |
| 4242 | - | |
| 9341 | +\' | |
| 4243 | 9342 | Preferences affect the default behavior of \fBdisplay(1)\fP. The preferences |
| 4244 | 9343 | are either true or false and are stored in your home directory |
| 4245 | 9344 | as .displayrc: |
| 4246 | 9345 | .in 15 |
| 4247 | - | |
| 9346 | +\' | |
| 4248 | 9347 | .in 15 |
| 4249 | 9348 | .B " |
| 4250 | 9349 | \fBdisplay image centered on a backdrop\fP" |
| 4251 | 9350 | .in 20 |
| 4252 | -\fR | |
| 4253 | -.in 20 | |
| 4254 | - | |
| 9351 | + \fR | |
| 9352 | +.in 20 | |
| 9353 | +\' | |
| 4255 | 9354 | This backdrop covers the entire workstation screen and is useful for hiding |
| 4256 | 9355 | other X window activity while viewing the image. The color of the backdrop |
| 4257 | 9356 | is specified as the background color. Refer to X Resources |
| @@ -4261,18 +9360,18 @@ | ||
| 4261 | 9360 | .B " |
| 4262 | 9361 | \fBconfirm on program exit\fP" |
| 4263 | 9362 | .in 20 |
| 4264 | -\fR | |
| 4265 | -.in 20 | |
| 4266 | - | |
| 9363 | + \fR | |
| 9364 | +.in 20 | |
| 9365 | +\' | |
| 4267 | 9366 | Ask for a confirmation before exiting the \fBdisplay(1)\fP program. |
| 4268 | 9367 | .in 15 |
| 4269 | 9368 | .in 15 |
| 4270 | 9369 | .B " |
| 4271 | 9370 | \fBcorrect image for display gamma\fP" |
| 4272 | 9371 | .in 20 |
| 4273 | -\fR | |
| 4274 | -.in 20 | |
| 4275 | - | |
| 9372 | + \fR | |
| 9373 | +.in 20 | |
| 9374 | +\' | |
| 4276 | 9375 | If the image has a known gamma, the gamma is corrected to match that of |
| 4277 | 9376 | the X server (see the X Resource\fB displayGamma\fP). |
| 4278 | 9377 | .in 15 |
| @@ -4280,18 +9379,18 @@ | ||
| 4280 | 9379 | .B " |
| 4281 | 9380 | \fBdisplay warning messages\fP" |
| 4282 | 9381 | .in 20 |
| 4283 | -\fR | |
| 4284 | -.in 20 | |
| 4285 | - | |
| 9382 | + \fR | |
| 9383 | +.in 20 | |
| 9384 | +\' | |
| 4286 | 9385 | Display any warning messages. |
| 4287 | 9386 | .in 15 |
| 4288 | 9387 | .in 15 |
| 4289 | 9388 | .B " |
| 4290 | 9389 | \fBapply Floyd/Steinberg error diffusion to image\fP" |
| 4291 | 9390 | .in 20 |
| 4292 | -\fR | |
| 4293 | -.in 20 | |
| 4294 | - | |
| 9391 | + \fR | |
| 9392 | +.in 20 | |
| 9393 | +\' | |
| 4295 | 9394 | The basic strategy of dithering is to trade intensity resolution for spatial |
| 4296 | 9395 | resolution by averaging the intensities of several neighboring pixels. |
| 4297 | 9396 | Images which suffer from severe contouring when reducing colors can be |
| @@ -4301,9 +9400,9 @@ | ||
| 4301 | 9400 | .B " |
| 4302 | 9401 | \fBuse a shared colormap for colormapped X visuals\fP" |
| 4303 | 9402 | .in 20 |
| 4304 | -\fR | |
| 4305 | -.in 20 | |
| 4306 | - | |
| 9403 | + \fR | |
| 9404 | +.in 20 | |
| 9405 | +\' | |
| 4307 | 9406 | This option only applies when the default X server visual is |
| 4308 | 9407 | \fIPseudoColor\fP |
| 4309 | 9408 | or \fIGRAYScale\fP. Refer to \fB-visual\fP for more details. By default, |
| @@ -4317,5121 +9416,22 @@ | ||
| 4317 | 9416 | .B " |
| 4318 | 9417 | \fBdisplay images as an X server pixmap\fP" |
| 4319 | 9418 | .in 20 |
| 4320 | -\fR | |
| 4321 | -.in 20 | |
| 4322 | - | |
| 9419 | + \fR | |
| 9420 | +.in 20 | |
| 9421 | +\' | |
| 4323 | 9422 | Images are maintained as a XImage by default. Set this resource to True |
| 4324 | 9423 | to utilize a server Pixmap instead. This option is useful if your image |
| 4325 | 9424 | exceeds the dimensions of your server screen and you intend to pan the |
| 4326 | 9425 | image. Panning is much faster with Pixmaps than with a XImage. Pixmaps |
| 4327 | 9426 | are considered a precious resource, use them with discretion. |
| 4328 | 9427 | .in 15 |
| 4329 | - | |
| 4330 | -.TP | |
| 4331 | -.in 15 | |
| 4332 | -.in 15 | |
| 4333 | -.in 20 | |
| 4334 | -.SH NAME | |
| 4335 | - | |
| 4336 | -gm - command-line utility to create, edit, compare, convert, or display images | |
| 4337 | - | |
| 4338 | -.SH SYNOPSIS | |
| 4339 | - | |
| 4340 | -\fBgm animate\fP \fB[\fP \fIoptions ...\fP \fB]\fP \fIfile\fP \fB[ [\fP | |
| 4341 | -\fIoptions ...\fP \fB]\fP \fIfile ...\fP \fB]\fP | |
| 4342 | - | |
| 4343 | -\fBgm batch\fP \fB[\fP \fIoptions ...\fP \fB]\fP \fB[\fP \fIscript\fP \fB]\fP | |
| 4344 | - | |
| 4345 | -\fBgm benchmark\fP \fB[\fP \fIoptions ...\fP \fB]\fP subcommand | |
| 4346 | - | |
| 4347 | -\fBgm compare\fP \fB[\fP \fIoptions\fP \fB... ]\fP \fIreference-image\fP | |
| 4348 | -\fB[\fP \fIoptions\fP \fB... ]\fP \fIcompare-image\fP | |
| 4349 | -\fB[\fP \fIoptions\fP \fB... ]\fP | |
| 4350 | - | |
| 4351 | -\fBgm composite\fP \fB[\fP \fIoptions ...\fP \fB]\fP \fIchange-image base-image\fP | |
| 4352 | -\fB[\fP \fImask-image\fP \fB]\fP \fIoutput-image\fP | |
| 4353 | - | |
| 4354 | -\fBgm conjure\fP \fB[\fP \fIoptions\fP \fB]\fP \fIscript.msl\fP | |
| 4355 | -\fB[ [\fP \fIoptions\fP \fB]\fP \fIscript.msl\fP \fB]\fP | |
| 4356 | - | |
| 4357 | -\fBgm convert\fP \fB[ [\fP \fIoptions ...\fP \fB] [\fP \fIinput-file ...\fP | |
| 4358 | -\fB] [\fP \fIoptions ...\fP \fB] ]\fP \fIoutput-file\fP | |
| 4359 | - | |
| 4360 | -\fBgm display\fP \fB[\fP \fIoptions ...\fP \fB]\fP \fIfile ...\fP | |
| 4361 | -\fB[ [\fP\fIoptions ...\fP \fB]\fP\fIfile ...\fP \fB]\fP | |
| 4362 | - | |
| 4363 | -\fBgm identify\fP \fIfile\fP \fB[\fP \fIfile ...\fP \fB]\fP | |
| 4364 | - | |
| 4365 | -\fBgm import\fP \fB[\fP \fIoptions ...\fP \fB]\fP \fIfile\fP | |
| 4366 | - | |
| 4367 | -\fBgm mogrify\fP \fB[\fP \fIoptions ...\fP \fB]\fP \fIfile ...\fP | |
| 4368 | - | |
| 4369 | -\fBgm montage\fP \fB[\fP \fIoptions ...\fP \fB]\fP \fIfile\fP \fB[ [\fP | |
| 4370 | -\fIoptions ...\fP \fB]\fP \fIfile ...\fP \fB]\fP \fIoutput-file\fP | |
| 4371 | - | |
| 4372 | -\fBgm time\fP subcommand | |
| 4373 | - | |
| 4374 | -\fBgm version\fP | |
| 4375 | -.SH DESCRIPTION | |
| 4376 | - | |
| 4377 | -GraphicsMagick's \fBgm\fP provides a suite of utilities for creating, | |
| 4378 | -comparing, converting, editing, and displaying images. All of the | |
| 4379 | -utilities are provided as sub-commands of a single \fBgm\fP | |
| 4380 | -executable. The \fBgm\fP executable returns the exit code 0 to | |
| 4381 | -indicate success, or 1 to indicate failure: | |
| 4382 | - | |
| 4383 | -\fBanimate\fP | |
| 4384 | -displays an animation (e.g. a GIF file) on any workstation display | |
| 4385 | -running an \fIX\fP server. | |
| 4386 | - | |
| 4387 | -\fBbatch\fP | |
| 4388 | -executes an arbitary number of the utility commands | |
| 4389 | -(e.g. \fBconvert\fP) in the form of a simple linear batch script in | |
| 4390 | -order to improve execution efficiency, and/or to allow use as a | |
| 4391 | -subordinate co-process under the control of an arbitrary script or | |
| 4392 | -program. | |
| 4393 | - | |
| 4394 | -\fBbenchmark\fP | |
| 4395 | -executes one of the other utility commands (e.g. \fBconvert\fP) for a | |
| 4396 | -specified number of iterations, or execution time, and reports | |
| 4397 | -execution time and other profiling information such as CPU | |
| 4398 | -utilization. \fBBenchmark\fP provides various operating modes | |
| 4399 | -including executing the command with a varying number of threads, and | |
| 4400 | -alternate reporting formats such as comma-separated value (CSV). | |
| 4401 | - | |
| 4402 | -\fBcompare\fP | |
| 4403 | -compares two images and reports difference statistics according to | |
| 4404 | -specified metrics and/or outputs an image with a visual representation | |
| 4405 | -of the differences. It may also be used to test if images are similar | |
| 4406 | -within a particular range and specified metric, returning a truth | |
| 4407 | -value to the executing environment. | |
| 4408 | - | |
| 4409 | -\fBcomposite\fP | |
| 4410 | -composites images (blends or merges images together) to create new images. | |
| 4411 | - | |
| 4412 | -\fBconjure\fP | |
| 4413 | -interprets and executes scripts in | |
| 4414 | -the Magick Scripting Language (MSL). | |
| 4415 | - | |
| 4416 | -\fBconvert\fP | |
| 4417 | -converts an input file using one image format to an output file with | |
| 4418 | -the same or differing image format while applying an arbitrary number | |
| 4419 | -of image transformations. | |
| 4420 | - | |
| 4421 | -\fBdisplay\fP | |
| 4422 | -is a machine architecture independent image processing and display | |
| 4423 | -facility. It can display an image on any workstation display running | |
| 4424 | -an \fIX\fP server. | |
| 4425 | - | |
| 4426 | -\fBidentify\fP | |
| 4427 | -describes the format and characteristics of one or more image | |
| 4428 | -files. It will also report if an image is incomplete or corrupt. | |
| 4429 | - | |
| 4430 | -\fBimport\fP | |
| 4431 | -reads an image from any visible window on an \fIX\fP server and | |
| 4432 | -outputs it as an image file. You can capture a single window, the | |
| 4433 | -entire screen, or any rectangular portion of the screen. | |
| 4434 | - | |
| 4435 | -\fBmogrify\fP | |
| 4436 | -transforms an image or a sequence of images. These transforms include | |
| 4437 | -\fBimage scaling\fP, \fBimage rotation\fP, \fBcolor reduction\fP, | |
| 4438 | -and others. The transmogrified image \fBoverwrites\fP the original | |
| 4439 | -image. | |
| 4440 | - | |
| 4441 | -\fBmontage\fP | |
| 4442 | -creates a composite by combining several separate images. The images | |
| 4443 | -are tiled on the composite image with the name of the image optionally | |
| 4444 | -appearing just below the individual tile. | |
| 4445 | - | |
| 4446 | -\fBtime\fP | |
| 4447 | -executes a subcommand and reports the user, system, and total | |
| 4448 | -execution time consumed. | |
| 4449 | - | |
| 4450 | -\fBversion\fP | |
| 4451 | -reports the GraphicsMagick release version, maximum sample-depth, | |
| 4452 | -copyright notice, supported features, and the options used while | |
| 4453 | -building the software. | |
| 4454 | - | |
| 4455 | -The \fBGraphicsMagick\fP utilities recognize the following image formats: | |
| 4456 | - | |
| 4457 | - | |
| 4458 | -\fBName\fP \fBMode\fP \fBDescription\fP | |
| 4459 | - o 3FR r-- Hasselblad Photo RAW | |
| 4460 | - o 8BIM rw- Photoshop resource format | |
| 4461 | - o 8BIMTEXT rw- Photoshop resource text format | |
| 4462 | - o 8BIMWTEXT rw- Photoshop resource wide text format | |
| 4463 | - o APP1 rw- Raw application information | |
| 4464 | - o APP1JPEG rw- Raw JPEG binary data | |
| 4465 | - o ART r-- PF1: 1st Publisher | |
| 4466 | - o ARW r-- Sony Alpha DSLR RAW | |
| 4467 | - o AVS rw+ AVS X image | |
| 4468 | - o BIE rw- Joint Bi-level Image experts Group | |
| 4469 | - interchange format | |
| 4470 | - o BMP rw+ Microsoft Windows bitmap image | |
| 4471 | - o BMP2 -w- Microsoft Windows bitmap image v2 | |
| 4472 | - o BMP3 -w- Microsoft Windows bitmap image v3 | |
| 4473 | - o CACHE --- Magick Persistent Cache image format | |
| 4474 | - o CALS rw- Continuous Acquisition and Life-cycle | |
| 4475 | - Support Type 1 image | |
| 4476 | - o CAPTION r-- Caption (requires separate size info) | |
| 4477 | - o CIN rw- Kodak Cineon Format | |
| 4478 | - o CMYK rw- Raw cyan, magenta, yellow, and black | |
| 4479 | - samples (8 or 16 bits, depending on | |
| 4480 | - the image depth) | |
| 4481 | - o CMYKA rw- Raw cyan, magenta, yellow, black, and | |
| 4482 | - matte samples (8 or 16 bits, depending | |
| 4483 | - on the image depth) | |
| 4484 | - o CR2 r-- Canon Photo RAW | |
| 4485 | - o CRW r-- Canon Photo RAW | |
| 4486 | - o CUR r-- Microsoft Cursor Icon | |
| 4487 | - o CUT r-- DR Halo | |
| 4488 | - o DCM r-- Digital Imaging and Communications in | |
| 4489 | - Medicine image | |
| 4490 | - o DCR r-- Kodak Photo RAW | |
| 4491 | - o DCX rw+ ZSoft IBM PC multi-page Paintbrush | |
| 4492 | - o DNG r-- Adobe Digital Negative | |
| 4493 | - o DPS r-- Display PostScript Interpreter | |
| 4494 | - o DPX rw- Digital Moving Picture Exchange | |
| 4495 | - o EPDF rw- Encapsulated Portable Document Format | |
| 4496 | - o EPI rw- Adobe Encapsulated PostScript | |
| 4497 | - Interchange format | |
| 4498 | - o EPS rw- Adobe Encapsulated PostScript | |
| 4499 | - o EPS2 -w- Adobe Level II Encapsulated PostScript | |
| 4500 | - o EPS3 -w- Adobe Level III Encapsulated PostScript | |
| 4501 | - o EPSF rw- Adobe Encapsulated PostScript | |
| 4502 | - o EPSI rw- Adobe Encapsulated PostScript | |
| 4503 | - Interchange format | |
| 4504 | - o EPT rw- Adobe Encapsulated PostScript with MS-DOS | |
| 4505 | - TIFF preview | |
| 4506 | - o EPT2 rw- Adobe Level II Encapsulated PostScript | |
| 4507 | - with MS-DOS TIFF preview | |
| 4508 | - o EPT3 rw- Adobe Level III Encapsulated PostScript | |
| 4509 | - with MS-DOS TIFF preview | |
| 4510 | - o EXIF rw- Exif digital camera binary data | |
| 4511 | - o FAX rw+ Group 3 FAX (Not TIFF Group3 FAX!) | |
| 4512 | - o FITS rw- Flexible Image Transport System | |
| 4513 | - o FRACTAL r-- Plasma fractal image | |
| 4514 | - o FPX rw- FlashPix Format | |
| 4515 | - o GIF rw+ CompuServe graphics interchange format | |
| 4516 | - o GIF87 rw- CompuServe graphics interchange format | |
| 4517 | - (version 87a) | |
| 4518 | - o GRADIENT r-- Gradual passing from one shade to | |
| 4519 | - another | |
| 4520 | - o GRAY rw+ Raw gray samples (8/16/32 bits, | |
| 4521 | - depending on the image depth) | |
| 4522 | - o HISTOGRAM -w- Histogram of the image | |
| 4523 | - o HRZ r-- HRZ: Slow scan TV | |
| 4524 | - o HTML -w- Hypertext Markup Language and a | |
| 4525 | - client-side image map | |
| 4526 | - o ICB rw+ Truevision Targa image | |
| 4527 | - o ICC rw- ICC Color Profile | |
| 4528 | - o ICM rw- ICC Color Profile | |
| 4529 | - o ICO r-- Microsoft icon | |
| 4530 | - o ICON r-- Microsoft icon | |
| 4531 | - o IDENTITY r-- Hald CLUT identity image | |
| 4532 | - o IMAGE r-- GraphicsMagick Embedded Image | |
| 4533 | - o INFO -w+ Image descriptive information and | |
| 4534 | - statistics | |
| 4535 | - o IPTC rw- IPTC Newsphoto | |
| 4536 | - o IPTCTEXT rw- IPTC Newsphoto text format | |
| 4537 | - o IPTCWTEXT rw- IPTC Newsphoto wide text format | |
| 4538 | - o JBG rw+ Joint Bi-level Image experts Group | |
| 4539 | - interchange format | |
| 4540 | - o JBIG rw+ Joint Bi-level Image experts Group | |
| 4541 | - interchange format | |
| 4542 | - o JNG rw- JPEG Network Graphics | |
| 4543 | - o JP2 rw- JPEG-2000 JP2 File Format Syntax | |
| 4544 | - o JPC rw- JPEG-2000 Code Stream Syntax | |
| 4545 | - o JPEG rw- Joint Photographic Experts Group | |
| 4546 | - JFIF format | |
| 4547 | - o JPG rw- Joint Photographic Experts Group | |
| 4548 | - JFIF format | |
| 4549 | - o K25 r-- Kodak Photo RAW | |
| 4550 | - o KDC r-- Kodak Photo RAW | |
| 4551 | - o LABEL r-- Text image format | |
| 4552 | - o M2V rw+ MPEG-2 Video Stream | |
| 4553 | - o MAP rw- Colormap intensities and indices | |
| 4554 | - o MAT r-- MATLAB image format | |
| 4555 | - o MATTE -w+ MATTE format | |
| 4556 | - o MIFF rw+ Magick Image File Format | |
| 4557 | - o MNG rw+ Multiple-image Network Graphics | |
| 4558 | - o MONO rw- Bi-level bitmap in least-significant- | |
| 4559 | - -byte-first order | |
| 4560 | - o MPC rw+ Magick Persistent Cache image format | |
| 4561 | - o MPEG rw+ MPEG-1 Video Stream | |
| 4562 | - o MPG rw+ MPEG-1 Video Stream | |
| 4563 | - o MRW r-- Minolta Photo Raw | |
| 4564 | - o MSL r-- Magick Scripting Language | |
| 4565 | - o MTV rw+ MTV Raytracing image format | |
| 4566 | - o MVG rw- Magick Vector Graphics | |
| 4567 | - o NEF r-- Nikon Electronic Format | |
| 4568 | - o NULL r-- Constant image of uniform color | |
| 4569 | - o OTB rw- On-the-air bitmap | |
| 4570 | - o P7 rw+ Xv thumbnail format | |
| 4571 | - o PAL rw- 16bit/pixel interleaved YUV | |
| 4572 | - o PALM rw- Palm Pixmap | |
| 4573 | - o PBM rw+ Portable bitmap format (black and white) | |
| 4574 | - o PCD rw- Photo CD | |
| 4575 | - o PCDS rw- Photo CD | |
| 4576 | - o PCL -w- Page Control Language | |
| 4577 | - o PCT rw- Apple Macintosh QuickDraw/PICT | |
| 4578 | - o PCX rw- ZSoft IBM PC Paintbrush | |
| 4579 | - o PDB rw+ Palm Database ImageViewer Format | |
| 4580 | - o PDF rw+ Portable Document Format | |
| 4581 | - o PEF r-- Pentax Electronic File | |
| 4582 | - o PFA r-- TrueType font | |
| 4583 | - o PFB r-- TrueType font | |
| 4584 | - o PGM rw+ Portable graymap format (gray scale) | |
| 4585 | - o PGX r-- JPEG-2000 VM Format | |
| 4586 | - o PICON rw- Personal Icon | |
| 4587 | - o PICT rw- Apple Macintosh QuickDraw/PICT | |
| 4588 | - o PIX r-- Alias/Wavefront RLE image format | |
| 4589 | - o PLASMA r-- Plasma fractal image | |
| 4590 | - o PNG rw- Portable Network Graphics | |
| 4591 | - o PNG24 rw- Portable Network Graphics, 24 bit RGB | |
| 4592 | - opaque only | |
| 4593 | - o PNG32 rw- Portable Network Graphics, 32 bit RGBA | |
| 4594 | - semitransparency OK | |
| 4595 | - o PNG8 rw- Portable Network Graphics, 8-bit | |
| 4596 | - indexed, binary transparency only | |
| 4597 | - o PNM rw+ Portable anymap | |
| 4598 | - o PPM rw+ Portable pixmap format (color) | |
| 4599 | - o PREVIEW -w- Show a preview an image enhancement, | |
| 4600 | - effect, or f/x | |
| 4601 | - o PS rw+ Adobe PostScript | |
| 4602 | - o PS2 -w+ Adobe Level II PostScript | |
| 4603 | - o PS3 -w+ Adobe Level III PostScript | |
| 4604 | - o PSD rw- Adobe Photoshop bitmap | |
| 4605 | - o PTIF rw- Pyramid encoded TIFF | |
| 4606 | - o PWP r-- Seattle Film Works | |
| 4607 | - o RAF r-- Fuji Photo RAW | |
| 4608 | - o RAS rw+ SUN Rasterfile | |
| 4609 | - o RGB rw+ Raw red, green, and blue samples | |
| 4610 | - o RGBA rw+ Raw red, green, blue, and matte samples | |
| 4611 | - o RLA r-- Alias/Wavefront image | |
| 4612 | - o RLE r-- Utah Run length encoded image | |
| 4613 | - o SCT r-- Scitex HandShake | |
| 4614 | - o SFW r-- Seattle Film Works | |
| 4615 | - o SGI rw+ Irix RGB image | |
| 4616 | - o SHTML -w- Hypertext Markup Language and a | |
| 4617 | - client-side image map | |
| 4618 | - o STEGANO r-- Steganographic image | |
| 4619 | - o SUN rw+ SUN Rasterfile | |
| 4620 | - o SVG rw+ Scalable Vector Gaphics | |
| 4621 | - o TEXT rw+ Raw text | |
| 4622 | - o TGA rw+ Truevision Targa image | |
| 4623 | - o TIFF rw+ Tagged Image File Format | |
| 4624 | - o TILE r-- Tile image with a texture | |
| 4625 | - o TIM r-- PSX TIM | |
| 4626 | - o TOPOL r-- TOPOL X Image | |
| 4627 | - o TTF r-- TrueType font | |
| 4628 | - o TXT rw+ Raw text | |
| 4629 | - o UIL -w- X-Motif UIL table | |
| 4630 | - o UYVY rw- 16bit/pixel interleaved YUV | |
| 4631 | - o VDA rw+ Truevision Targa image | |
| 4632 | - o VICAR rw- VICAR rasterfile format | |
| 4633 | - o VID rw+ Visual Image Directory | |
| 4634 | - o VIFF rw+ Khoros Visualization image | |
| 4635 | - o VST rw+ Truevision Targa image | |
| 4636 | - o WBMP rw- Wireless Bitmap (level 0) image | |
| 4637 | - o WMF r-- Windows Metafile | |
| 4638 | - o WPG r-- Word Perfect Graphics | |
| 4639 | - o X rw- X Image | |
| 4640 | - o X3F r-- Foveon X3 (Sigma/Polaroid) RAW | |
| 4641 | - o XBM rw- X Windows system bitmap (black | |
| 4642 | - and white) | |
| 4643 | - o XC r-- Constant image uniform color | |
| 4644 | - o XCF r-- GIMP image | |
| 4645 | - o XMP rw- Adobe XML metadata | |
| 4646 | - o XPM rw- X Windows system pixmap (color) | |
| 4647 | - o XV rw+ Khoros Visualization image | |
| 4648 | - o XWD rw- X Windows system window dump (color) | |
| 4649 | - o YUV rw- CCIR 601 4:1:1 or 4:2:2 (8-bit only) | |
| 4650 | - | |
| 4651 | - Modes: | |
| 4652 | - r Read | |
| 4653 | - w Write | |
| 4654 | - + Multi-image | |
| 4655 | - | |
| 4656 | - | |
| 4657 | -\fISupport for some of these formats require additional programs or libraries. | |
| 4658 | -See README | |
| 4659 | -in the source package for where to find optional additional software\fP. | |
| 4660 | - | |
| 4661 | -Note, a format delineated with + means that if more than one | |
| 4662 | -image is specified, frames are combined into a single multi-image | |
| 4663 | -file. Use \fB+adjoin\fP if you want a single image produced for each | |
| 4664 | -frame. | |
| 4665 | - | |
| 4666 | -Your installation might not support all of the formats in the list. | |
| 4667 | -To get an accurate listing of the formats supported by your particular | |
| 4668 | -configuration, run "gm convert -list format". | |
| 4669 | - | |
| 4670 | -Raw images are expected to have one byte per pixel unless \fBgm\fP is | |
| 4671 | -compiled in 16-bit quantum mode or in 32-bit quantum mode. Here, the | |
| 4672 | -raw data is expected to be stored two or four bytes per pixel, | |
| 4673 | -respectively, in most-significant-byte-first order. For example, you | |
| 4674 | -can tell if \fBgm\fP was compiled in 16-bit mode by typing "gm | |
| 4675 | -version" without any options, and looking for "Q:16" in the first line | |
| 4676 | -of output. | |
| 4677 | -.SH FILES AND FORMATS | |
| 4678 | - | |
| 4679 | -By default, the image format is determined by its magic number, i.e., the | |
| 4680 | -first few bytes of the file. To specify | |
| 4681 | -a particular image format, precede the filename with an image format name | |
| 4682 | -and a colon (\fIi.e.\fP\fBps:image\fP) or specify the image type as the | |
| 4683 | -filename suffix (\fIi.e.\fP\fBimage.ps\fP). | |
| 4684 | -The magic number takes precedence over the filename suffix | |
| 4685 | -and the prefix takes precedence over the magic number and the suffix | |
| 4686 | -in input files. | |
| 4687 | -When a file is read, its magic number is stored in the "image->magick" | |
| 4688 | -string. | |
| 4689 | -In output files, the prefix takes precedence over the filename suffix, | |
| 4690 | -and the filename suffix takes precedence over the | |
| 4691 | -"image->magick" string. | |
| 4692 | - | |
| 4693 | -To read the "built-in" formats (GRANITE, H, LOGO, | |
| 4694 | -NETSCAPE, PLASMA, and ROSE) use a prefix (including the colon) without a | |
| 4695 | -filename or suffix. To read the XC format, follow the colon with a color | |
| 4696 | -specification. To read the CAPTION format, follow the colon with a text | |
| 4697 | -string or with a filename prefixed with the at symbol (\fB@\fP). | |
| 4698 | - | |
| 4699 | - | |
| 4700 | -When you specify \fBX\fP as your image type, the filename has special | |
| 4701 | -meaning. It specifies an X window by \fBid, name\fP, or | |
| 4702 | -\fBroot\fP. If | |
| 4703 | -no filename is specified, the window is selected by clicking the mouse | |
| 4704 | -in the desired window. | |
| 4705 | - | |
| 4706 | -Specify \fIinput_file\fP as \fB-\fP for standard input, | |
| 4707 | -\fIoutput_file\fP as \fB-\fP for standard output. | |
| 4708 | -If \fIinput_file\fP has the extension \fB.Z\fP or \fB.gz\fP, the | |
| 4709 | -file is uncompressed with \fBuncompress\fP or \fBgunzip\fP | |
| 4710 | -respectively. | |
| 4711 | -If \fIoutput_file\fP has the extension \fB.Z\fP or \fB.gz\fP, | |
| 4712 | -the file is compressed using with \fIcompress\fP or \fIgzip\fP respectively. | |
| 4713 | - | |
| 4714 | -Use an optional index enclosed in brackets after an input file name to | |
| 4715 | -specify a desired subimage of a multi-resolution image format like | |
| 4716 | -Photo CD (e.g. "img0001.pcd[4]") or a range for MPEG images | |
| 4717 | -(e.g. "video.mpg[50-75]"). A subimage specification can be | |
| 4718 | -disjoint (e.g. "image.tiff[2,7,4]"). For raw images, specify | |
| 4719 | -a subimage with a geometry (e.g. -size 640x512 | |
| 4720 | -"image.rgb[320x256+50+50]"). Surround the image name with | |
| 4721 | -quotation marks to prevent your shell from interpreting the square | |
| 4722 | -brackets. Single images are written with the filename you | |
| 4723 | -specify. However, multi-part images (e.g., a multi-page PostScript | |
| 4724 | -document with \fB+adjoin\fP specified) may be written with the scene | |
| 4725 | -number included as part of the filename. In order to include the scene | |
| 4726 | -number in the filename, it is necessary to include a printf-style | |
| 4727 | -%d format specification in the file name and use the +adjoin | |
| 4728 | -option. For example, | |
| 4729 | - | |
| 4730 | - image%02d.miff | |
| 4731 | - | |
| 4732 | - | |
| 4733 | -writes files \fIimage00.miff, image01.miff,\fP etc. Only a single | |
| 4734 | -specification is allowed within an output filename. If more than one | |
| 4735 | -specification is present, it will be ignored. It is best to embed the | |
| 4736 | -scene number in the base part of the file name, not in the extension, | |
| 4737 | -because the extension will not be a recognizeable image type. | |
| 4738 | - | |
| 4739 | -When running a commandline utility, |
Fork